Grammar and Beyond Essentials 1

statements with
present of Be
1 Tell Me About YourseIf
O Crammar in the Rea World

A How do you introduce yourselfto your instructors? What information do
you give? Read the conversation between an adviser and a student. What
are two interesting facts about Tomasz?
B Comprehension Check Circle the correct words.

1 Ms. Kim is a student/an adviser.
2 Tomasz is from poland/the united states
3 Tomasz is a salesclerk in his uncle's store/ restaurant
C Ntalfrİll Complete the sentences. Use the conversation to help you.
1 l Tomasz. Sorry l late.
2 My ma.jor computer science.
3 My brother and l salesclerks. we really

interested in his business.
2
english.us.org
statements with present of 8e
r.\
/ ]
l
1ıEi
l )
ı ş»**- İ
\ l , , ,, . , "., ,ı|
7
./ /
EETıNG
l l
DVısER -----l
lT".;i Hello, Ms. Kim. l'm Tomasz. Sorry l'm late for our meeting
Ms. Kim That's OK. Nice to meet you, Tomasz. Please have a seat.
Tomasz Thanks.
Ms. Kim First, l'm glad that you're here. As your adviser, l'm here to help you. l can help you
5 choose your classes, and l can help you with any problems.
ıffit Thanks, l need your help. l have a lot of questions about courses, instructors, and
my pro9ram.
EEffi GoodI But first l'd like to know more about you. Tell me about yourself.
lffi Sure. l'm 19, and l'm a graduate of Central High School, l'm from Poland originally,
oEilG l see. What are some of your interests?
r:-
I l omasz Well, l'm interested in cars and music. And l really like computers. My major is
computer science.
EilG Great. You know, the college has a lot of clubs. lt's a good way to meet people and
practice English.
]5 İiffil Well, l'm pretty busy most of the time. My brother and l are salesclerks in my uncle's store
We're really interested in his business. l don't have much free time.
Ms. Kim OK. l understand. Now, lett talk about your academic plans .. .
Tell Me Abo* Yourself 3

english.us.org
zl present of Be: Affirmative statements

Grammar presentation
8e links ideas m Effiı
2.1 Full Forms (with Sub ect Pronouns)
slNGuLAR PLURAL
Subject 8e Subject 8e
lam
You are from seoul
You are ate They
He
She ls
lt difficu lt
» capitalization and Punctuat on RUles: see pa9e A1
2.2 Contractions (with Nouns and Sub ect Pronouns)

slNGuLAR PLURAL
lam , |'m We are ) We're
You are ) You're You are ) You're
He is ) He's They are t They're
Tomasz is , Tomasz's
She is ) S he's
His mother is ) His mother's
lt is ) lt's
My name is _ş My name's
2.3 Usin present of Be
E The rerb be "links" ideas, You can use be TOm6sz-i5-alİğdent-

to link nouns or pronouns with words that
give information about them. @
am a computer ,cience major
El use the full forms of be in academic l
Writing. l am in your grammar class.
4 unit 1 statements with present of 8e

english.us.org
2.3 Usin Present oİ Be kontinued)
E use contractions of be in conversation l'mMgKim.

and informal writing- They're sick today
E Yo, .un use be + noun He's a teacher.

. to talk about occupations They're students.
. to identify things lt's an English class

My hobbies are baseball and music
My major is math.
E Yo, .rn use be + number to talk My sister is 18.

about ages. His parents are 49 years old
E Yo, .un use be + adjective l'm Canadian.

. to talk about nationalities His parents are South Korean
o to describe people and things Jun-Ho is tall.

My sister is sick.
Our reading class is interesting
@ You .un use be + preposition My parents are from Seoul

ı to talk about hometowns and places l'm from California.
. to talk about where people and she is at home.

things are. We are in Los Angeles
. to talk about the groups, such as teams My friends and l are in a band
or clubs, that people are in. He is on the basketball team.
ı Grammar Application
l Exerclc€ 2.1 Present of 8e: Full Forı
A Complete the sentences about a student, using am, is, and are.
1 My name is Ling. am
l a student at the University of Florida.
2 My friend Ana and l ._ in Science ]01
3 Mr. Johnson a good instructor
4 The class interesting.

5 My classmates crazy about science.
6 Ana smart
7 Ana and l seniors this yeaı
Tell Me About Yourself 5

english.us.org
B Look at the underlined word(s). Circle the subject pronoun that replaces the
underlined words,
1 My college is in Detroit, Michigan. lt / She is a good school

2 Jqlae and Lisa are in Grammar 110. They / We are in a fun class
3 Mrs. Chapple is a great teacher, lt / She is also very nice
4 Marcos is crazy about grammar. He / They is never late for class
5 My brother is smart. He / lt is an excellent student.
6 My mother is a nurse She / lt is always very busy
7 My sister and l are sick. She / We are at home today
C Complete the student's online profile. Use the full forms of be (am, is, areJ
FOi=a
My name a Cindy wang. l fiom

ılı
Jack5on. |llinois. My parents __
2
from China
ü]l t
originally. l _ 20 years old. l noM/
l\5
a student at the lJniversity of Texas. My major ı
public health. My favorite subjects math and
1l]
biology. l inlerested in sporls and dİawing. \
7
My friend Bev and l
iöü
_ sewers in a İestauEnt on l
weekends. My
in lllinois.
sister
1ç'
i]l
still a high school student
_\"l
D OVer tO YOU Complete the sentences with the correct full form of be and the
information about you. Then read your sentences to your partner, How many of your
sentences are the same?
1 MY name (be)
2l_from
(be)
3l (LJe)
4 My major (tre)
5 My favorite class
6 interested in
7l
6 unit 1 statements with present of 8e

english.us.org
statements with present of Be
A Complete the sentences with 'm, 's, or 're.
1EE Hi, l_ ,I1 Ana
ı6 Hi, Ana, My name Ron, Nice to meet you
r lt nice to meet you, too
ı6 -
in Ms. Cook's class
E She _ _ my teacher, too

You in mv class.
Ron Great. l think we in Room 9
2@ Excuse me. l'm lost. My teach",

,
Mr. Martinez a
@ Mr. Martinez? He _ ]9]

in Room 10.
EE Room 10 _
{]0i
over there. On the right.
@ Oh, thanks.
EE you welcome.
3 EE Ron, this is my friend Cathy. We _ iriends

from high school.
§s Hi, Cathy.
@!!! Hi, nonı
ffrt Cathy l]
on the basketball team
She_agreatplayer.
J)
']]
f,fi Really?l _ 1]5]

_abigbasketball fan.
!ğ Well, come to our next game. lt _. on Friday
B Pa İr WOrk lntroduce yourself to your partner. Use contractions. Then introduce your
Partner to a classmate.
Hi, l'm Alex. This is Hong-yin. He's from Texas- He3 on the soccer team.

english.us.org
§l Present of Be: Negative Statements

3.'l Full Forms
slNGULAR PLURAL
subject Be + Not Subject 8e + Not
l am not
you are not students
you are not They
in class
He
She is not
lt
3.2 NeqativeContractions
5lNGULAR PLURAL
lam not ,) ]'m not )

We are not We're not / We aren't
YoU are not ) You're not / You aren't You are not You're not,/ You aren't
He is not ) He's not / He isn't '
They are not + They're not / They aren't
she is not t She's not / She isn't
lt is not ş lt's not / lt isn't
ffi Data from the Real World

ln conversation, people usually use He's not 21 ,
's not and 're not after pronouns, She's not in c/ass.
They're not here.
They usually use isn't and aren't Carlos isn't 21 .
after names and nouns. Louise isn't in c/ass.

The boys aren't here
A Complete the sentences. Use am not, is not, or are not.

1 My roommate and l qIe nal math majors.
2 My friends in my business class.
8 unit 1 statements with present of Be

english.us.org
3 My cousin _ married
4 You _ late
5 My friend in the Iibrary
6l interested in chemistry
7 our instructor from the united states
8 The students interested in history
B Over to You Write six negative sentences about yourselJ. Use the full form of be
1l am not a teacher, 4 a/an ma]or
2l from 5 a/an
3l interested in 6 ln
C Pa İr WOrk nead your sentences to a partner. Are any of your sentences the same?
A Read the online profiles. Complete the sentences with the correct affirmative or negative
form of be. Use contractions when possible.
rı
'v
Yoko Akeda Luiz da costa
Age 21 35
Hometown Los Angeles, California New York, New York
Occupation or jobi location student at Glen College instructor at GJen College
lnteİested in... music, art museums music, biking
Not interested in . . . cooking, computer games movies, cooking
1 Yoko İs 21. She 's not _ _ 35 5 Luiz from New York. He

2 Yoko and Luiz the same age from Los Angeles.
3 Luiz an instructor 6 They interested in music

They interested in cooking
_
He a student.
4 Yoko from New York. She

7 Luiz interested in movies.
from Los Angeles

english.us.org
EB Listen. Where are these people? Complete the sentences with the correct pronouns
and forms of be. Use contractions when possible.
?
tr
- r'r.-ı --şı ll
.] 1 ı ,\l
at home at Work in class
at the movies at the doctor's office at the stadium
1 Carlos is sick. He's at the doctor! office. He's not at work.

2 Ana and her boss _ in class. _ in the office.
3 Juan and his children at the doctor's office. at home
4 Karen is with her classmates and her teacheı _ _ in class.
at the stadium.
5 David is a big baseball fan. at the stadium. _ at home.
6 Ling and John are interested in movies. at Drewt apartment.
at the movies.
C Paİr WOrk r.ll a partner about four people you know. Where are they today?
My brother is at work- He5 a sa'esc'erk in a store .. -
Complete the conversat;ons. Use 's not and

're not after pronouns and isnt and aren't
after names and nouns.
1 EEE Hello. Accounting Department.
§![ Louise?
EE llo, it! Sara. Louise isn't here.

She at work today.
10 Unit 1 statements with Present of Be

english.us.org
2 §ffi Oh, no| My wallet in my bag! lt's on

LJ'
the bus!
EE rl", it (,1)
_ on the bus. Look, here it is.
a ttğ Where are your brothers? The game's on TV and

thev here.
{5l
!@ rney i:
_ interested in baseball. They _
interested in sports-
E| Avoid Common Mistakes A

'l Use be to link ideas.
he d. e.9 -pp, ô >|Jdent
l Use be + notto form negative statements with be. Do not use be + no.
Ana is no a science teacher.
3 A statement has a subjec. Do not begin a statement with be.

She is
ls rny sıster's best friend,
Editing Task
correct nine more mistakes. Rewrite the sentences
1 This myfriend. Thİs İs my fiend.

2 Her name Amy.
3 Amy and l roommates.
4 She 27. _
5 She is no a student.
6 ls a science teache( _
7 ls very nice and very smart.
8 Amy is no in school today. _

9 She sick,
10 ls at home.

english.us.org
Yes/No Ouestions and

Information ouestions with Be
schedules and schoo|
fl Grammar in the Real world

Eni,|*şE A What is your class schedule? Read and listen to the conversations.
i.lffi Are Yuko's and Juan's classes the same?
i$#f-tr B ComprehenSİOn CheCk Read the sentences. Circle True or False.

conversation A
1 Yuko and Juan are in Building H now. True False
2 They are late for class. True False
conversation B
3 Mr. Walters is Yuko's grammar teacher. True False
4 Computer lab is over at 4:15. True False
c Nrl5ıl' Find the questions in the conversations. complete the

questions.
you in my class?
2 _ your class in Building H?
3 that unusual?
4 you sure?
Which words are at the beginning of the questions?
12
english.us.org
yesl No ouestions and lnformation ouestions with 8e
ı
ı
l
ı
CONVERSAT|ON A coNVERsATloN B (THuRsDAY}

)
\
So, is your next class writing? 2a Hey, Juan. How are you?
No, itl reading |'m OK, How are you?
Really? My next class is |'m fine, thanks

reading, too. Are you in my
class? lt's at 1:30.
How are your classes?
Maybe, ls your class
in Building H? They're fine, but
they're all really big.
Yes, it's in Building H,
Room 308. Rea y? How many students
are in your classes?
Then l'm in your class, too!
About 25 to 30-
Hmm. where's Building H? ls that unusual?
lt's on the hili, over there.

No, ]t isn't. who's your
grammar teacher?
7-
oh, oK. what time is it? Mr. Walters. He's
funny, but his class
lt's 'l:20. Uh-oh. We're late! is difficult.
No, we aren't so, when's your next class?
Let me see. Today's

Are you sure? Thursday. Computer
lab is at 3:0O.
Yes. Class is at 1:30
when is it over?
Oh, you're right.
That's good. Let's go At 4:1 5- Let's meet after that
schedules and school 13

english.us.org
zl Yes/No Ouestions and Short Answers

with Be
A Yesl No question is a question you "ls Yuko's class in Building H?"
can answer with yes or No. "Yes, it is." / " No, it isn't."
2.1 Sin ular Yesl No Ouestions

Be Subject
Am
Are you _ in class?
ls he /she / it
2.2 Sin ular Short Answers
AFFlRMATlVE NEGATlVE
Subject 8e Subject Be + Not
l am. I am not.
Yes, you a re. No, you are not.
he/she/]t is. he/she/it is not.
2.3 Plural Yesl No Ouestions

Be Subject
Are you late?

they
2.4 Plural Short Answörs
Sub.ject Be Su b.ject Be + Not
we
Yes, you are, No, you are not.
they they
14 Unit 2 Yes / No Ouestions and lnformation Ouestions with 8e

english.us.org
yes / No Questions and lnf ormation ouestions with 8e
2.5 Neqative Short Answers: Contractlon§
slNGULAR PLURAL
No, I am not. , No, l'm not. No, we are not. J No, we're not,
No, we aren't.
No, you are not ş No, you're not No, you are not. No, you're not.
No, you aren't ' No, you aren't,
No, he is not. , No, he's not. No, they are not. ) No, they're not
No, he isn't. No, they aren't
No, she is not. , No, she's not.
No, she isn't.
No, it is not. , No, it's not.
No, it isn't-
2.6 Usin Yesl No Ouestions and Short Answers with Be
El U." u question mark (?) at the end of ls reading class hard?

questions-
El Put the verb be before the subject in SU8JECT VERB

Yesl No questions 5TATEMENT Reoding closs is ot 1:30.
-t-.-.'---=-
yrs,/ıvo Qutsııoı.ı Is7-eodhq closs at t:30?
E Ua" pronorna in short answers. "ls reading class hard?" "Yes, it is."
E Do not ,r" .ontractions in short "ls class at 1:30?" "Yes, it is."

answers with yes. NoT "Yes, itj. "
E use contractions in short answers "lsYuko late?" "No, she's not. "
with no. oR
"No, she isn't."
|B Say l don't know, l think so, or l don't "ls the library closed?" "l don't know."
think so when you don't know or are oR
not sure of the answer.
"l think so."
Say l don't knowwhen you don't
know the answer- oR
/ think so means "maybe yes." "I don't think so_"

/ don't thı'nk so means "maybe no."
Schedules and School 15

english.us.org
} Grammar Application
A Circle the correct verbs to make questions. Then complete the answers with the correct
pronoun and form of be. Use contractions when possible.
1 @4I" yorr *riting class in the morning? Yes, it is
2 Am/Are you free on Fridays after lunch? No,
3 Arells you always on time? Yes,
4 lslAre your teacher busy today? Yes,
5 lslAre you interested in sports? No,
6 Are/ ls your roommate in your class? No,
7 ls/Am this an English class? Yes,

-
8 ls/Are your next class in this building? No,
B W.it" t*o questions and two answers about each picture. Use the words in parentheses.
\
I
(
L lB RA RY
1a (late) ls she late? Yes, she is.

b (at home)
2 a (hungry)
b (at the store)
3a (open)
b (a white building)
16 Unit 2 Yes/ No Ouestions and lnformation Ouestions with 8e

english.us.org
Yesl No Questions and lnformation Questions with 8e
ıI Plural ]6sl No Ouestions and Answ
Complete the conversation between two students, John and Eric. Then practice their
conversation with a partner.
lltfr (your teachers /friendly) Are your teacherc friendly?
6 üyes) th
lffi (y", and your classmates / happy)
EE (y",)
!ffi ltr," homework assignments / easy)
6 (no)
!ffi (yorr .l.rsmates,/ on time)
EE (n")
Elİ (yo, and your friends/busy)

EE (v"o
lltİ (,n" exams/difficult)
EE (yu.)
Excr<ha 2.3 Sinoular and Plural Yesl No Ouestions and Answers
Read the paragraph from Julio's essay. Then write questions and answers about it. Use full
forms of be.
Julio and Pau|o
lvty roommate and l ale in the English progam at our
college. Pau|o is fiom Brazil, and l am from Venezuela. Paulo is
a very good student, and he is very smart. ] am a good student,
but l am a litt|e lazy. My classes are on Mondays, Wednesdays,
t ı
l
and Fridays. Paulo's classes are every day from Monday to

Friday. We are always busy, but on the weekend we relax.
1
1 Paulo and Julio/college students

Are paulo and lulio colleae students? yes. thev are.
2 they/from the same country
3 they/ good students
4 Paulo / smart
5 Paulo / lazy
6 Julio's classes/every day from Monday to Friday

english.us.org
EI lnformation Ouestions with Be

Use the question words who, what, What's your name?
when, where, and how to ask for who is the teacher?
information. where are the classrooms?
3.1 lnformation Ouestİons

SINGULAR SUBJECTS PLURAL SUBJECTS
Wh- Word 8e Subject Wh- Word Be Subject
Who your teacher? Who your teachers?
What your major? what your p la ns?
ls our exam? When are your exams?
Where the building? Where your books?
How your class? How your classes?
3.2 Contractions with Ein ular Sub ects
Who is + Who's
What is ) What's
When is ) When's
Where is t Where's
How is ,' How's
3.3 Usinq lnformatioıİ Ouestions wlth Be
§ Put a question mark (?) at the end of information who are those students?
questions
E Put the question word first in an information question. What is your name?
E Answer information questions with information. Don't "When is grammar class?"

answer with Yes or No. " At 10:00."
E ln conversations, most answers are not complete "Who's your teacher?"

Sentences. They are short answers. "Mr. Jones."
E Not. that *ith singular subjects it is common to use What's your name?
the contracted form of is with the question word. Where's your class?
18 Unit 2 Yes/ No Ouestions and lnformation Questions with 8e

english.us.org
yes / No ouestions and lnformation ouestions with 8e
3.4 Usin Wh- Words with Be
E Use *hoto ask about people Who's our teacher? Ms. Williams.
Who are your friends? Marie and Elsa
E Use ,hat to ask about things WhaI are your favorite c/asses? Grammar and writing
What's your phone number? lt's 368-555-9823.
ğ Use where to ask about Where's your class? lt's in Building H.

places. Where are you from? Brazil.
Where are your friends? They're in the computer lab
El Use when to ask about days When's your exam? lt's February 14.
or tlmes when is lunch? At noon.
when are our exams? NeXt week.
E use howto ask about health How's your mother? She's wel/.
or oplnlons How's school? Great!
E Use how much to ask about How much is the movie? Twenty dollars.
cost and amount.
Use how many to ask about How many studentı are here? Twelve.
numbers.
Use how o/d to ask about age How old are your brothers? They're 17 and 15,
A Complete the conversation between Joe and his mother.

use the correct wh- word. use contradions of be.
trE!fl lVhat's your roommate's name?
r
llğ Mike,
Mother he from? ı"
E
Joe Chicago \
EEE his major?

!E l don't knö'İv. Mom, my history ctass is in five minutes
ç
EEEE _ your instructor?
llE l don't know his name. lt's the first class.
EEE vour class over?

Joe At 4:30. Please don't call before that

english.us.org
B Complete the questions with How, How much, How many, or How old. Use the correct form
of be.
1 How are you? |'m fine, thanks
2 you? |'m23.
3 the textbook? ltt $86.
4 students in your English class? Thirty.
5 the sandwiches? They're $12.95.
Eıerciıe 3.2 lnformation Questions and Answers

Write questions about the tuition bill. Then write answers in complete sentences.
Pcc P]ains Commıınity College

Spring semester February l-May 28
Naİ|'e: Jason Armenio strıdent lD Nutnbeı: 452319
Major: History Total cıaşs cıedits: 15
T\rition: $ 2,400.00 ($ 150,00 peI credit)
Paİkırüg permitI s l20.00
Hea]tb Serüce§ Fee: s 249.00
Totaı: ş 2,769.00
İMPORTİNT DİTES3
fİat day of cıas8es: FebruaIy l Tuition payment due: Jiuıuary 3l
sPİitıg Bteak: MaJch 2g-April 3 rina! Exa!lr8: May 24-28
1 (What/the college's namd What is the collEe's name? lt's Plains Communi\ı College.
2 0/r'hat /the student's name)
3 flfuhen/the spring semester)
4 (What/ his major)
5 (How much /the tuition)
6 (How much/the parking permit)
7 0r'r'hat /the total)
8 (When/final exams)
20 Unit 2 Yes/ No Ouestions and lnformation Ouestions with 8e

english.us.org
Yesl No Questions and lnformation Questions with 8e
Exerciıe 3.3 More lnformation Ouestions and Answers )

Paİr Work With a partner, write five questions to ask your classmates. Ask questions
about their classes, schedules, and school. Then interview your classmates. Write their
answers in the chart.
lnterview ouestions your classmates' Answers
l When are your classes? M classes are on Monday and Wednesday.

2
3
4
5
6
EI Avoid Common Mistakes A \
Begin a question with a capital letter. End with a question mark.

1
w?
ılhere is Karla7
! Remember that a question has a subject and a verb.
Whcre Room 20j?
3 Don't use (ontractions with short Yes answers to yeslNo questions.

lam
"Are you tired?" "Yes, l7a."
4 Make sure the subject and verb agree.
h John and Pedro here?
5 Put the
when is t:lıe
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes in these questions and answers about your school.
1 yıhere school?
is your 5 What your ma.jor?
2 What is the school! name. 6 ls you a good student?
3 How much the tu|tion is? 7 When summer break is?
4 "your school expensive." "Yes, itt." 8 ls all your classes difficult?
english.us.org
CountNouns; A /An;
Have and Be
IGadgets
O Crammar in the Real World

A Do you have a smartphone? lf so, is your smartphone like these phones?
Read the article. Which phone is best for you?
B Comprehensİon Check Answer the questions. Circle Yes or No,

Use the web page to help you.
1 Are the two phones new models? Yes No
2 ls the MAX 3i $129? Yes No
3 ls the SmartX 2030! camera good? Yes No
c Nltı|fr-l circle the correct words. use the web page to help you.
1 The MAX 3i is a/an old model
2 Jen is a/an busy person.
3 The battery life is T0 hour/ hours
4 Thisisag reat phone/phones for me
22
english.us.org
Count Nouns; A/ An; Have and Be
) a a www.i-buy,neUeıectronics/smaftphones/compare_products_max3i-smartx203o eqrt
GREAT PRİCES 0N
USED SMARTPHONES
.ıon
Eaıı
ıı... ı
a
o
MA,\ 3ı Smar0( 2030

lt's an old model. but it has all lt's a new model and has lots of
the basic featules', great new
'eatures.
PRIcE
5 s- s
FEATURES
-
lt's a camen, a phone, and a GPs. lt's a phone, a browsel, a camera, a w
lt's an amazing deal! player, and it has an assistant to help you!
Eİ Talı| ğ send texı§, emails, photos and

10 El Ten. Videos an}time, anyplace,
g Play games! 6a Read news and weaüel updates,
El tisten to music! l9 shop online.

17 Play games.
ıiı watch movies and w o.|isten to music.
REVlEwS
**** ****
15 |'m a busy pe§on, and this is |'m an aİtist, and l need a good
a great phone fol me at coilege. camera. This phone has an excellent
ıt's perfect for students, camera for photos and video.
*** ***
l like the size, and it's good for İ}üe battery liİe is only 10
texting and making caıls, but the hou.s (taık time), so that's not great,
2a camera isn't very good. But it's a good phone,
İeatu.ei an imponant chalacteristic
Gadgets 23
english.us.org
D Nouns; A/An
Nouns are words for people, places, l'm an arİist.
and things. lt's an electronics store
lt is a great Phone.
They are great phones.
2.1 Sin ular and plural Nouns

slNGULAR PLURAL
/t's a watch. They are watches.
lt's a good produa. They are good produds
2.2 Sin ular Nouns
E Count nouns have singular and plural a book- three books one phone - two phones
forms.
E Use a before singular count nouns that a cell phone a web browser
begin with a consonant soun d (b, c, d, f, a 5creen a camera
g, etc.).
E Use an before singular count nouns that an address book an advertisement

begin with a vowel sound (a, e, i, o, u\. an email an update
Note: Some nouns that begin with the a unit a university

lener u have a consonant sound {"you ")
» lndefin;te and Definite Alticles:see page Al9
2.3 Plural Nouns

E edd -. to most singular nouns to form plural a model - two models a device - tvvo devices
nouns a key - keys a student - students
El add -". to nouns that end in -ch, -sh, -ss, -z, watch - watches c/ass - c/asses
and -x dish - dishes tax - taxes
24 Unit 3 Count Nouns; A/An; Have and Be

english.us.org
2.3 Plural Nouns (contınued)
E With norns that end in consonant + y. battery - batteries accessory - accessories

change the y to i and add -es.
E With nouns that end in -ife, change the life - lives knife - knives
ending to -ives.
2.4 lrre ular plural Nouns
E So." plural nouns have irregular forms man - men woman - women
These are the most common irregular plural child - children person - people
nouns in academic writing. foot - feet tooth - teeth
E Soınu nouns have the same form for singular one fish - tvvo fish one sheep - two sheep
and plural.
E So." nouns are only plural, They do not c/othes Jeans sc,ssors
have a singu lar form, headphones pant5 sung/asses
» spellin9 Rules for Noun Plulals: see page 42.
2.5 Pro er Nouns
Proper nouns are the names of specific Jenny Mr. Johns Ms. Thorson
people, places, and things. They begin with canada Dallas Chester College
capital letters.
San Francisco Herald
» capitalizataon and Punctuation Rules: see page A]
fr} G.ar*ar Application

Eıercise 2.1 A or An
A Writ. a or an next to each noun.

1 a pencil 5 address book
l
Eı
L I}l
2 eraser 6 calcu lator
3 camera 7 wallet
4 _ laptop 8 notebook
B OVer tO YOU Ask and answer questions about things in the classroom. Use a or an.
Make a list of the new words you learn.
A What's the word {or this in Enqlish?
B /t's a desk. /ldon'tknow. Let's ask the teacher.
Gadgets 25
english.us.org
I Exercise 2.2 Plural Nouns ,
A Look at this store advertisement. Write the plural form of the nouns. For nouns that have only
one form, leave the space blank.
"ogt THE MART

This Week's Prices
Sa].e
Electronics School Supply ie.s Clothes and Accessory
battery $15 dictionary $19-$49.95 dress $49-$239
calculator s129 scissors $2.95-$10 belt $24-$89
headphones $5-$65 notebook $2.99-$17.99 sunglasses $19.99-$289
phone
cell $60-$200 purse $29.99-$239
computer $800-$4,000 jeans $39-$160
video camera $40F$1 ,000
B Paİr WOrk Practice asking and answering questions about the items in A with
a Partner.
A How much are the belts?

B They're $2+$89.
Plural N
For nouns that end in the sounds /s/, ll/, /az/

/tI/, /q/, /ks/, and /z/, say /az/ in the plural. /s/ class - classes
These nouns have an extra syllable in the /y dish - dishes
pluralform. lty watch - watches
/q/ message - messages
/ks/ box - boxes
/z/ quiz - quizzes
For most other nouns, say /s/ or /z/ in the plural /s/ or /z/
book - books
phone phones
accessory accessories
A Listen. Check (/) the nouns with an extra syllable in the plural form.
[ 1 purse-purses !4 door-doors E7 page-pages
!2 bag-bags [] 5 size-sizes !8 closet- closets
!3 map-maps !6 computer - computers !9 phone-phones
26 Unit 3 Count Nouns; A,/An; Have and 8e

english.us.org
B Write the plural form of these nouns. Do they have an extra syllable? Check (/) Yes or No.
Extra Syllable? Extra Syllable?
Yes No Yes No
'l desk desks ı a 8 brush ı ı
2 tax _ ı ı 9 dictionary _ ı ı
3 monitor ı ı 10 match ı ı
4 case ı ı 11 chair ı ı
5 orange ı ı 12 quiz _ ı ı
6 penny _ ı ı 13 pen ı ı
7 student ı ı 14 garage ı ı
Exerciı
Write answers to the questions. Use proper nouns.
1 What! the capital of the United States? lt's Maıh ıngİoı-D.C.
2 Whatl your last name?
3 What's the name of the street where you live?
4 What's the name of your hometown?
5 What's the name of your favorite movie?
E a" with A/ An + Noun

3.1 Usin Be with A/An + Noun
E Yo, .un use be with a,/an + noun to tell

ı /t! a watch. lt's an activity tracker, too.
what something is.
ı what something is like, lt's a great phone.
. who someone is. Jon is a friend from college.
. what someone is like. He's a nice guy.
E Yo, aun use be + a/ an + noun to say a person's Jenny is a businesswoman

occupation pedro is an architect-
ğ Don't use a/an with plural nouns They're cell phones.

ııoı Theyaıea-eellp,hones
Pronunciation note: A and an are not usuaIly stressed. a: /e/ and an = /an/
/a/CELL phone /an,/ ARchitect
Gadgets 27
english.us.org
[ı I Grammar Application
,!
Complete the conversation with a or an.
A ls that 4 regular watch? ls it _ activity

t4 )
B
trackeç too?
Both, lt! my new toy.It's . smart watch.
!
A Cool. Oh, look! ls that
* message?
B No, it's text from Jeff.
(5]
A Jeff? ls he friend?
B Yes, from high school. Het now
_ engineering student at unlverslty ln
Florida. He's in town with his brotheı ban. Dan's artist.

(r)
A Wow. So, where are they?
B They're coffee shop near here. Lett go see them.

"' _
A That sounds like fun. Let's get _ taxi.
Exeıcise 3.2 A/An + Noun: Occuoations
A M"t.h the occupations and the pictures. Write the correct letter next to the names. Then
complete the sentences below. Make some occupations plural.
a chef b electrician c engineer d mechanic e pharmacist f receptionist
Mike c 2 Carl Julia 4 Jody and Bryan
,l§ 1 Mike ıs an engİneer.
Il
:l
llıl
2 Carl __
ı 3 Julia
4 Jody and Bryan
5 Sarah _
5 Sarah 6 Ana 6 Ana

english.us.org
Count Nouns; A/ An: Have and Be
B Over tO YOu Write sentences about peop|e you know.

1 l am a studqnt. l'n glşo a pa rt-time saleşelcrL
2 My friend is
3 My neighbor is
4 My friends are and They
5 My classmatet name is He/She
6My lS
O Have
Have can show possession. lt can He has a nıce apartment. (possession)
also mean "to experience." My friends and l have a good time together. (experience)
4.1 Have
Subject Have
have
YoU
They a camera
He
She ha s
lt
4.2 Usinq Have

E Use hrr, * noun to show: l have a car,
o possession or ownership she has a friend from chile.
. relationships-
. parts of a whole. Ihe website has helpful links
E lt .un also mean "to experience" we have fun in class.

or "to take part in an activity." They have lunch at 12:30.
Gadgets 29
english.us.org
t Grammar Application
Complete the sentences. Use have or has.

1 Big Electric is an electronics store. lt usually İas good prices
2 The store is very large. lt four floors
3 The first floor computers and phones

4 The second floor video game consoles and video games
5 The third and fourth floors TVs, sound Systems, and entertainment systems.
6 Big Electric also a website

7 The website sometimes specia l sale prices
8 Customers a lot of fun shopping here
Complete the sentences from a student essay. Use have, has, am, is, or are.
My Favorite Gadget
Let me tell you about r]y compJter. lt İs an old laptop. out it a good
computer. lt only weighs two pounds, so it not verv heaw_ lt
(3]
great speakers, and it also -_ (5)

a bright, colorful screen. lt great for
{6)
movies and music. lt also good for email. l a student, so my
laptop very important for me. l use it to do almost all my homework

tr]
Of course, this laptop also a webcam, so l use it to talk to my friends in
Mexico. I a lot of friends there, and we always happy to see each
other and talk. sometimes l problems with my laptop. For example, the
'_1]
battery not very good, and the hard drive slow. l want a new one,
]
but good laptops exoenslve

(16

english.us.org

'l Use a or an to say a person's job.
an
Jody is aftist.
f Use a or an to say what kind of a person someone is.
She'ı nıce person.
J Use are after plural nouns. Remember: people, men, women, and children are plura|.
dre
The peop/e in my ciass € n/ce.
His chitdreİ'İ smaıı.
4 Use are with two nouns joined with and.

are
My phone and my laptop is on my desk-
§ Use has with a singular subject.

has
Tom have a great laptap.
Editing Task
Find and correct nine more mistakes about the Lim family
'l The people in my neighborhooJf nl.".

2 My neighbors is very friendly.
U
3 Tom and Nancy Lim is my neighbors. l
4 Nancy is computer programmer.
5 Tom is cell phone designer.
6 Their children is Joe and Cathy. r"I
7 Joe and Cathy is students at Hatfield College- .ı
I
L;J
8 Joe is student in the computer department.
9
10 Cathy
He have a lot of classes this year.
is busy architecture student.
t
Gadgets 31
english.us.org
Demonstratives and
possessives
The Workplace

A C"n yo, name five things that you use in an office? Read the conversation.
How many different office things do the speakers mention in the
conversation?
B Comprehension Check Match the two parts of the sentences

about the conversation.
1 claudia a are in the cabinets.
2 Keung b are his sistert children.
3 The little girls in the photograph c is a new employee.
4 Office supplies _ d is in the conference room.
5 The meeting e is on her team.
C re Find the sentences in the conversation and circle the

correct words.
1 The paper is in these/this drawers below the printers.
2 Those/That photograph on the left is great
3 That/Those little qırls are my sister's children

4 lt! this/these way, down the hall.
Now look at the nouns in italics. What words come before the singular
nouns? What words come before the plural nouns?
32
english.us.org
&n6nstratives and possessives
..--. ll
t't
\
0
--
ı H Hello, Claudia. l'm Robert. i Well, photography is my hobby. 25
Welcome to our company! Those pictures are from my trip
n HeIlo. Robert. lt's nice to to Thaiiand.
meet you. re That photograph on the left is
E This is your desk. That's the

great. What is it?
closet for your coat. Let me E lt! the Royal Palace in Bangkok, 30
show you around. my favorite place.
k laudi Thanks. ru That's a great picture, too.

Office supplies, like paper, E Those little girls are my sister's
]0 folders, and pens, are in those children. She lives in Bangkok.
cabinets over there. The
printers are here, and this is the
E Sorry to interrupt, but we have 35
a management meeting in 10
only copy machine. The paper minutes. lt's in the conference
is in these drawers below room. lt's this way, down the
15 the printers.
hall. Lett get some coffee
r Thanks. That's good to know. before the meeting. 40
i Now, let me introduce you to F§şr"E OK. See you later, Keung.
Keung. He! on your team,
F]. Wait. Robert, are these your
Keung, this is Claudia. She's
repo rts?
20 our new sales manager.
? E
@!
Yes, they are. Thanks. l need
Nice to meet you, Claudia.
them for the meeting. 45
F dffi Nice to meet you, Keung. Those
photographs are beautiful. Are
you a photographer?
The Workplace 33
english.us.org
z Demonstratives
These, Those)
(This, That,
The demonstratives are this, that, these, This is my desk.
and those. we use demonstratives to Those desks are for new employees
"point to" things and people.
2.1 Demonstratİves wİth sın ular and plural Nouns
5lNGULAR PLURAL
This /That Noun Verb These/Those Noun Verb
This empty. These for supplies

drawer ls cabinets are
That {or paper Those locked.
2.2 Demonstratives Used Without Nouns
slNGuLAR PLURAL
This/That Yerb 7heselThose Verb
Th is for you, These from your co-workers

s are
That my desk. Those {or us.
2.3 Usinq Demonstratives with Sinqular and Plural Nouns

E Use this for a person or thing near you (a This desk is Amanda's.
person or thing that is here). This paper is for the printer
E Use that for a person or thing not near That desk ıs Janet!.
you (a person or thing that ls tl,ıere). That printer is a 3D printer
ğ Use these for people or things near you These reports are for the meeting.
(people or things that are here), These students are in your English class.
34 Unit 4 Demonstratives and Possessives

english.us.org
Demonstratives and possessives
2.3 Usin Demonstratives wıth sın ular and Plural Nouns (c ontinued,
Et Use those for people or things not near Those folders are the sa/es reports.
you (people or things that are there) Those soccer players are great.
Gl Use this, that, these, and those be{ore This photo is my favorite.
nouns to identi{y and describe people That llttle girl in the photo ıs my siste r's daughier
and things.
These charts are help{ul.
Those papers are imPortant.
2.4 Usinq Demonstratives wlth Ba

El Yor.un use this, that, these, and those as This is the only copy machine.
pronouns to identify things.
= This copy machine is the only copy machine.
That is the color printer.
: That printer is the color printer.
These are the reporİs for the meeting.
: These repoıİs are the reports for the meeting
Those are my keys.
: Those keys are my keys.
E Yo, .un only use this and these as pronouns A This is Claudia.
to introduce people.
B Hi, Claudia! Nice to meetyou.
A These are my co-workers, Mena and Liz

B He//o. Nice to meetyou.
E ln informal speaking, use the contraction That's a nice picİure

that's instead of that is
2.5 Ouestions wlth Demonstratlves

§ To ıdentıfy people, ask question5 with who is that new teacher?
Who is . . . ? lf it's clear who you are who is that?
talking about, you can omit the noun.
E To identifi/ things, ask questions with whal is that noise?

What is . ,. ? lf it's clear what you are what is that?
The Workplace 35
english.us.org
2.5 Ouestions with Demonstratives (continued)

El To ask about a price, use How much How much ls this printer?
is/ are ... ? lf it's clear what you are How much is this?
How much are these printers?
How much are these?
B After questions with this and that, "How much is this copier?" "lt's $4N."
answer with it ior things and he or she "Who is that woman?" "She's my boss."
for people.
Gl After questions with these and those, "Are these your reports?" "Yes, they are."
answer with they. "Who are those people?" " Th ey' re my co-workers. "
.[' I Grammar Apptication

@
Help Margo describe her office. Write this or these for things that are near her, and that or
those for things that are not near her.
E
§§@.
0
c
c
1 7his phone is old.
2 closet is for her coat.
3 books are about business.
4 computer is old.
5 pens are very good.
6 _ window is open.
7 -_ papers are for the meeting.
8 cabinet is for paper clips, folders, and general office things
9 _ picture is a photograph of her family.
,1o
_ folders are for the sales reports.

english.us.org
De monst ratives and possessive5
Paİr WOrk What's in your pocket? What's in your bag?Tell your partner using this and
these. Then your partner repeats everything using that and those.
A This is a cell phone. These are keys. This is a pen, ihese are pencils- This is a paper clip.
B OK. That's a cell phone. Those are keys. That's a pen. Those are pencils. That's a paper clip.
A Whi.h noun isn't necessary? Cross out the noun. Check (/) the sentences where you cannot
cross out the noun
la
E]
r ull
]
E
lE
rştEı
How much are these (1) #astsdrıves?
lE
$30.
Thank you. That! a nice computer. /
E
(2)
Yes, it has a big screen. Whatt that (3) thing on the front?
E;ı§Eiı And here's the headphone jack.
lE
lt's the webcam.
Yeah. ls this (4) model a new model?
salesclerk No. This (5) model is an old model. Thatt why it! on sale. That! (6\ the new
lE
mode/ over there.
rlE Oh, l see. Hey, these (7\ headphones are great headphones.
Yeah? Buy them !
Hmm . . . They're $250. No, thank you!

B Li.t"n to the conversation and check your answers.
l Eıcıtlso 2.4 ouestions and Answers with Dernonstrativel
circle the correct words.

'l A How much is theseGa}printer, please? B 6D/They're S22o
2A Excuse me, how much are these/this scanners? B lt's/They're $25O
3A How much is those/this projector? B lt's/They're $899
4A Excuse me, how much are that/those pens? B lt's/They're $7,99
5A How much are these/that laptops? B lt'slThey're on sa e lt's/They're $1,10O
6A How much is those/that digital photo frame? B lt's/They're $80
The Workplace 37
english.us.org
i Exercise 2,5 More Ouestions and Answers with Demonstrative
Paİr WOrk Look around your classroom. ln each box, write the names of three morethings
you see.
Near Me Not Near Me
Singular a desk, a maP,
Plural boo ks, windows,
Ask your partner YeslNo questions about the things above, Answer with it (singular) or
they (plural).
A /sthat a map of lowa? A Are these books new?
B No, it's not. lt's a map of lllinois. B Yes, they are.
Exercise 2.6 Vocabularv Focus: Rı
You can use short responses with A l have a new job. A My printer is broken
Ihat's + adjective in conversations B That's great| / Thatt goodI B Thatt too bad-
Here are common ad.jectives to use excellent good 9reat interest]ng nlce
with that's. ok terrible too bad wonderful
Write a response with Ihat's + adjective. Use the adjectives above.

'l lt's a holiday tomorrow, That's nice.
2 We're on the same team I
3 Business isn't very good this year.

4 Patricia! not here today. She's sick
5 l have a new laptop!
6 This phone has a dictionary app

english.us.org
Dem onstratives and possessives
E Possessives and Whose

possessives show that someone A /s this Diane's desk?
possesses (owns or has) something
B No, it's my desk. Her desk is in the other office
Her boss's desk is in that office, too.
3.1 Your, His, Her, lts, Our, Their
Subject Possessive
| .y |'m not ready for the meeting. My presentation isn't {inished
you your You are very organized. Your space ]s so neat.

he his He is a new employee. His old job was in Hong Kong.
she her She isn't in the office now. Her computer is off.
it its lt is a technology start-up. lts CEO is Prima Janesh.
we our We have the reports. Our boss wants to read them now,
you your You are co-workers, Your o#ice is on the second floor.
they the]r They are at the office. Their boss is on vacation.
» subject and ob]ect Pronouns: see page A18.
3.2 Possessive Nouns

E add '. to singular nouns to show The manager's name (one manager)
possession. The boss's ideas (one boss)
E add un apostrophe (') to plural nouns The managers' names (more than one manager)
ending in -s to show possession.
The bosses' ideas (more than one boss)
E For inegular plural nouns, add 's to show The men's books (more than one man)
possesslon The children's room (more than one child)
El My, your, his, her, our, and their can come my friend's job
before a possessive noun. our Parenls' names
» CaPitaIization and Punctuation RUles: see page A1.
The Workplace 39
english.us.org
3.3 Whose?
E W" .un use whose to ask who owns something Whose jacket is this?
We can use it wlth singular and plural nouns, l think that's Kana's jacket
E We often use whose with this, that, these, Whose papers are those?
and those Oh! They're my papers. Thank you
3.4 Usino Possessives

E Use the same possessive form before a slNGULAR PLURAL
singular noun or a plural noun. my friend my friends
her report her reporis
the boss's report the bo55's reports
E U." possessive to show that someone owns her pen their folders Rachel's car
"
something,
E U." possessive to show that someone your name my birthday Jared's job
"
has something.
El Ur" . possessive to show relationships my sjster his boss Claudia's co-wo*er

between people.
El Ur" u possessive noun to talk about places The city's population

and countries. Japan's prime minister
E;r"lr" 3l rossesslves
Ben sends an e-mail to Dora and attaches some pictures. He describes them. Complete
the e-mail. Use the possessive form of the pronoun in parentheses - my, his, her, its, our,
their - or 's.

english.us.org
D e monst rat ives and possess ives
.6 Eo:=a
Hi Dora,
Here are the photos of _o, ur (we) end-of-semester pağ ı

for (we) English class. The first photo is Juliana
\./)
and Sue-jin. ls Juliana in _ (you) math class? ( İ

5 Shet sometimes __ (,i]
(l) partner in pair work.
Sue-jin is (she) best friend.

1
l
Then, in the second photo, the woman in the white
ı ı
She's _ ı ı I , ı tı
shirt is Sally. (Juliana) sister.
1
ı l ııı
a ı
Iİİ
ıİ aaıaİ
ı İ ıı ıı ıa ı ffi f|
Ohey) family is in Chicago, but Sally is here, too. The tall
Het
s
1o man is Mr. Donovan. (*e) new teacher.
,,.
_ (He) first name is Howard, and he's very ı F
friendly. ln this photo we're in the hall
(Mr. Donovan) office. Send me some pictures of
n.",
._, Th
l
your class.
]5 Ben
A Circle the correct form of the possessive ('s or s') in the sentences.
1My -wor rs' name is krista
2 Krista's/ Kristas' last name is Logan.
3 She has two managers. Her manager's/managers'names are Tom and Sara.
4 Sara's/Saras'family is from Colombia.

5 She has two brothers. Her brother's/ brothers' names are Josö and Carlos.
6 Tom's/Toms'wife is from New Jersey, Her name is Jessica.
7 Jessica and Tom have a daughter. Their daughter's/daughters'name is Danie|Ie
8 They have two cats. The cat's/cats'names are Sam and Max.
B Pa İr WOrk rell a partner about someone you know at work or about a friend at school.
use the sentences in A as a model
The Workplace 41
english.us.org
Jw
A Complete the questions about the people in the photos with Whose and Who's. Then answer
the questions.
.]
Name: Ling Yang Name: Ki-woon Do Name: Missolle Beauge

Nationality: Chinese Nationality: South Korean Nationality: Haitian
Birthday: October 2 Birthday: June 5 Birthday: April 7
Best friend: Leila Best friend: Nora Best friend: Lona
Major: Nursing Maior: Business Major: Computers and
lnterests: yoga, art lnterests: soccer, movies Technology
lnterests: music, cooking
l Whose best friend is Leila? Leila is Ling's best friend.

2 5irthday is in June?
3 Chinese?
4 major is Business?
5 Haitia n'
6 from South Korea?
J major is N ursing?
8 birthday is in October?
9 interested in soccer?
1C interests are music and cooking?
B Pa İr WOrk arl. and answer other questions about the people in A.

A Whose best friend is Nora?
B Nora is K,-woon's best f riend-
42 l.Jnit 4 Demonstratives and Possessives

english.us.org
Demonstratives and possessives
gI Avoid Common MistakesA \
1 Use this and that for singular things and people.

This
{hese printer is $179.
Thdt
Ihose man is my manager.
2 Use these and those for plural things and people.

These
IAis folders are for the meeting.
Those
That women are on my team.
3 lts is possessive. is a contraçtion for it is.

't's /t5 lt's
He works for a small company- }i- name is Z-Tech. lis on Main Street-
4 Use t (singular) or s'(plural) with possessive nouns.

mother's co-worl<ers'
Tomorrow is her mot}ıer birthday. l don't know my a*o4<ers birthdaç.
§ Use the same possessive form before a singular noun or a plural noun.
JusIine enjays spending time with hers co workers.
Editing Task
Find and correct eight more mistakes in this conversation.
A Hi. l'm sorry to interrupt you, but where's the -anageŞffice?

B lts next to claudia office.
A Where is those? l don't know Claudia.
B Oh, it's down these hallway right here. Turn left after you pass that two elevators.
A oh, ok. you mean its near the two assistants office.
B That's right. Do you know them?
A Yes, ldo.
B Then please give them a message. Theirs folders are on my desk.
The Workplace 43
english.us.org
\J
Descri ptive Adj ectives
Skills and Q,uaIities for Success

A Do yo, use a social networking website? Which one? Read the web article
about a social networking site forjobs. Are these websites useful for
employers?
B Comprehensİon Check Answer the questions. Use the article to

help you.
1 What is JobsLink?
2 ls Julia a student or an instructor?
3 ls Ricardo an employee or an employer?
4 Who has an interview with Ricardo?
c NElfrlEt The nouns in each sentence are underlined. circle the word
that describes each noun. These words are adjectives.
1 Companies can find new workers.
2 He has a small business.

3 Julja ls a hardworking student at a larg e community college
4 Julia has a new 19ğ.
Do the adjectives come before or after the nouns?
44
english.us.org
Descri tive Ad ectiVes
E ı
"Tt
Ç"!
l
l b-
};
} ı r-"?ai]
\
,|
Şiltiln
I \ ll l İl
- L
USıNG SOCı
ı
FoR JoBs
Sometimes, social networking websites1 are for sending news,
messages, and photos to friends. They're like big bulletin boards
on the lnternet. Now social networking websites are for work, too.
Unemployed' people can find jobs there, and companies can find new
5 workers. Some sites also have a lot of very useful information about jobs
and careers.
'5ocial networking w6bsit69: Places on
the lnte.net for meetin9 and talking to Here is the story of two people who use JobsLjnk, a social
people
networking website for business professionals.
lun€mployed: not having a job
that earns money Julia is a hardworking student at a large community college. She's
!ambitious: wanting success
ıo very busy with her courses, but she is also ambitious.3 Her career goal is
'lİnk: a word or image on a website that to be an accountant. She has a profile on JobsLink. Her profile has a linka
can take you to anoüer document or
to her r6sum6.
Ricardo is an employer_ He has a small business- His accounting

office needs a new accountant. He's interested in Julia's profile on
15 JobsLink. She's young, but she's an excellent student. Ricardo contacts
Julia by e-mail. She has an interview with Ricardo. He thinks that Julia
is friendly and smart. Soon, Julia has a new.job. Julia and Ricardo are
happy with JobsLink.
skills and oualities for success 45

english.us.org
El nalectives
Adjectives describe or give l found a good job. (Good describes job.,)
information about nouns - people, Thls website is helpiul. (Helpful describes this website.)
places, things, and ideas.
2.1 Adiectives
[l Ad;ectlves can come be{ore nouns ADJEcTlVE NoUN
He owns a small business.
She has a job.
P Adjectives can come after the verb sUBJECT BE ADJEcTlVE

be. They describe the subjec1, Julia is smart.
They are young.
ğ Adlectives have the same form ADJEcTVE NouN (SlN6ULAR)

when they describe singular or He needs a good accountant.
plural nouns. ADJEcT VE NouN (PLURAL)
He needsNvo good accountant5.
2.2 Usinq Adiectives
E Wh"n using an adjective before a singular noun They work for a big company.
. use a before adjectives that begin with a She has a long r6sum6,
consonantr sound. A new student is in my class.
. use an before adjectives that begin with a He has an interesting blog,

vowel2 sound, She's an ambitious businessperson.
That's an excellent idea!
blue suit an orange skirt

ğ You .un use adjectives to describe a
. color a new website an old r6sumı6
. age a tall building a small phone
. size
. shape a wide street a round window
a great job an excellent student
.'opinions
length of time a shorİ meeting a long vacation
ğ Yo, ."n use yery to make the adjective stronger. The meeting was very long
Reminder:
lconsonantsi the letters b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, l, m, n, P, ql r, 5, t, v, w x, y, z
Ay'owels: the letters a, e. i, o, u
ı16 Unit 5 Descriptive Adjectives

english.us.org
Descriptive Ad ectiVe s
ffi Data from the Real world
These adjectives are used after the verb be. afraid, alone, asleep, awake
Do not use them before a noun. Ahmed is asleep.
ıor Ahmed ıs the=s*aepı*an.
h Grammar Application
Exercjse 2.1 Adjective + Noun )
A Rewrite the sentences with the adjectives in parentheses.

1 James is an engineer. (unemployed) J amesjs an unemplqcd engİneer,
2 James is a person, (hardworking)
3 This is a weLısite, (useful)
4 lt has jobs. (interesting)
5 This is a company. (large)
6 James can send his r6sum6. (new)
B Writ" sentences about the people and things in parentheses. Use your own ideas and some
of the adjectives from the box. Remember to put the adjectives before the nouns.
ambitious busy friendly interesting popular unusual

big d ifficu lt good kind smart useful
1 (company) Uıergşpftls a bia company. _

2 (person)
3 (website)
a (job)
5 (employer)
6 (student)
Skills and Qualities for Success 47

english.us.org
ıs: Oooosites with Ad + Noun and 8e + Adjective ]
asleep/awake good /bad old / new (things) My o{fice isn't loud. lt's quiet.
little
big / happy/ sad oId / young (people or animals) Please be early. Don't be late.
big/small hot /cold short/long This r6sumĞ is old, but that one
early/late loud / quiet short / ta ll is new.
Note: Big has two opposites, /itt/e and sma//, Short has two opposites, tall and long. Tal/ is for height.
Long is {or length, distance, or time.
O/d has two opposites, new and young. New is for things, and young is for people or animals,
A Complete the sentences with their opposites. Use adjectives from the Vocabulary
Focus box.
'1 l'm not asleep right awake 4 The office building is

ôw.l'm lt isn't short. lt has 50 floors,
2 This is a resum6.
lt's not old. 5 Today isn't bad. This is a day!
l have a new job!
3 The office is very
There are only two people here 6 Do you have a _ ruler?
lt isn't big. This one is short.
B Pa İr WOrk Work with a partner. Make sentences with adjectives from the Vocabulary
Focus box. Your partner makes sentences with the opposite adjectives. Take turns.
A lhis isnt a /itt/e book. A l'm tall,
B lt's a big book B Maria is short.
C Complete the e-mail, Use the adjectives from the box.
ex€i# h"ppy interesting long young

{riendly helpful late old
6
Hi Ramon,
How are you? l'm very excited about my new job. My work hours are
(1) 12)
For example, l usually work from 8:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m
But l'm __ (3)

because it's an __ (4)
job. lam a research assistant
in a hospital. My office is on the tenth floor. ltt an bu ild in g.
lt's 60 years old. My boss is - he's only 30. He's and

when l have questions
That's all for now. ltt at night and l'm tired. Please write soon.
(9)
Take care,
Jack
48 Unit 5 Descriptive Adjectives

english.us.org
Descriptive Adjectives
l Eıartisg 2.3 Vocabı oct es
Ending in -en oı -ian Ending in -is/ı Ending in -ase Ending in -;
African lndaan Brit sh chinese lraqi

American lndonesian DaniSh Japanese lsraeli
Australian ltalian E nglish Lebanese Kuwaiti
Austrian korean lriS h Portuguese Omani
Brazilian l/exican PoliSh Sudanese pakistani
Canadian Nigerian Scottish vietnamese Qatari

chilean peruvian Spanish SaUd i
Egyptian Russjan Swedish Yemeni

Ethiopaan Syrian Tu rk ish
German venezuelan
Exceptions: Dutch (from the Netherlands), Filipıno (from the

Philippines), French (from France), Greek (from Greece),
Swiss (from Switzerland), Thai (from Thailand)
A Complete the sentences. Use nationality adjecives

1 Paula is from Brazil. She's ___Brazi]aı_ .
2 My co-workers are from Chile. They're

3 Hakim is from Kuwait. He! _ _
4 Alex is from Germany. He's _ .
5 Vinh is from Vietnam. He's _.

6 Sarah is from England. Shet
B OVer tO YOU Write three sentences about yourself. Then write sentences about three
people from other countries. Remember to capitalize the names of countries and languages
My name is Claudia_ l'm from Mexico. l'm Mexican.
9 Ouestions with What like? and

How + Adjective
Ouestions with What . . . like? and How + A "What is Arizona like?"
adjective ask {or a description. They are B "lt's beautiful."
usually answered with an adjective. A, "How deep is the Grand Canyon?"
B "lt's very deep."
skills and oualities for success 49

english.us.org
3.1 Ouestions with What. . . like?

what + Be Subject Like Answers with Adjectives
what is
New York lt's big,
What's like?
What are the restaurants They're expensive
3.2 Ouestions with How + Adiedive

How Ad.jective Be subject Answers with Adjectives
old is the company? lt's 40 years old.
tall is J".k? _ He's 6 feet (1.80 meters) tall.

How
long are the lines? They're not long. They're very short.
cold js the water? lt's not very cold. lt's warm.
I G ra m mar ApyşI'i ı: ıı l; ı * rı
A Complete the conversation about the city of St. Louis. Use What . . .like in the questions
Then choose an answer from the box.
lt's very cold, and iti snowy. They're good and not too expensive.
lt's an old Midwestern city in Missouri. They're very friendly.
] ha,,e eıı_ t.g İ]e,,"./sI lı;ı,_. a ne"^; ]o5
That's greatL
!ffi w.ıı, the bad news is this: lt! in St- Louis

lt's not here in Chicago.
!@ wow! YPe st. Louis li*,e ı

lEil l|:
i
i .,:.:]
l@ Ll]
the weather
:l]
in the winter?
lEE _ ıj] l
EE _ the people _ ?

english.us.org
DescriPtiVe Adjectives
!ffi
i:, ,?
Elltg the restau rants
I7l 17)
!ffi 8
B Lirtun to the conversation and check your answers.
C OVer tO YOU Write questions with What. . .Iike in your ciğ? Then answer the
questions with lt's or They're.
1 (the weathed Wfut's the weather likejn_yoa.r cifu?
^
B lt's veıv hot in the sum mer.
2 (the traffic) A
B
3 (the people) A
B
4 (the shopping) A
B
5 (the restaurants) A
B
6 (the n ightlife) A
B
7 (the winters) A
B
8 (the public transportation) A
B
D Pa İr WOrk n.l. and answer questions with a partner.
A Complete these questions with How and an ad,iective from the box.
bad cold crowded
1 How old is your ci§?

2 is it in the summer?
3 is it in the winter?
4 is the downtown area with people?
5 are the apartments?
6 is the traffic?
SkilIs and Oualities for Success 51

english.us.org
B Write the answers to the questions above about your city. Then ask and answer the
questions with a partner.
1
2
3
4
5
6
A How old isyour city? B lt's really old. lts about 2N years old.
C Paİr WOrk Writ. six questions about a cityto ask your partner. Write two with
What . . .Iike? and three with How + adjeaive. Your partner chooses a city. Then you ask the
questions and guess the city.
1 whaı are wınters lıke İn thıs cıtv?
2 What
3 What
4 How
5 How
6 How
7 Let me guess. ls this city
EI Avoid Common Mistakes A

1 An adjeaive can come before the noun it describes or after the verb be.
long meeting
l have a aeetinglang every
2 Adjectives do not have pIural forms.

wc rıieı|ıı l
l have three won#uk employees.
3 Use an before adjectives that begin with a vowel sound. Use a before adjectives that begin
with a consonant sound.
an a
My sister is,d ambitious person. She's aa hardworking employee.

english.us.org
Descriptive Adjectives
Editing Task
Find and correct nine more mistakes in these profiles from a social networking website
B razilia n
My name is Erırique, I'm brazilian. My company
|,
f] s
I is ca]led WeMeet, We conrıect people wlth simr]ars
interests, Users find a interesting topic aıd sign up
to go to a meeting, Some travelers business use
WeMeet to find customers, but most peop]e go to

make news friends.
My name is Mlho. I Japanese, I'm a sa]eswoman

ırı a japanese robotics company. We make helpfrrls
robots, We have a ambitious p]an to give everyone a
robot personal for their home,
Skills and Qualities for Success 53

english.us.org
Prepositions
ı
Around the House
tr crammar in the
Real World
A Wh"t'. it to have a houseguest? Maya is away, but her
|ike
friend Cathy is her houseguest for the weekend. Read Maya's
note to cathy. Do you think Cathy is happy right now?
B Comprehension Check Matchthetwo parts of the

sentences about the note.
'l is
Maya a on the floor.
2 The car is b at her sister's house.
3 The cat food is c in the cioset.
4 Clean towels are d out of gas.

5 Cathy is e in the apartment.
C NIEİ**' Complete the sentences. Use the note to help you. a

1 clean
2
3
towels and sheets
The car keys are
The remote control is
are. the closet.
the refrigerator.
the counter the
I
coffee maker
4 See you _ Sunday evening.
5 My bus arrives 5:30 p.m.
Which sentences tell you when something happens? Which

sentences tell you where something is?
54
english.us.org
itions
Hi Cathy,
PHF'{[b'[/.{':{ K
|'m happy you're in lhe apartment this
NeQ kend- My cal F uffy is glad you're here, oc1
Ple ıse use rny bedroom- C|ean towels and sl )el

in the closet, There's an extra blanket in
^re
dra ıer under lhe bed.
İ 6
|'m sorry the refrigeralor's emply, but lhe
.( supermarket's across the street. The car keys are
\ _ on top ofthe refriger alor. rhe car's out of gas,'
lO but the gas station's close, just two blocks away
on Main Street.
? The TV's in the cabinet near the window.

The remole control's on the counter next to the
coffee makeı (l think the baLleries are dead_6\
_
t
- |'n sorry aboul the cat food on the floor,
Fluffy's very r.rry. @ Th. vacuum cleaner's in
>J the c]oset. it's old, but it works, The cleaninq

supplıes are behind the planl_ The garbage
- cans are outside the front door, in front of
See you on Sunday evening_ My bus

arrives at 5:3O p-m, so expect me belween
6:00 and 7:OO.
r
ı| Love,
25 Maya
PS. l'm at my sister's house. Her phone number

is \212) 555-8749.
(
1out of gas: without ga§
E]E
Around the House 55
İ ı ı
english.us.org
zI Pre ositions of Place: Things at Home

an n the Neighborhood
Prepositions can show p ace. They can The remote control is next to the coffee maker
ıell you wheıe so.rıeoı,e or so,neıhing ıs My home is near the traın statıon.
2.1 Thinqs at Home

n under
The vacuum cleaner is in the c/oset The shoes are under the bed
on / on top of behind
The bott/e is on the refrigerator, The cleaning supplies are behind

The bottle ls on top of the refrigerator the plant.
u
above next to / near
ı
ı ı
The shelf is above the refrigerator. The book is next to the lamp
The lamp is near the window.
in front of between
The garbage can is in front of The car keys are between the watch
the garage. and the wallet.
56 Unit 6 Prepositions
english.us.org
Prepositions
2.2 Thin s in the Nei hborhood

in front of between
E
The man is in front of the bakery The bank is between the restaurant
and the deiicatessen.
EE
behind across from
]]
The car is behind the building. The woman is across from the bank
next to/near outside
ı
fl
fl
fztrEg 6rıEı,ErE l l'ijr.!
The coffee shop is next to the post of{ice The garbage can is outside the door.
The cof{ee shop is near the bakery.
at inside
aıril zoo a r,1
The children are at the zoo The ATMs are inside the bank
Around the House 57

english.us.org
frl Grammar App|ication
A Complete the sentences with prepositions of place and the words in the box. Use the picture
to help you. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
coffee maker counter door floor gym bag refrigerator table

(J
ı
J
]
@
l need my cell phone. Where is it? 6 Now, where's my laptop? | need my laptop
lE lt's on the table 16 ltt _.

E
.
@
]ü i5]
Thanks. Now, where's my gym bag? ls the newspaper outside the front door?
16 ltt 6 No, it's _ .
@ z)
OK. Oh, and l need my wallet. @ {6)
And where are my books for school?
wheret that? lE They're
lE lTs @ Hey. How about a cup of coffee?
E ..,
And my keys. Where are my keys? lE Sure. Where's the coffee?
lE They're _ . E lt's
B Writ. questions with Where and answers. Use the picture in A to answer the questions
(radıd Where's his radio? lt's on / on top of the refrigerator.
'.' (watch)
-- (glasses)
ı (headphones)
:; (notebook)
C Paİr WOrk art your partner about where things are in his or her home. Write six
questions. Then answer your partner's questions. Use the words from the box.
bed coffee maker desk remote control sofa

clothes computer refrigerator rug
\ Where's your TV? lt's in the living room. /t's next to the bookshe/f
english.us.org
Prepositio ns
A W,it. sentences about the places in this neighborhood. Use {our more of the prepositions
from the box.
above at between next to

across from behind in front of outside
İr'
Hair
paul's coffee Rob s Qmeıas
\an\
1 the gas station / the supermarket _Th e ga_stati o njsbch İn d_thc;up e r,m4 rkt.
2 the camera store/the shoe store and the coffee shop _
3 the red carlthe gas station
4 the shopping carts/the supermarket
5 the bookstore /the bank
B Lirt.n. Where are these places? Write sentences. Use and reuse the prepositions from
the box in A.
The parking lotis in f|oııiğ Jhe şlp_qmqrkt
2 The hair salon is
3 The movie theater is
4 The park is
5 The post office is
C Pa İr WOrk nrt and answer questions about your school and the area around the school
lı Where's the past affice? ,., /s the schoo/ across from the bank?
E /t's across from the school- . No, it's next to the library.
Around the House 59

english.us.org
ğ Prepositions of Place. Locations and

other uses
Certain prepositions commonly Maya's sister lives in San Diego.
appear with some locations. She /ives on Malket Street.
Her home is at 6O6 Market Street
3.1 ln, On, and At with Locations
in + neighborhood Midtown.
l live in
,.. + city/town Miami.
l live in
,..+state My hometown is in Ohio
.. + country Montreal is in Canada.
what state is seatt/e in?
on + street l live on Main Street.
The restaurant is on Grand Avenue.
what street is the movie theater on?
at + address l live at 1 298 Seventh Ayenue

We met at 405 Broadway.
3,2 Ordinal Numbers with Streets and Floors

1 first 7 seventh 13 thirleenth 19 nineteenth
2 second 8 eighth 14 fourteenth 20 tvventieth
3 third 9 ninth 15 fifteenth 21 twenty-first
4 {ourth 10 tenth 16 sixteenth 30 thirtieth
5 fifth 11 eleventh 17 seventeenth 31 thirtyJnst
6 sixth 12 ıvelfth 18 eighteenth 32 thirty-second
use ordinal numbers with some streets l live on Third Avenue.

My apaftment is on Ninth street.
Use on + the + ordinal number + f/oor The doctor's office is on the second floor
l live on the fifleenth floor.
6O Unit 6 Prepositions
english.us.org
Prepositions
3.3 Common Expressions with Preposltions
at home (or home) Maya is not at home this weekend.

tor Maya is not at-tffio,?e this weekend.
at Work She is not at work today.
ııor Maya is not al+M, today.
at school/ college lt's 10:30, Cathy's at school right now. (: in the building)
in school,/ college l'm a student. l'm stjll in school. (= still a student)
in class/in a meeting Iom is in class. 1= in the classroom)
on campus The bookstore is on campus,
across the street The student center is across the street
nd Af
A Pa İr WOrkComplete the questions with the correct prepositions. Then write the full
answers to the questions. Use your own ideas. Check your answers with a partner.
1 Are we ln Canada right now? _
2 What town or city are we _ ?
3 Are we still Broad Street?
4 Are you 25 Madison Avenue?
5 Are the restrooms _ the first floor?
6 what street is this school ?
B Complete the paragraphs about a student. Use in, on, or at.

My name is Blanca GonzAlez, and l am from .\
Mexico. My hometown is _!n Mexico. Now l live
the united states. l live waltham,
Massachusetts. lt's near Boston. My apartment is
_ 399 Moody Street. My parents also live in

Waltham, 147 Hope Avenue. They are only
l]]
two minutes away from my apartment.
l have three roommates. Our apartment is the third floor. There
is a large supermarket my street. There are also several gas stations
_ .Y neighborhood, lt's noisy the street, but it's OK our

apartment. During the day lstudy accounting. ln the evenings lwork at a restaurant
Watertown. That's a town next to Waltham.
Around the House 61

english.us.org
Eıer<ise 3.2 ln, On, and At with Locations and Ordinal Numbers
A OVer tO YOu Complete the information about your home and school. Use the
information in parentheses.
'l My hometown is lllinois

(prepositlon) (state or country)
2 My hometown is between and

(one c tyltown) (another c tyltown)
3 Now l live
(preposıt on) (ne ghborhood)
4 My home is
(pleposition) (street name)
5 llive
i|,ü.,pcs.t Oİ) (address - Yoü] can give an imaginary address )
6 My home is near
My c assroom s floor.
(ordinal number)
8 My schooI is across the street from

(a p]ace)
B Paİr Work Share your information with a partner.
Exercise 3.3 Expressions with ln, On, and At (.:>

Complete the cell phone conversations. Use in. on, or at. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible.
l
1 EEIE Hi, this is Ashley.
ffiİ Hi. This is Sarah. Where are you?
E!E' |'m 4t work. How about you? Are you home?
§!ğ! No, ı'm the movie theater Fo u rth
Street, and l'm cold.
ElE Oh, sorry. l'm late. l'm on my way.
2 IGEE Hi, it's me.
lğ Hi. Where are you? Are you class?
l@[!ğ No. Class starts in two minutes. I'm campus,

but l think my backpack's _ my closet. Can you
bring it?
fğ Sure. No problem. l'm still the apartment.
english.us.org
Preposit ions
3 ElE Hey. Where are you? Are you class?
EE No. l'm _ campus. Class starts in five m jnutes
EE OK. l'm home, but l'll be work tonight
ElE OK, thanks for the reminder. l won't wait for you for dinner.
4lE!! Mike? lt! Joseph. Are you school today?
@ Hi, Joseph. Yes. l'm _ the library.
lE! Well, l'm _ the coffee shop __ Sullivan Street. Are you free?
ElE Sure. See you in five minutes.
4I Prepositions of Time
Prepositions can tell you about when Maya returns on Sunday.
something happens. Her bus arrives at 5:30 p.m.
Cathy expeds her between 6:aO and 7:00
4.1 ln, On, At

Use in + parts of the day Cathy always goes for a walk in the afternoon
On Mondays, l work in the morning
use in + month My birthday is in December-
Vietnam is beautiful in April.
use in + season Waltham is very cold in the winter.
Please visit me in the spring.
ffi Peop|e also say, for example, "in winter" and "in spring," but "in the winter" and "in the spring"
are more common-
Use on + date |ll see you on July 1, (on July fnst)

ln dates, write the numbe4 My class ends on May 20. (on May twentieth)
but say the ordinal number.
E People also say, for example, "the tlventieth of May," but "May twentieth" is more frequent.
Use on + day See you on Monday.

Our c/ass begins on Friday
Use at + specific time The bank opens at 7:00. (at seven / at seven o'clock)
l usually wake up at 5:30. (at five-thirty / at hal{ past five)
Around the House 63

english.us.org
4.2 Ouestions with Da , Dates, and Times

You can ask questions about days,
dates, or times with:
"When is lndependence Day?"
Whenis/are...
"lt's on July 4. / On July 4. / July 4."
What day is . . .
what time is . . .
"What time is your class?"
You can give shorter or longer "lt's at 8:00. / At 8:ffi. / 8:00."
answers to questions about days,
dates, and tjmes.
I Grammar Application
3e 4.1 ln. on. At with Time
A Circle the correct preposition.

1 ln my state, itt Very cold at he winter and very hot at/in the summer
2 The warm weather usually starts onlin April.
3 Unfortunately, it rains a lot in/on the spring.
4 The first day of summer is in/on June.
5 ln the summeç the sun goes down late aVin the evening.
6 ltt still sunny when l finish my class on/at 7:00.
7 l usually stay up late on/in Fridays and look at the stars.
8 l like to wake up onlat 6:30 on Saturdays because the weather is still cool inlat
the morning.
m Data from the Raal World

People often give approximate times See you around 6:30. (= 6:204:4O)
with around or about Call me about 6:15. (: 6:10 4:20)
you can use between + two times l'll see you bewveen 6:00 and /:00.
english.us.org
Preposit ions
B Complete the conversation. Use in, on, at, around, or between. Sometimes more than one
answer is possible.
[ğ l_ett get together next week. Let! have lunch g4 Monday. l'm free
12:30 and 2:30.
ffi Monday? Thatt my brother's birthday- We always have lunch
together my brothert birthday

(3)
ffi How about

l4l
Tuesday?
ffi Well, l have class

(5)
the afternoon on Tuesday. lt's 1:O0
lt usua lly finishes 2:1 5. Let's meet Wednesday

(7) (8)
[!§ Gr"ut. Let! meet Wednesday then, 1:O0.
C OVer tO YOU Write six sentences about dates that are special for you. Then share your
sentences with a partner.
Date Why is this date special?

July 15 My mother's birthday is on July 15
5
t i
6
A, So July 16 is a special date. lt's my mother\ biııhday.

B Really? My motherb binhday is in April. lt's on April 17
Around the House 65

english.us.org
ınd l|mı
VALE COMMUN|TY
COLLEGE
A Unscramble the words to make questions about the Expo
MuslE*HUsTRY
1the/Expo/is/When
When is the Expo?
Thuısday, April22,
7 p.m.-10 p.m.
2 day/What/is/ the concert
} ı ,l }
3 the students/do/a break/When/have Friday, Aprıl23,
9 a.m.-s p.m.
FRlDAY
4 the Career FairlWhat/islday 9:00 We|come
ffj,"I,ff.'.li,ffT,.j#ilH;,.
5 is/ lunch /When
,'Jİffi1"o*orrr,nu.,
6 the welcome / is /time /what ;j8#lx[::f#r the Movies,,
4:30 New Music

sottwarc
B Pa İr WOrk ask and answer the questions in A with a partner.

A When is the Expo?
B ltt on Thursday, April 22.

'l Use in + month, but use on + date or day
on in on
My birthday is m May 10. My sister's birthday is on May, too, but ıt's not tn the same day.
l Use at + time.
ar
My bus arrives ?:f .
t Use on + street name. Use at + address.

ar] Llt
My house is m Gorge Avenue. lt'son 1276 Gorge Avenue
4 Use on + the + ordinal number + floor.

on the
My office is in third floor.
english.us.org
Prepositions
Editing Task
Find and correct nine more mistakes in this e-mail about a birthday celebration.
6 Foi=a
Hi everyone,
in
l have some news and an invitation! Vikram turns 25 years old oıı September, aıd I want to have a paıty
fof him. Unfortunately, his birthday is in September 2, and that's in Monday. Many ofus have to work on
that day, so let's have his party in August 31. That's in saturday.
Let's all meet at my apartment 7:00 in saturday. l can invite vikİam to my apaİtment, too, and we can
surprise him. Then we can take him to his favorite restaurant. There's a great Spanish restaurant in Grand
Avenue. l hope you can all come. My apaıtment is on 8 Bryant Place. I live in üird floor.
Thanks,
Alyssa
Around the House 67

english.us.org
U
There /s and There Are
Local Attractions

A Do yo, know a lot about the old areas of your town? Read the blog about
a historic street in Los Angeles. What are some fun things to do there?
B Comprehension Check Match the two parts of the sentences

about olvera street.
1 Olvera Street was a little shops in the area.
2 lts a tourist attraction b interesting things to do.
3 of
There are a lot c at noon.
4 There are some d in downtown Los Angeles.
5 The last tour is e a smaIl viIlage in 1781 .
C Nrl5ftl' Find these words in the text. Do they come after there is or
there are? write the words in the correct columns.
a lot of interesting things to do 27 historic buildings

traditIonal music a statue of King Carlos Ill
restaurants
There is , . Thereare...
Now circle the correct words in these two sentences about there is
and there are.
The writer uses There is /There are with singular nouns. She uses
There is/There are witF, plural nouns
68
english.us.org
There ls and There Are
l/
a
I
;
l ı I
l
l t iİ
a
:
,,t
Historic Olvera Street

81, Marta Ruiz
l l fhat is Olvera Street? lt's the birthplace of Los Angeles! ln 1781,
YV tnis .arletplace was a small village of 44 Mexican settlers.] Now
itl a popular tourist attraction.2 lt is only one block, but there are a lot of
interesting things to do.
5 There are 27 historic buildings on Olvera Street. There is a house
that is about 200 years old. There is a statue of King Carlos lll of Spain
and a statue of Felipe de Neve, the first governod of California, in a
beautiful plaza.
There are some little shops in the area that sell Mexican clothes, toys, and
ıo jewelry There are restaurants with delicjous Mexican foods such as churros
and enchiladas. There is traditional music and folk dancing on the weekends
Olvera Street js in downtown Los Angeles, across the street from Union
Station. There are free tours on most days. Just go to the Visitor! center at
the Sepulveda House. )
'l5 Come to Olvera Street| Learn about history and experience Mexican culture!
L-
comments [4]
WorldTravele178: Are there any public parking

ots in the area?
a person who moves to a new
Marta_Ruizı Yes, there's one on Alameda Street, 'seİler:
country or area
2a and there's one on North tüain street,
tou.ist attEctionI something that
LAgirl: Are there any tours jn the evenin9? makes PeoPle want to go to a Place
3govemor: a person in charge of a large
ffi§ Ma.ta_Rui.: No, there aren't. The last tour is at noon organizaıion, like a state
Local Attractions 69
english.us.org
zl There ls/There Are

There is and There are tell you that something There's a statue of King Carlos lll in this plaza.
or someone exists or that something is a fact. There are free tours on most days.
2.'l Affirmative Statements

There Be Subject Place/Time contraction
a parking lot on A ameda Street. There is * There's
ls
a free tour at 10:O0.
There some little in the area.
are sh ops on most days.
free tou rs
2.2 Ne ative statements

There Be + Not/ No Sub.iect Place/Time
isn't a bank
in un ion station.
is no ba nk
isn't a show
at 8:00.
is no show
bank in union station.
There 's no
show at 8:00.
aren't any cars
on olvera street.
are no cars
any tours
aren't in the evening
tours
2.3 Usinq There lsl There Are
[l Use lhere islThere are to say that There are a lot of interesting things to do in this area
something or someone exists or to There's an article by Marta Ruiz on this website.
introdUce a {act or a sitı,ation.
There are two questions from readers.
ğ Use There is,/There areto tellthe There's a parking lot on the corner.
location of something or someone There are some Mexican restaurants on the next block.
There's a tour guide at the door.
70 Unit 7 There ls and There Are

english.us.org
2.3 Usin There lsl There Are (continued)
E Use There islThere are to tell There's an art show at 8:00.

when an event happens. There are concerts on the weekend
ğ Use the full forms in academic There's music in the plaza.

writing, but in speaking, use There's no {ree parking on this street
contractions.
ln informal speech, people often There are a /ot ofmuseums in Los Angeles.
say lhere're instead of There are, Noİ ThcreZr€ a lot of museums in Los Angeles.
but don't write it.
E Use There is when there are tlvo or

more nouns and the first noun is There's a jewelry store and tyvo restaurants on this street
singular.
use There are when there are two PLURAL NOUN S|NGULAR NOUN
or more nouns and the first noun ıs There are tvvo restaurants and a jewelry store on this
plural, street.
ğ Yo, .an use some with a plural There are some s hops around the corner.
noun after There are.
@ For negative statements, you can There isn'l a bad restaurant on this street
use There isn't and There aren't. There aren't any parking spaces here.
The full forms i5 not and are not
are not often used.
oR
You can use There is/There are + no There's no fee at this parking lot,
There are no hotels around here
You can use any in negative There aren't any tra{{ic lights on Olvera Street
statements with There aren't.
ğ Yo, .un use There is and There are

to introduce new people, places, There is an old house on the street. lt'i now a museum
and thlngs.
You can use lt isllt's and They are/ There are a lot of shops on Olvera- They are all very nice
They're 1o give more information.
english.us.org
E G rammar Applicatİon
A Complete the sentences from an e-mail. Use There's or There are
Hi Naoko,
l'm so happy about your üsit to Santa Monica. From Los Angeles airport (LAX), there are severalbuses
to Santa Monica. Please call me from the bus. I can meet you at the Santa Monica bus station.
a lot ofthings to see and do here. First, the famous beach. It has a historic pier] and some nice
restaurants. On the beach, volleyball, swimming, and bihng. ln fact,
even a volleyball competition on Saturday. l know you like suıfrng, so a surfing school you can
out.
check also üe santa Monica PieİAquarium. My other favorite Place is the'Ibird stİeet
Promenade. some gİeat aonaelts there on the
weekend. great stores on the Promenade, too
See you soon! E

Kim
'Pier: a stİucture over the water wh€İe b@ts .e do<k ..|-i
B Over to You What is your favorite city? Fill in the chart with some of the interesting
places in your favorite city.
Thereis... Thereare...
C Paİr WOrk r.ll your partner what is in your favorite city. Use your information from B
Take turns.
A There3 an art museum.
B There are seyeral big parks.
72 Unit7 There ls and There Are

english.us.org
A Look at the hotel information. Complete the sentences. Use There islThere are and
There isn't/ There aren't
* COMFORT HOTEL *
. $54 parking (foı 24 tıours) ı There isn t free parking
. $14.99 wireless Internet service 2 There are business services.
(per day)
an indoor pool.
. Free brea]rfast 3
. Free coffee in the lobby 4 six meeting rooms.

. outdoor pooı 5 any free wireless
. Fitness Toom Internet service.
. Business services 6 any ocean views.
. conference center 7 a fitness room.
. Meetiıg rooms (4) 8 any refrigerators
. Ice machines iı tbe hallways in the looms.
. Paık views 9 a Iestaurant.
. Restaurant
10 a conJerence center.
B Over to You What doesn't exist in your town or city? Look at the places in the box.
Add your own ideas. Write six sentences about your town or city. Use There is no and
There aren't any.
aquarium cheap restaurants h istoric houses pa rk statues

beach free parking library public pool tourist attractions
bus station gias stations museums river train station
4
5
6
7
Local AttraCtions 73
english.us.org
IExeryi
A nead Mi-Sun's description of her town on her blog. Complete the sentences. Use Theret,
There are, lt's, or They're.
Eo;=a
Hi, my name is l
:
Mi-Sun. My hometown is I tt
Concord, MA. ltt a small
§
historic town near Boston aü
I nere are some h]storic bui dings n Concord. ! ne}' re very old.
also a lot of small shops, usually \, \

expensiVe.
_t
ö t
an old hotel. called the colon a] lnn.
a popular place for lunch and dinner. a
lot of special events at the hotel, like weddings and meerings.
often live music at night. l like to go and listen to jazz,

-*T---_E
a national park by the Concord River.
beautiful and peaceful. always a lot of tourists at the park.

§
lt has a iamous bridge - Old North Bridge. Also, a very famous
1
statue of a minuteman next to the bridge The soldier was cal ed a "minuteman"
because he could get ready in a minute, A hıstor]c battle happened there ia 1775.
l often walk there with friends,

l
B Listen to Mi-Sun and check your answers.
C OVe r tO YO U Write four pairs of sentences about your town or city. l)se There's / There
are in the first sentence. Use lt's or They are in the second sentence to add more information.
There's a big park in my city. lt's on state street.
1-
2
74 Unit 7 There /s and There Are

english.us.org
ğYes/No Ouestions with There

ls/There Are
Yesl No Questions with There is/There are ls there a tour guide in this museum?
can ask about people, things, and events. Are there any concerts on Friday?
3.1 Yes/No Ouestions and Short Answers
Be There subject Place/Time contraction

a visitor's center on olvera street? YeS, there is.
ls
a per{ormance at 6;00? No, there isn't.
there
any parking lots in the area? YeS, there are.
Are
any tours in the evening? No, there aren't.
3.2 Usin Yes/No Questions and Short Ansrııers wlth 7here ls/There Are
El You .un use any with a plural noun in "Are there any hotels on Alameda Street?"
Yes,/No questions with Are there. "Are there any conceris on weekdays?"
E the
ln affirmative short answers, don't use "Yes, there is."
contractions there's or there're, NoT "Yes, +ffi,"
"Yes, there are."
ııor "Yes, therete, "
ğ Yo, .un use lt is/They are to şay more " ls there a visitor's center on Olvera Street?"
after a short answer "Yes, there is. tt is at the sepu/Veda House."
"Are there any parking lots in the area?"
"Yes, there are. They are on Alameda Street."
3.3 Lon er Answers with There ls/There Are
I ln longer ans*ers with There is, you ls there a visitor's center on olvera street?
can use one instead of repeating a + Yes, theret one in the Sepu/veda House.
singu lar noun.
No, there isn't one on Olvera Street.
§ ln longer answers with There are, you Are there any public parking lots in the area?
can use somel any instead of repeating yes, there are some on Aiameda street.
some/ any + plural noun.
No, there aren't any in the area.
english.us.org
I Grammar AppIication
Exercise 3.i Yes,/ No Ouestions and Answers
A Read the TV schedule and complete the questions and answers. Use Are there any and
ls there a for the questions. Then write short answers.
6:8O Iı.D. News,. weaLller report ı ı: ıs p.m. Mavie: Ilrhere IS JtmmtJ JoTLeS?
?:OO p.n. Ta.lk Show: mle Guu Naffis ShnU) ı:oo a.m. M\JSI],. nüp Di"xonDLLLe FeSttüaL
8:OO D.m. Document:uta Anİorctıı-..i aloo a.a. Mns|c: Jazz Lü]iLh KennlJ DeLılDt
9loo p.m. Movie. rhe InM Roo,ül, 5:oo a.m. came{v: Tl,u. watson FamLLa
1 Are there anv movies on TV tonight? Yes, there two movies.

There! one at 9:OO and one at 1 1 :1 5
z ls there a talk show? Yes, one at 7:O0

3 music shows? Yes, there Th ere's
one at and one at
4 sports shows?
5 documentary? one at 8:O0.
6 kids' show?
7 comedy show?
8 news program?
B Writ" questions about events in your city or town. Use ls there a / an and Are there any.
1 (art festival)
2 (jazz concerts)
3 (baseball game)
4 (dance performance)
5 (new paintings at the museum)
6 (good movies)

english.us.org
C Pa İr WOrk arl. and answer the questions with a partner. Write the answers to the
questions with your Partner.
A Are there any good movies this weekend?
B Yes, there are two good movies.
4
5
D Anr*.. each question with yes in three different ways. Give information about your own area,
if possible.
1 ls there a mall in this town?
Yes, there's one on Westwood Avenue. Yes. there's a mall on Wesavood Avenue.
Yes, it's on Westwood Avenue.
2 ls there a good coffee shop nearby?
3 ls there an art museum?
4 ls there a nice park?
5 ls there a sports stadium?
6 ls there a big movie theater?
Local AttractIons 77
english.us.org
4l Avoid Common Mistakes A \
'l Use There is with singular nouns. Use There are with p|ural nouns.
is
There are a music festiva/ th/s week_ at the festival .
f There is and There are introduce new people. places, and things.
lt is and They are g|ve more information.
lt
There is a small building on Thomas Street. {+ere is the town museum.
There
Ihey are three large cities in Texas. They are Houston, San Anto nio, and Dallas.
t Use the full forms in academic writing. Do not use the contractions.
There is
T#eres a wonder{ul museum in downtown Philadelphia.
There is
Ihercs no bank in the train station.

english.us.org
Editing Task
Find and correct seven more mistakes in this article about New York City's famous park.
New York Ciğ's Central Park

New York City is an expensive place to visit, but there Jİ one place that is
always free: Central Park. There is a very big park. ln fact, it is about 2.5 miles (4 km)
long and 0.5 miles (0.8 km) wide. There is over 843 acres] in the park. There is fields,
ponds, and lakes. Visitors enjoy different kinds of sports and events here. There are
5 walkers, joggers, skaters, bicyclists, and bird-watchers. There are a zoo and two ice-
skating rinks. There's also an outdoor theater. The theater has "Shakespeare in the
Park" summer festivals. There is a swimming pool in the summer, too. Throughout
the year, they're horse-and-carriage rides. Every year, there is over 25 million visitors.
They are happy to visit a fun and free New York City tourist attraction.
1843 acres: 1-32 square miles or 3.41 square kilometers
Local AttraCtions 79
english.us.org
ı
Simple Present
ı
Lifesty!es

A ls there someone very old in your family? Read the magazine article about
places where people live a long time. Why do some people have a long life?
B Comprehension Check Answer the questions.

1 Why do people in some areas live so long?
2 Do these people feel stressed?
3 Do they eat much meat?
c NEıfrlal Find the sentences in the article. complete the sentences with
the correct words.
1 People in these areas _ around a lot.
2 They exercise in a gym.
3 They _ a lot during the day.
4 they __ time to rest and relax

Find the places you use dont. What words show time?
-,
8o
english.us.org
Sim le present
A Lon g ı
7
Heolthy Life
\
\
On the Japanese island of Okinawa, many
people live to be over 1O0 years old.
Researchersl find this in several places around
the world, including Sardinia, ltaly; lcaria,
Greece; the Nicoya Peninsula of Costa Rica;
and Loma Linda, California. Why do people
in these areas live so long? The answer is
lifestyle.'This list shows six lifestyle habits3 that
are common in these places.
tr. }
ı
ı
V, -
g
1 People in these areas move around a lot, a
ı
They don't exercise in a gym, but they walk
a lot during the day. They use their bodies
and live actively.
2 They have a purpose in their lives. Some
spend time with grandchildren. Others do
gardening or volunteer work.a
3 They relax. Every day, they take time to rest I I
and relax. They rarely feel stressed.s
4 They eat a lot ofvegetables, and they İr -,
usually don't eat meat.
5 They have many friends. They are part of an ı
6
active social group.
They feel close to their families. S-u. ı
1researcher: a person who studies something to learn detailed

ı a
information about it
'lifesğle: the way people live; how people eat, sleep, work,
exercise
rhabit: something yotı do or the way you act regularly
tolunteer wo.k: work without pay, Usual|y to helP other People
or an organization
5stressed: very nervous or worried
W,hY]",,"
N
t" - [*
english.us.org
D Simple Present: Affirmative and

Negative Statements
The simple present describes habits, in some cultures, people live to be 1N years old
routines, and facts. These people exercise and eal very well.
2.1 Affirmative Statements

slNGULAR PLURAL
Subject Ve rb S u bject Verb
eat
I
You
vegetables vegetables
He You eat
every day. every day.
She eats They
lt
2.2 N atıve statements

slNGULAR PLURAL
Do / Does Base Form Base Form

Sub.ject + Not of Verb Subject Do + Not of Verb
I do not
You don't
a lot of do not in the
He eat You exerclse
does not meat. don't morning
She They
doesn't
lt
2.3 Usin Sim le Present and Time Ex resslons
E Use simple present to talk about things Okinawans usually eat fruits and vegetables
that regularly happen, such as habits and We don't eat meat.
routines. He doesn't drive to work.
82 Unit 8 Simple Present

english.us.org
Sim le present
2.3 Usin Sim le Present and Time Ex ressİons (continued)
E When you talk about things that regularly They take long walks every day.
happen, use time expressions such as every She takes /ong walk every Saturday.
day, every + day, in the morning/ afternoon/
evening, at night, and at 6:30, We take naps in the afternoon.
l watch w at night.
Our family eats dinner at 6:30.
An -s after the day of the week/ on Saturdays, l work in a restaurant,

morning/ afternoon/ evening or weekend l take long walks on weekends.
means the action or event always happens
Use from, . , to. , . to say how long l work from B:N to 5:ü
something happens.
ğ Time expressions usually come at the end l visit my grandparents in the summer.
of the sentence. lf the time expression is ln the summer, l visit my grandparents-
at the beginning of the sentence. use a
comma after it. ln June, l take a break from school.
E Yo, .un also use the simple present to talk Okinawans live long lives.
about facts
2.4 s ellin Ru|es for Addin -, -e& and -İes to Verbs
E ndd -, to most verbs. drinks, rides, runs, sees, s/eeps

Add -s to verbs ending in a vowel' + -y. buys, pays, says
E Add es to verbs ending in -ch, -sh, -ss, -x. teaches, pushes, misses, fixes
Add -es to verbs ending in a consonant2 + -o, does, goes
E For verbs that end in a consonant + -y, change crY - cries

the y to i and add -es. study "' studies
E So.. u.rb. are irreguIar be"+ am / are / is

have* has
Reminder:
rvowela: the letters a, e, i, o, u
?consonant§: the letters b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, l, m, n, P, q, r, s, t, v, w x, y, z
Spelling and Pronunciation Rules for Simple Present See page A20.
E Data from the Real World

Here are some of the most freguent simple present verbs:
be do 9et know see come want

have say go think make take give
Lifestyles 83
english.us.org
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 My grandparents lİve (liveJ healthy lifestyles,
2 My grandfather (go) for a walk every morning
3 ln the afternoon, he (check) his e,mail and (work)

in his garden.
4 My grandmother (bıe) also active.

5 She (work) part-time in a hotel.
6 She (do) volunteer work at a local school three days a week.
7 Before din ne1 they (relax) in the living room.
8 They (eat) healthy food, and they (not smoke)
Exercise 2,2 More

Complete the statements with the affirmative or negative form of the verbs in parentheses.
1 Tran and his roommate, Edgar, have (have) a lot to
do every week.
2 They often (feel) stressed during
the week.
3 Tran (work) long hours at a department

Store
4He (not see) his family very much.
5 Tran and Edgar both (take) n ight

classes at the community college.
)J
6 They usua|ly (not have) time to cook
dinner.
7 For dinner, they often (eat) fast food like hamburgers and French fries
8 Edgar (not have) a job
9 Every morning, he (go) online to look at job listings.

10 Edgar usually (run) in the afternoon.
11 On the weekends, Edgar and Tran (relaX) with friends
84 Unit 8 Simp|e Present

english.us.org
Sim le present
*:i €raİ3ğ 2.3 More Simple Present Statements
A over to You Complete the sentences about yourself. Use affirmative or negative forms
of the verbs in the box.
do eat fee l live sleeP

drink exercise have read spend
1l stressed during the week.

2l good friends in my town.
3l very actively.
4l in a gym.
5l a lot of meat.
6l about eight hours every night.

7l a lot of time online or on the computer.
8l volunteer work in my area.

9l a lot of water every day.
10 l the news in the morning.
B Pa İr WOrk Sh".. your sentences with a partner. Then change partners. Tell your new
partner about your classmate.
A Ari fee/s stressed during the week.
B Maria doesn't feel stressed durıng the week.
Eıeıdıe 2.4 Pronunciation Focus: -s and -es
Say /s/ afıer /f/, /k/, /p/, and /tl sounds laughs, drinks, walks, sleeps, writes,
gets, texts
Say /z/ afler /6/ , /d/ , /9l , /v/ , /m/, /nl , /l/, and /r/ grabs, rides, hugs, lives, comes, runs, smiles,
sounds and all vowel sounds. hearş sees, plays, buys,goe, studies
Say /az/ after /ıl/ , [/ , /s/, /ks/, /z/, and /d3/ teaches, pushes, kisseg fies, useş
sounds- changes
Pronounce the vowel sound in does and says do /du:/ - does /dız/
differently {rom do and say- say /seı/ "+ says /sez/
A Li.t.n and repeat the verbs in the chart above.
Lifestyles 85
english.us.org
B Read about Staci's week. Underline the verbs that end in -s or -es.
Staci 9999 to school from Monday to Friday from 7:30 a.m. to ]']:30 a.m. Then she
rushes to work. She works at a hospital until 8:00 p.m. ln the evenjng, Staci catches a
bus to go home. On her way home, she listens to music and relaxes. She eats a quick
dinner with her family. Then she reads to her children and checks their homework. lf she
isn't too tired, she finishes her own homework. Staci usually falls asleep by 10:00 p.m-
I
,ıın
\ ap
/';
ı
-- -.- -'
-}
-rl
g C Listen to the information about Staci's week and check (/) the sounds of the verbs in the
boxes below. Then practice saying the verbs.
/s/ lz/ /az/

1 goes ,/
2 rushes
3 works
4 catches
5listens
6 relaxes
7 eats
8 reads
9 checks
! u Tlnlshes
1 '] fa]ls
D Pa İr Work lrt and answer the questions with a partner. Then tell the class about
your Partner.
1 What are two of your healthy habits?
2 What do you do to relax?
Paulo eats healthy food, and he doesn't smoke or drink. To relax, he /Jstens to musıc.

english.us.org
Sim le prese nt
Eıercise 2.5 Using Time Expressions with Slmple Present

Allie's Schedule
Sunday Monday Tuesday Thuısday Fİiday saturday
İ
Get up Get up Get up Get up Get up off
6:30 a,m. 6:30 a,m, 6:30 a.m, 6:30 a,m 6:30 a.m,
Moİning off
work Work work Work Work
7:30 a.m.- 7:30 a,m.- 730a.m- 7:30 a.m.- 7:30 a,m.-
2:30 p.m 2:30 p,m. 2 30 p.m. 2:30 p.m. 2:30 p.m.
Visit Yoga Yoga Do

Afteİnoon paİents homework
Class Class
7:1$-9:45 7:l$-9:45
p,m. p.m,
Evening
Bed aİ Bed at Bed at Bed at Bed at Bed at
l l:00 p,m l l;0O p,m. l l:00 p,m. 1 l:O0 p.m l l ]00 p,m. 1 1:00 p,m.
A Look at Allie's schedule and complete the sentences about it. Use the correct
time eXPressions.
Time Part of Day/Day of Week

at (tjme) in the (morning / afternoon / evening)
from (time) to (time) on (day of week)
Use at (time) and from (time/day) to (time/day) to indicate exact times and days,
Use on (day of week) or in the (morning/ afternoon/evening) to indicate the day or part of day.
1 Allie goes to yoga M . (days)
2 Sheworks from Moaday_tp Friday .(days\

3 She works (times)
4 she has classes . (days)
5 Her classes are (times)
6 Her days off are , (days)
7 She visits her parents . (day)
8 During the week, she usually goes to bed and

wakes up (times)
9 she does her homework . (day)
Lifestyles 87
english.us.org
B Over tO You Think about your schedule. Complete the sentences below. Make them
true for you.
1 l take classes (days) _o_ı Mandq6-fucşd4y, \acdıesdıyıaıt Ihutsdoys
2 My classes are (time)
3 l work (days)
4 l work (time)
5 During the week, l go to sleep (time)

6 On the weekends, l go to sleep (time)
7 On Sundays, l get up (time)
8 l do my homework (time)
El Statements with Adverbs of Frequency

Adverbs of frequency describe how Our neighbors never drive to work
often something happens. They always ride their bikes.
3.1 Adverbs of Frequency

Negative Positive
0% 100%
neVer rarely sometimes often usually always
Rarely is not frequently used
3.2 Adverbs of Frequency Adverbs of Fre uen with Be

Adverb of Adverb of
Subject Frequency Verb Subject Be Frequency
I
lam
You always always
work You
usually usually
'10 are
They often hours often
They tired
sometimes a day. sometimes
He rarely He rarely
She never works She is never
lt lt

english.us.org
Simple Present
3.3 Usin Adverbs of Fre uen
E Adverbs of frequency usually come l am often busy in the afternoon.

after the verb be She is usually tıred in the morning.
El Adr.rb. of frequency usually come My parents rarely eat rneat.

before other verbs cristina often rides her bike to work
He doesn't usually watch TV.
E Sometimes, usually, and often can We sometimes cook for our {amily.
come before the verb
oR
at the beginning or end of a sentence Sometimes we cook for our family,

We cook for our {amily sometimes.
E Do not begin or end sentences with Your grandparents are always aciive.
a/ways and never. Nor A]avays your grandparents are adive
Naı Your grandparents are active fieveL
unscramble the words to make sentences.

1 happy/My/always/islbrother/at work.
M rother is alwa ha t work.
2 music. / He/ listen toldoes/not/often
3 slows down. / never/ He
4 sometimes / He / seven /works / a week. / days
5 takes/He/a day ofl. / rarely
6 starts/ in /work/ He/at 3:00/ usually/the afternoon
7 until 1:O0 a. m. / doesn't/ He / usually / finish
8 is /tired. / rarelyl My brother
Lifestyles 89
english.us.org
P sent
A OVer tO YOU Read the sentences and check (/) the boxes. Make them true for you.
Talk About Your Lifestyle

NEVER SOMET|MES OFTEN USUALLY ALWAYS
'] l get eight hours of sleep at night.
2 lfa l asleep easily.
3 lwake up at night.
4 l exercise three t]mes a week,
5 l have djnner with friends on the

weekend.
6 lwatch ry at night.
7 l go to the library one day a month.

8 l go away for vacation.
B Pa İr WO rk T"k" trrns saying your sentences from A with a partner

A l never get eight hours of sleep at night. How about you, Olga?
B /sometjmes get eight hours of sleep at night.

english.us.org
Simple Present
q, Avoid Common MistakesA

1 For affirmative statements with he/she/it, use the base form of the verb + -s / -es,
He re,]ax after lunch.
! For affirmative statements with l/you/we/they or a plural noun, use the base form of the
verb.
My pur.nt fu oü to dinner every Friday night.
3 ln negative statements, use do not / don't or does not / doesn't + the base form of the verb.
i,,ı
Ma, a doe. no'roq. ,lrpı dar(.
4 Do not use do or does in negative statements with be.

an] nat
/ doatbe active on social media.
5 Do not use be with a simple present verb.

/ am exercıse on Tuesdays.
Editing Task
Find and correct 1 0 more mistakes in the letter.
Dear Pedro, live

How are you? I'm fine. ['m in Vefmont with my aunt and uncle. 'Ihey lives
on a farm. The lifestyle here is very different. They are daiıy faımeıs, so üey
are woık haıd every day. They usuaıly get uP at 4:30 a.m. They go to the barn
and milk üe aows. cows makes a lot of noise in the moming, so they usua]ly
wakes me up. of couıse, I do not gets up until about 7ı00 a.m. At 9ı00, my
uncle cook a wonderful breakfast. we all eat togetheİ. Aftef that, he and I
goes to üe baın and works theıe. My aunt usually stay in the house. ln the
aftemoon, üere is more work. At night, I am ıeally tiıed, so 1 always goes to
bed at 8:30! Usually my aunt aıd rınde don't be tiıed. They usually go to bed ,t .1 ,'
*Fi,
]0
late!
I hope your vacation is fun. See you soon!
Your friend,
Oscar
Lifestyles 91
english.us.org
Simple Present Yesl No

ı
ouestions and short Answers
DaiIy Habits
D Crammar in the Real World

A Do yo, get enough sleep? Do you have trouble sleeping? Read the news
article about sleeping habits. Answer the survey questions.
B Comprehension Check Circle the correct answer.

1 This article is about health/sleep habits.
2 Sleep is a problem / hobby for many people
3 Many people believe poor sleep can affect their work/friends
C Nt füEl Find the questions in the news article, and choose the correct
word to complete the questions. Then underline the sub.iect of each
sentence.
1 Do/Does most adults think sleep is important?
2 DolDoes productivity improve after a good night's sleep?
3 Do/Does you fee| good about your sleep habits?
Notice the use of do and does. Which word do you use for singular
sub.jects? Which word do you use for plural subjects?
92
english.us.org
Simple Present Yesl No Ouestions and Short Answers
Do most people get

ı
J iiŞ .
\ }.
l \ ı, t
],
ıı \ /
I
!
ı )
a
lf you think "no," you are correct. The National Sleep Foundation's
201O Sleep in AmericaTM poll' shows that sleep is a problem for many
people. About 75 percent agree that poor sleep can affect their work or
family relationships. How are your sleep habits? To find out, answer the
-llı
- 5 survey2 questions below.
ı Yes No
,l
less?
Do you fall asleep in 30 minutes or J f
lpoll: a short qü.ıe§tionnaire, usually one
question 2 Do you have trouble falling asleep? J ]
turvey: a set of questions to find 3 Do you suffer from insomnia?3 J -.ı
out peoPle3 habits or beliefs about
something 4 Does stress keep you awake? O J
3.uffer fıom in§omnia: find it difficult to
get to sleeP orto sleeP well 10 5 Do you take any sleep medication? U J
6 Do you wake up during the night? J J
7 Do you wake up too early in the morning? J J
8 Do you feel very tired in the morning? U J
9 Do you get at least seven hours of sleep each night? l J
15 10 Do you get more sleep on the weekends? J J
Daily Habits 93
english.us.org
El Simple Pre sent Yesl No

u estıo ns and short Answers
You can use simple present questions to Do you wake up early?
ask about habits, routines, and facts. Does she suffer from insomnia?
2.1 Yesl No Ouestions
Do / Does Subject Base Form of Verb

I
Do Yo'
we
they fall asleep in 30 m inutes?
he
Does she
it
2.2 Short Answers

AFFlRMATlVE NEGAT|VE
Yes Subject Do / Does No Su bject Do / Does + Not
I I
you You do not.

do.
We don't.
thev şo, They
he he
does not.
she d oes. she
doesn't.
it it
2.3 Usin Sim le present yesl No ouestions and Answers
El For simple present Yesl No Do you feel tired every morning?

questions, use Do or Does with the Does he wake up during the night?
base form of the verb,
El P"opl. usually use contractions in "Do you watch TV all night?"

negatiVe short anSwers. "No, l don'l."
Be careful! Negative fullforms are "No, ldo not!" {his can sound angry.)
very strong. You can sound angry.
94 Unit 9 Simple Present Yes,/ No Questions and Short Answers

english.us.org
Simple Present Yes,/ No Ouestions and Short Answers
2.3 Usin Sim le Present Yesl No Ouestions and Answers (continued)
E You ."n give longer answers to "Do you fall asleep easily?"
Yesl No questions. lt's friendly to "Yes, l usually {all asleep in about 15 minutes."
give more information.
"No, l often stay awake {or an hour."
You can also give a short answer "Yes, l do. l usually fall asleep in about 15 minutes."
and then give more information in "No, l don't, l often stay awake for an hour."
a separate sentence.
El So.. questions do not have a "Do you live with your family?"
simple yes or no answer. You can "Well, I live with my aunt and uncle."
answer Wel/, .. . and give a longer
answer in speaking.
Do not use Weli, . . . to answer "Does the average college student get a lot o{ sleep?"
questions in academic writing, for "The average student gets about six hours of sleep."
example in compositions or tests.
ıor "{4le,}/, the average student gets about six hours
of sleep,"
Exerciıa 2.1 Yesl No Ouestions and Short Answers
A Complete the questions with Do or Does. Then write short answers. Make them true
for you.
ıDo you get up early? Yes, ldo./No, ldon't,
2 the sun wake you up?
3 your alarm play music?
4 you often go back to sleep?
5 you like mornings?
6 you sleep until noon on the weekends?
7 you usually stay up past midnight?

8 you study late at night?
B Paİr WOrk arl. and answer the questions in A. Give short answers to your
Partner's questions.
A Do you get up early?
B No, l don't.
Daily Habits 95
english.us.org
I Exarcise 2.2 More Yesl No Ouestions and Short Answ
A Complete the conversation about other habits. Write questions with the words in
parentheses. Then complete the short answers.
ıa'
TDo vou and vour brother share
@ ffi
ll.İ
(you and your brother/share) the cooking?
@
EEE llo, ,r] _ . l'm always busy with school
lE so.
(your brother/do) all the cooking?
!@ V.., (4] . Het a great cook.
!E ıo,
(he/work)
in a restaurant?
EEE No,
lEi _
\6)
oh.
(he/go) to cooking school?
EEE No, (s) . He just loves food.
B Paİr WOrk Practice the conversatlons in A with a partner.
İ Exercise 2.3 Pronunciation Focus: Do yoı_ ?
ln speaking, people often say Do you very fast.

lt can sound like one word ("D'you" ).
Always write Do you as two words, but say it fast so it sounds like one word ("D'you" )
A Listen to the questions about people's music habits. Repeat the questions. Say
Do you fast, as one word.
Do you fall asleep with music on? Do you study with music on?
Do you like loud music? Do you sing along to music?
Do you dance when you listen to music? Do you have a television in your bedroom?
Do you listen to music allthe time?
B P a İr WO rk arl. and answer the questions in A. Give a short answer first, and then give
more information in a second sentence. Use Well. . . . for some answers.
A Do you like loud music? A Do you /isten to music a/l the time?
B No, / don't. l prefer soft music. B Well, l don't listen to music when l'm in class.
96 Unit 9 Simple Present Yesl No Questions and Short Answers

english.us.org
Simple Present Yes / No Questions and Short Answers
A Over tO YOu Write questions for these habits. Then ask your classmates these questions.
write their names in the chart.
Who...? Name
faIls asleep with the W on 1 Do you fall asleep with the TV on?
falls asleep to music 2

talks in his or her sleep 3
dreams a lot 4
remembers his or her dreams 5
walks in his or her sleep 6
B Pa İr WOrk r"ll a partner about four classmates and their sleeping habits.
Deiia talks in her sleep.
E Avoid Common Mistakes A \
J Use Do with plural subjects and with you.
your roommates stay Up late?
t Use Do simple present questions with haye.
Present verbs.
Do
Are you agree?
Editing Task
Find and correct seven more mistakes in these questions about sleeping habits.
Do you have
1 Haveyou trouble falling asleep? 5 Do a dream ever scare you?
2 Are you sleep on your stomach, your back, or 6 Does loud noises wake you up at n;ght?
Your side? 7 Do you a light sleeper or a deep sleeper?
3 Have you a W in your bedroom? 8 Doesyoufall asleep quickly?
4 Does you dream in color or in black-and-
White?
Daily Habits 97
english.us.org
Simple Present lnformation

ouestions
1 Cultural HoIidays
D Crammar in the Real World

A Wh"t is your favorite holiday or celebration? Read the interview about
a Mexican holiday. What is the Day of the Dead?
B Comprehension Check Choose the correct answers.

1 On the Day of the Dead, people remember
a their parents b their dead relatives c their children
2 People put pictures of the dead
a on altars b on sweets c on skulls
3 The Day of the Dead takes place

a every month b one day a year c on November'1 and 2
4 People their ancestors' graves.

a decorate b paint c celebrate
C tNtalfrİ! Answer the questions with the correct question word. Use the
interview to help you.
'l Which word asks a question about time? What When Where
2 Which word asks a question about places? What When Where
3 Which word asks a question about things? What When Where
What word comes after when, where, and what?
98
english.us.org
Simple Present ln{orırıat ion Qııestions
,
Coffee Time t t *
t
il
(
l
.l
t
ı.ll
Today's Topic: Hello, everyone! This is Coffee Tıme. Our topic today is
celebrations around the world. Today our guest is Elena
Lopez, from a university in Mexico, She's here to tell us
about the Day of the Dead. Welcome, Dr. Lopez|
[/lEXı[0
Thank you, lt! nice to be here.
S First of all, where

the Dead?
do people celebrate the Day of
|Dr. Lopez They celebrate it in many parts of the world, such as in

Mexico.
AYfll, Dr.
When do people celebrate it, and how do they
celebrate it?
Well, the Day of the Dead takes place on two days:
November 1 and 2. We remember our dead relatives -
our ancestors]- and friends. People build little altars2
in the home and in public schools. They also clean and
EA
15
decorate the graves.3
Michelle What do they put on these altars and graves?
Dr. Lopez They put candles, food, drinks, flowers, and pictures of
'ancestor: any member of your family the dead. There are sweets in the shape of skulls,a too.
{rom long ago
type of table that peoPle use in
a
20 The traditions are a little different in every region of
'altaı:
religioUs ceremonies Mexico.
3grave: a place where you bury a dead
person or people, usually under the M,"hJra What do the different things mean?
ground
Dr. Lopez Well, for example, the candles are a guide for our
'skuli the bones ofthe head around ancestors. They guide them home. There are bells, too,
the brain
5symboliz€: 25 They call the dead.
use a sign oİ mark to
represent somethang lMichelle What do the skulls symbolize?5 Do they symbolize
'rebirth: a new period of growth of death ?
something
EİE!! Well, yes. But they also symbo|ize rebirth,6 according to
the first Day of the Dead thousands of years ago.
Cultural Holidays 99
english.us.org
p| Slmple Present lnformation Ouestions

lnformation questions begin with a Wh- Where do people celebrate the Day of the Dead?
word (Who, What, When, Where, Why, or When do Americans celebrate lndependence Day?
How). They ask for information and cannot
be answered with a simple yes or no.
2.1 lnformation Ouestlons

Wh- word Do / Does Subject 8ase Form ofVerb
Who see at school?
What ea t
do
you t!91i.j?
When We celebrate
they t,,!:lid"yL
What time beg n the celebration?
Where
he
study
!l1["j''
why d oes she at home?
it
How meet new people?
2.2 Usin Sim le present lnformation ouestions
E U." Wh- word with doieiore l, you,

"
When do you celebrate the holiday?
we, they, and plural nouns.
use a wh- word with does before he, Why does she study Spanish?
she, it, and singular nouns.
E Use simple present information questions "Where do you live?" "I live in Mexico Cğ."
to ask for specific information. "What time do you start work?" "8:30."
El Use simple present information questions "When do they celebrate the Day of the Dead?"
to ask about habits, facts, traditions, and "ln November."
regular activities.
"Why does she travelto Mexico every year?"
"Because she has family there."
E Yor."n answer information questions "What do you eat on Thanksgiving?"

with a short or long answer. Short answer: "Turkey and pie."
Long answer: "l eat turkey and pie,"
100 Unit 10 Simple Present lnformation Questions

english.us.org
Simple Present lnf ormation Questions
3 Usin Wh- Words
E Use Who to ask about people "Who do you remember on the Day of the Dead?"
"l remember my grandmother."
E Use What to ask about things "What do you study?"

"Spanish and history."
E Use When to ask about time (days, "When do you celebrate Chinese New Year?"
months, years, seasons, parts of the day). "ln January or February,"
E use what time to ask about clock time "What time does your class finish?"
"4:30. / Five o'clock."
B Use Where to ask about places "Where does she wo*?"

"At the Universiıy of Mexico."
El Use Why to ask about reasons "Why do you like celebrations?"

" Because they're always fun."
Gl Use Ho. to ask about manner - the way "How do you celebrate your birthday?"
people do something. "we eat at my favorite restaurant_"
A Complete the questions with Who, What, When, Where, or How and do or does.
1A Where do people celebrate the Day of the Dead?
B ln Mexico.
2A they celebrate the Day of the Dead?
B On November '] and 2.
3A they remember?
B Their dead re]atives and friends
4A they decorate?
B Graves and altars,
5A they put pictures of the dead?
B On altars
6A they decorate the graves?
B With flowers, candles, food, and drinks.

english.us.org
B OVer tO YOU Unscramble the words and add do or does to make questions. Then write
answers that are true for you.
ll Lli
l[,.El
l
ı Ç
,
1 what celebration/you/like/the best/?

e What celebrttion lsJo! likelhe fuştz.
B-
2 when /you / celebrate/ itl ?
A
B
3 who /you / celebrate / it / with / ?
A
B
4 what/you / usu ally / do /?

A
B
5 where/you / celebrate / it / ?
A
B
6 what/you/usually / eat/?
A -..-_
B
7 when / itl usua l|y / end /?
A
B
C Pa İr WOrk asl. and answerthe questlons in B with a partner.
102 Unit 1O Simple P.esent lnformation ouestions

english.us.org
Simple Present lnformation Ouestio ns
A Complete the questions with When or What time and do or does.

1^ When do you graduate? B On June 15.
2A you have the ceremony? B At 3:30.
3A Sandi turn 21? B Next Saturday.
4A _ her birthday party start? B At 7:00.
5A you celebrate Thanksgiving in the B At the end of November
united states?
6 A _ your family usually have the meal? B ln the late afternoon
7 A you usually start cooking on that day? B At about 8:00 a.m.
B Pa İr WOrk arl. and answer the questions in A with a partner.
I Eıercise 2.3 Asking lnfı
lA Read the paragraph about a holiday celebration in Massachusetts. Write information

questions using the words in parentheses. Find the verbs in the paragraph, and use the
information to write your questions. Remember to use do and does in your questions.
One of my favorite holidays is Patriots' Day in the Boston,
Massachusetts, area. Every year, Boston residents celebrate Patriots'
Day on the third Monday of April. On this day, people remember
the beginning of the American Revolutionary War. Many towns have
parades and speeches.1 The second important event is the Boston
Marathon.2 The marathon happens every year on Patriots' Day. The race
starts around '1O:O0 a.m. in Hopkinton and ends in Boston. Thousands
of people watch runners from all over the world. The third event is the )
special Patriots' Day baseball game. The Boston Red Sox play a team
from another town. The game starts around 11:00 a.m. in Boston.
lspeech: a fo.maltalk 2maıathon: a race nwhrchpeoperun26milesand385yaıds(42.195klometers)
i (what / peopIe / celebrate) What do people celebrate on the third Monday of April?
2 (what r people / reme.nbe.)
3 (what /towns / have)
4 (when/marathon/happen)
5 (what time / marathon,/ start)
6 (where / marathon / sta rt)
7 (who / peop e/watch)

english.us.org
B Pa İ r WO rk lrl and answer the questions in A with a partner.

A What do people celebrate on the third Monday o{ April?
B They celebrate Patriots' Day.
l Eıerciıe 2.4 Pronunciation F
---.\t-__-
ln information questions, our voice usually goes where do vou

,.i-.\ oo on vacation?
down. We callthis falling intonation. -.t-----
Why do you stay home?

-.-t--t
When do you see your relativ-İs?
---'"'-
Do vou celebrate Memorial Dav?
ln Yesl No questions, our voice often goes up.
We call this rising intonation.
ls that your favorite of the yg91?
Does she work at night?
A Listen to the questions and answers. Mark the questions with l. for rising intonation
and \ for falling intonation.
1 A Excuse me. Are you from Japan? {
B Yes, lam. l'm from Tokyo.
2A Can l ask you some questions?
B Sure!
3A What's your favorite holiday in Japan?
B New Year's Day.
4A Why is it your favorite?
B Because we have special food for the holiday, and we relax all day.
5 A Do you help your mother with the cooking?
B Yes, l do. We also see all our relatives on New Yeart Day.
6 A Do you play any special games?
B No, not really. But we watch some special TV programs.
7A What else do you do on New Year! Day?
B Well, we read all our holiday cards then.
8 A Do you really save all the cards to open on the same day? _
B Yes, lt! a special custom.
B Lirt.n and repeat the questions.
104 Unit'10 Simple Present lnformation Ouestions

english.us.org
SimpIe Present lnformation Ouestio ns

We often use information questions in Why Do We Laugh?
the titles of academic articles and books. How Does a Computer Wo*?
The article or book answers the question_
When Do People Watch TW
Titles with How? What? and Why? are How doldoes?

very frequent.
what do/does?
Why doldoes?
A nead the quotations from academic articles. Choose a title for each article from the box.
Why Do People Celebrate Holidays? what Do Teens search for on the lnternet?
How Do People Make New Friends? Why Does a Bird Learn to Sing?
When Does a Child Become an Adult? Wha+-Do-ehi+dren-tike-tcEat?
Why Do We Dream? Why Do We Grow Old?
1 What Do Chi]dre n Like to Eat? 5

"Children prefer food that is not very hot or "Most searches are about movie stars,
very strong in flavor. " singers, and sports personalities, "
2 6
" Birds need to communicate with other "We make friends with people we have
birds. " something in common with, often at work or
school,"
3 7
"We need to bring people together to "we dream because our minds need to
remember good and bad events in our rest."
cu ltures. "
4 8
"Our body is a machine. lt works hard every "Teenagers are young adults, and the years
day, year after year." 16 to 18 are Very important."
B OVer tO YOU Do you know more about the topics in A? Tell a partner.
A lot of children don't like spicy food.

english.us.org
9 Ouestions with How Often

ouestions with How often ask about how How often does she travel to Mexico?
many times something happens. How often do you see your family?
3.1 Questions with How Often

How Often Do/Does Subject Base Form of Verb
do l / you /we /ıhey take a Vacation?

How often
does he/she/ it receive a gift?
3.2 Usin ouestions with How often
E Use questions with How often to How often do you run in a marathon?
ask how many times something How often does your family eat together?
ha ppens.
E Th. are often frequency All the time. Everyday, Every weekend
"na*"r,
expresslons Every other week, once a week. Twice a month
Three times a month Several times a year,
A few times a year. Once in a while. Almost never.
I (Jramm; ıcatlon
]rıtEl )
A Use the words to write questions with How often. Write true answers. Then ask and answer
questions with a partner.
1 you / drin k coffee
Ouestion: Hrıw o|ten do,you drink coffeei

Answer: Ev,ery cia.y,.
2 you / drin k soda
Ouestion:
Answer:
3 you / eat breakfast alone
Ouest]on:
Answer:
1o6 Unit 10 Simple Present lnformation Ouestions
english.us.org
Sim le present lnformation ouestio n s
4 your family/go out to a nice restaurant
Ouestion
Answer:
5 your friends/eat at a fast-food restaurant
ouestion:
Answer:
6 your relatives /visit your home
ouestion:
Answer:
B CVer tO YOU Use How often to write your own questions on a separate piece of paper.
Use words from the box and your own ideas. Then ask your partner the questions.
board game hiking movie swlmm!ng

gym library music concert text messa9e
How often do you watch'fV past midnight?
EI Avoid Common MistakesA \
't ln simple present information questions, use do or does before the subject,
work? he drink so
t Do not use -s on the verb with hel shel it or a singular
Where does Tom $es to school?
Editing Task
Find and correct seven more mistakes in these questions about Thanksgiving.
do
1 Hovlyou celebrate Thanksgiving?
2 Where do you celebrates Thanksgiving?
3 What are you does during Thanksgiving Day?
4 What you watch on TV?
5 What time are you usually have your meal?
6 What you do on the Friday after Thanksgiving?
7 Why people celebrate Thanksgiving?
english.us.org
Conjunction s. And,
But, Or,, Because
11 Time Management

A Do yo, have enough time for school, work, and family? Read the article.
What is one way to manage your time well?
B Comprehensİon Check Answer the questions. Use the

article to help you.
1 What do most adults not have enough of?
2 What are two Ways to manage your time?
3 What happens when people make plans and complete them?
C t§lE|fr*' Find the words and, but, or, and because in the article. Then
complete the sentences.
'l They are busy with work, family, school.
2 People feel stressed there is not enough time to do it all.
3 Some people don't like schedules, lists, weekly plans.
4 Put a reminder for the task on your phone, _ don't forget
to do it!
108
english.us.org
A,lnd, But, Or; 8ecause
O\..
l
a
I
I aef,*
':=
\
L Fı
_,d
J
- {
t-
Many adults say they want more time. They are busy with work,
family. and school, and they often don't get everything done. People
feel stressed because there is not enough time to do it all. However,
there are some simple ways to manage your time well and avoid stress.
5 one way is to identify the important or necessary tasks for that day.
Then create a schedule or a "to do" list.rWhen you finish your important
tasks, you can move on to the next, less imPortant ones. Soon your tasks
are done, and there is hopefully some extra time for fun activities,
Another way is to do important tasks on the same days every week,

10 For example, you can do your laundry every Monday, and go to the
gym on Tuesday and Thursday mornings before work or school. Always
do the tasks on the same days. That way, you can plan around these
ı"to do" list: a list of things you need jmPortant tasks and have time for other things. Some people don't like
to do schedules, lists, or weekly plans. lnstead, they use the notes or calendar
'reminder: something that helps ]5 features on their cell phones. Put a remjnder2 for the task on your phone,
someone remember, like an alarm on
a Phone
but don't forget to do it!
]tim€ manag€m€nt: bein9 in control These ideas can help you improve your time management.3 When
of your time; plannin9 and usin9 your
time welı
you make plans and complete them, you feel good and can do more.
Things to Do! Monday's Tasks
a\
1. 9:00 a.m.
ı 10,00 a.m.
2.
2
11,00 a.m.
1\ 3.
12,00 p.m.
) Time Management 109

english.us.org
O And, But, Or
And, but, and or are coordinating People are busy with family and work,
conjunctions. They connect words, l like to exercise, but l don't have time for it every day
phrases, and clauses. She studies in the morning or after work.
2.1 And, But, Or for Connectin words and phrases

Connecting Words Time and money are valuable,
She sleeps on/y fve or six hours a night.
Connecting Phrases l always make a schedule and look at ıt often.

do" lists on my refrigerator but not on my phone
l have "to
Do you wo* during the day or at night?
2.2 And, But, Or fior Connectin Clauses

First clause second clause
You have more time in your day, and you fee ess stressed.
Some people use their time well, but other peopLe do not-
you can make a list, or you can schedule tasks on the same days
2.3 Usin And, But, Or
E Use and, but, and or to connect Time and money are valuable.
words, phrases, and clauses. He has time but not money.
Do you use schedules, or do you make "to do" lists?
E U.. and to 1oin two or more ideas Maria makes time for school, family, and work.
l study and work every day.
l make a "to do" list, and l check the list often during
the day.
EI use but to show contrast or Jos6 works hard, but he also has fun.
surprising information. He always makes a schedule, but he rarely follows it
110 Unit 11 Conjunctions: And, But, Or,, Because

english.us.org
Conjunctions: And, But, Or; Because
2.3 Usin And, But, Or (continued)
you can make lists or schedules.

E Use or to show a choice of two
a lternatives l exercise or do laundıy after l study
ls he at school or at work?
My family gets together at night, and we talk about our day

E U." u comma when and, but, and
or connect two clauses Sonya wakes up early, but she is always late {or work.
A Read the sentences about two types of people. Complete the sentences with and, but, or or.
Add commas where necessary.
The Organized Person
1 Every day lwake up nd l make a long "to do" list
2 l usually use the "notes" feature on my phone for important tasks _
l always do them.
3 l don't like to forget appointments _ be late.

4 l like to be busy lfeel good when l get things done.
The Disorganized Person
somet mes make lists l usua lly lose them
6 l have a lot of appointments a lot of things to do every day,
7 ltry to be on time l am often late for appointments
8 lam always busy l don't get things done
B Over tO YOu Read the sentences in A with a partner. Which statements are true for you?
Tell your partner.
A Correa the sentences below about ways to add time to a busy day. Add capital letters,
periods, and commas as necessary.
1a Jane wants to read more but she doesn't have the time
Jan e wanLs to read more. but she does n't have the time.
b now she listens to audiobooks in the car and during her breaks at work
c she listens to a book or a podcast every day and feels good about hersel{
Time Management 111

english.us.org
2 a James is very busy and often doesn't do his homework or study
b he worrjes about his grades and gets very upset
c finally, he talks about his problem with a classmate and they decide to help each other
d he and his classmate now talk on the phone every day and work on their
homework together
B Group Work v"k.alistof four studytips. Use and, but, and or in your sentences.
Good time mana9ement includes time for fun activities. Complete the sentences with your
ideas about things you do for fun. Use and, but, or or.
1 On the weekends, l watçh TV and garden
2 Once a day, l
3 ln the evenings, l
4 sometimes l

English has many expressions using and Do you like peanut butter and jelly?
and or. The nouns usua|ly occur in the NoTffi
order they appear below.
Common "noun and noun" expressions cream and sugar peanut butter and jelly
for food salt and pepper fish and chips
bread and bulter
Common "noun and noun" expressions mom and dad Mr. and Mrs.
for relationships brother and sister {ather and son
husband and wife mother and daughter
other common "noun and noun" night and day ladies and gentlemen
expressions men and women boys and gils
name and address
Common expressions with or cash or credit coffee or tea
Common "adjective and adjective" black and white nice and warm
expressions old and new
112 Unit 1'l Conjunctions: And, But, Or; Because

english.us.org
Conjunctions: And, But, Ori Because
A Complete the questions.
r
1 Do you like . creqm and sugar with ı
your coffee?
2 Do your . and dad live in the
united states?
3 Do you have brothers and ? 1
4 Do you work _ and day? ı

5 Do you like black and
movies?
6 Do you think _ and women have really different interests?
7 Do you put salt and on your food?
8 Do you usually pay with or credit?

9 Do you ever eat peanut butter and sandwiches?
10 Do you prefer or tea?
B Paİr WOrk l"k. trrns asking and answering the questions in A with a partner. Use
comPlete sentences in your answers.
A Do you like cream and sugar with your coffee?
B l like sugar, but l don't like cream.
EI Because
8ecause introduces the reason for or
cause of something. Peop/e feel stressed because there is not enough time
3.1 Because for Connectln Clauses
E 8r."rs. .ho*s a cause-and-

effect relationship. l am always /ate because l don't like to get up early
clauses with because must have

a subject and a verb, Some peop/e send e-mail reminders because üey wtl;!
to remember their tasks.
Time Management 113

english.us.org
3.1 Because for Connectin Clauses (continued)
E A clause with because is !9]L a

l am always late beagyge l don't like to get uo early.
complete sentence. lt needs the
main clause to form a complete ııor l am a/ways late. Because ldon+#ke+egıe+up-ea{p
sentence.
E B".rrr" .un come before or after

don't like to get up early, l am always late.
the main clause. use a comma Pgçause^ l
when because comes first in a
sentence. l am always /ate because l don't like to get up early
ğ ln speaking, you can answer a Why are you at school?

question startin9 with because Say: Because l want to learn English
Do not do this in writing.
Match the effect on the left with the cause on the right.
1 John is tired c a because his foot hurts.
_
2 Tanya is usually late b because he never eats breakfast.
3 Dan is often hungry y' because he doesnt sleep enough.
4 Eric walks slowly _ d because he works during the day.
5 Sue takes her brother to e because she doesn't put reminders on

school her phone.
6 Maya and Sara sleep late _ f because their mother doesnt have time.
7 Jack takes classes at night _ 9 because they work until midnight.
Put because in the correct place in each sentence. Add commas where necessary. Then listen
and compare your answers.
ı ı: ı
Bob, Jamal, Tony, and Leo
are roommates. They study at |,
the local community college. r
Each roommate has a problem
lE
with time.
1'l4 Unit 11 Conjunctions: And, But, Or; Because

english.us.org
Conjunctions: And, But, Or; Because
becouse
1 Leo works at night^|Te goes to school during the day.
2 Tony can only study in the mornings he thinks more clearly then.
3 Bob's bus arrives after 8 o'clock he is always late.
4 Jamal can't study at home his roommates are too noisy.
5 Leo forgets to write his assignments down he often misses them.
6 Tony and Jamal sometimes miss class they play basketball instead
I Exerciıe 3.3 Combining Sentences wiı

Label each clause with Cfor "cause" and Efor "effect." Then combine the sentences with
because. Do not change the order of the clauses.
1 E Brendon does well in class. C He studies every day.
Brendo n does well in c ca he ıes da

2 C Tanya forgets to set her alarm. E Sne is often late for work.
Because Tanva foraets to set her alarm. she is often late for wo*.
3 _ Alan has three reminders about He doesn't want to forget about it
the meeting on his phone.
4 Wanda is always hungry at work. she doesn't have time for lunch
5 Karin starts work very early. she drinks a lot of coffee
6 _ Blanca works during the day She takes n ight classes
7 Jared keeps a "to do" list. He has a lot of work.
Time Management 1 15
english.us.org
Exercise 3.4 Givino Re;
Complete the sentences. Make them true for you.
1 l take English classes because
2 l wake up at because
(time)
3 l live in because
(town/city)
4 l like because
(class)
5lgotobedat because
(t me)
Do not use a comma when you join two words or two phrases.
Lisa creates a schedule , and a list every day.
3 use andto add information. use butto show a contrast. use orto show a choice.
but
Sam is aiways /ate, and he gets his work done.
4 Do not use a comma if because is in the second part of the sentence.

Jake is always on time , because he takes the 8:00 bus to school every day.
But do use a comma if because is in the first part of the sentence.

Because Lily makes a daily schedule she never forgets to do her tasks.
5 sentence
Kylie doesn't forget her assignments because

@, she wrıtes them on her calendar.
116 Unit 11 Conjunctions: And, But, Or; Because

english.us.org
Conjunctions: And, But, Ori Because
Editing Task
Read the story about Professor Kwan's class on time management. Find and correct
nine more mistakes.
A useful class
Every year, Professor Kwan teaches a class on time management. Many students
like to take her class. Sometimes the class fills up quickly/because it is so popular.
Students know that they need to register early - in person and online. This is the first
lesson of the time-management class.
5 ln this class, Professor Kwan talks about different ways for students to organize
their time. Her students often complain about the stress they have but how little
time they have. Professor Kwan always tells her students to buy a calendar. She says
students can use an electronic calendar but a paper calendar. Because her students
get organized they use their calendar every day. She tells students to find time to
]O study at least once a day - either after school and at night. When students plan their
time well, they feel in control and confident.
This is not the only thing that Professor Kwan teaches in the class. Students have
a lot of stress because it is also important to flnd time to relax, and exercise. Professor
Kwan's class is so popular, because all students need help with time management. At the
ıs end of her class, students have less stress and they have great time-management skills!
Time Management 'l 17

english.us.org
Simp e past statements
1 success stories

A Do you know people who don't give up easily? Read the article.
What do you learn about this band?
B Comprehension Check Are these sentences true or false? Use

the artlcle to help you. Correct the false sentences.
'l The executive traveled to London in December 1961. True False
2 The executive invited the band to London, True False
3 The band went to London and played on New Yeart Eve. True False
4 The company didn't call the band immediately. True False
5 The band signed a contract with another company. True False
C tNElfr*l! Answer the questions. Use the article to help you.

1 Can you find the past forms ofthese verbs in the article?
Present travel invite pluy wait sign
Simplo Past
2 What do the simple past verbs in question 1 have in common?
3 Can you find the past forms of these verbs in the article?
Base Form go think have te]l become

Simple Past
4 How are these simple past verbs different from the verbs in question '1?
11a
english.us.org
Sim statements
(t
\
..
r---:
i
li
: 7/İb ııl
Ii ı\,
Tl ı }i [J
E
_
a
!!
Writers, artists, singers, and inventors2 often feel discouraged3

when others tell them they are not good enough. Some people
lgive uP: stop trying give up. Others, like a group of young musicians in the 1960s, don't
2inventor: someone who designs or
let it stoP them.
create new thin9s
]dis<ouraged: not confident ln December 1961, a record company executive4 traveled to
5
to try again
4eıecutivei Liverpool, England. He went to listen to a new rock 'n' roll band. The
Person in a high Position
in a company who manages and makes executive thought the band had talent and invited them to an auditions
decisions in London. The group went to London and played on New Year's Day
saudition: short performance given
'l962. After the audition, they went home and waited for a phone call.
to 5how ability
uout: not fashionable; not popular They didn't hear any news for weeks.
7contract written legaı agreement
Finally, the company executive told the band manager, "Guitar
groups are on the way out,6 Mr. Epstein." So the record company didn't
give the band a contract.7
But the band didn't give up. ln the end, they signed a contract with
another company and became a very famous band: The Beatles-
rT" 7
9
, ,!
l l,
:. ıİ|tr
i',
iı ,. ı
-E_,,. --l, i,D,
\
Success Stories 1 19
english.us.org
a Sim p le past statements:

Reg lar Verbs u
The simple past describes events ln 1961 , he traveled to Liverpool.
that started and ended be{ore now The band played for two hours.
They didn't hear any news for weeks
2.'l Affirmative Statements 2.2 N ative statements
5imple Past Did + Base Form

Su bject Verb Subject Not of Verb
I I
You You
did not
started in 1962
didn't
sig n a contract
They They
He/She/lt He/She / lt
2.3 Usin Sim le past statements
El Use the simple past for events that

started and ended in the past. the Past now
lt can be one event or repeated He traveled to Liverpool.

eVents, The band played in clubs every week
They didn't hear any news.
E Yo, .un use the simple past to He didn't like the band
describe a feeling in the past.
2.4 s llin Re ular Sim le past verbs
6 For most verbs, add -ed. work --> worked
ğ For verbs ending in e, add -d live -s lived
§ For verbs ending in consonant + y, study -s studied

change y to i and add -ed.
120 Unit 12 Simple Past Statements

english.us.org
5imple Past statements
2.4 Spelling: Regu|ar Simple Past Verbs kontinued)
B Fo, u.rbs ending in vowel + y, add ed play --> played
El For one-syllable verbs ending in consonant plan -+ planned

vowe] consonant, doub e the consonant
E Do not double the consonant if the verb ends show -+ showed

in -x or -w.
E For two-syllable verbs ending in consonant- travel > traveled

vowel-consonant and stressed on the first
syllable, do not double the consonant,
ğ For two-syllable verbs ending in consonant- control --> controlled

vowel-consonant and stressed on the second
syllable, double the consonant.
E] He,. .o." of the most common regular ca led wanted started h appen ed
simple"r.past verbs. worked lived tried moved
looked talked liked decided
»Spellin9 and Pronunciatjon Rules for Regular Verbs in simPle Pa5t: see page A2]
»Common Regular and lr.egula. Ve.bs: see page A15.
E trr, u*r* ar hppli, t;a'l,i ın r,ı
Complete the sentences about The Beatles. Use the simple past
form of the verbs in parentheses.
"t,
The Beatles f;151 vlsifea (visit) the United States in 1964.
2 They (land) in New York on February 7, i 964
3 The door ofthe plane (open)
4 The Beatles (a ppe a r)
5 The fans (cheer) and (shout)
6 Some fans (scream) and others (cry)
7 The Beatles (play) on The Ed Sullivan Show on TV
8 About 74 million people (watch) the show
9 Their long hair (shock)the country
10 They (change) popular music forever
Success Stories 'l21

english.us.org
Exercise 2.2 Negativ
A Complete the first paragraph of this biography with negative simple past verbs. Use the full
form did not.
T}i
This child dİdrqtllük
i]]
(talk) before the age
of four. He __ l:i
(learn) to read before
the age of seven. He _ (like) his
high school, and he _

p,,
(pass) the
1
entrance exam for the Swiss Federal Polytechnic School,
a university in Zurich. One teacher

...
(believe) that he was intelligent at all. However, this boy
n
(stop) working hard. His teachers
.,, (recognize) his genius, but he

(listen) to their discouraqinq words
B Complete the rest of the biography with simple past forms of the verbs in the box
enJoy explain ne+pe#errn study
enter graduate show work
üe lid ıotlefuım well in school, but he an interest in
science, and he math. He _ _ _ forahighschool

].1
diploma, and finally he the universitv. He

a\ t)r
four years later and then on a Ph.D. He later
the laws of the unjverse. Who is he? [the answe. is on page ]28.1
122 Uni|t 12 Simple Past Statements

english.us.org
Simple Past statements
Er*d* r3
When the verb endsin /t/ or /d/, say /ıd/ or /ad/
-edas an extra syllable /ıd/ or /ad/. /t,/Wait + waited /d/ decide , -ı decided
When the verb ends in /f/, /k/, /p/, /s/, /t/

/l/, and /tI/, say -ed as /t/. /f/ laugh -+ laughed /s/ miss -+ missed
/k/ look --ı looked /J/ finish -+ finished
/p/ stop -+ stopped /tj/ watch -+ watched
For verbs that end in other consonant /d/

and vowel sounds, say -ed as /d/. listen ; listened play -+ played
change - + changed agree -+ agreed
live --+ lived borrow -+ borrowed
A Li.t.n and repeat the verbs in the chart above.
B Pa İ r WO rk aaa simple past endings to the verbs below. Then read the sentences
aloud with a partner. Do the verbs have an extra syllable? Check (/) Yes or No.
Yes No
1 A friendcallel me last night.
2 l invited her to dinner.
3 We talk about rnusic,

4 She want to get an o d album from the 1960s for her grandfather
5 We laugh ab,out the old fashioned records
6 We look {or the album on the lnternet

7 download the music files.
8 play them
We
They sound
9 funny
1O We forward the music files to her grandfather
1 He listen to the songs,
'1
12 Then he delete them. Not all music from the 1960s is qood
C Over tO YOu Tell a partner about four things you did last night. Use some of the verbs
in this exercise.
l watched TV last night
Success Stories 123

english.us.org
I
Exercise 2.4 Vocabulary Focus: Time Expressions
yesterday last... ...ago Prepositions

yesterday last night two days ago in2f7
yesterday morning last week/ month /year six weeks ago on June 19
yesterday evening last Friday/June / 10 months / years ago at 7:30
spring a long time ago before/after the audition
Time expressions usually come at the end of a / iistened to a Beatles album last night.
sentence. The Beatles became {amous in 1962_
Time expressions can also come at the start of a Afler the audition, they went home and waited
sentence when they are Very important, ln 1961, a record company executive traveled
to Liverpool.
Complete the sentences about a famous poet. Use the words from the box. Some words are
used more than once.
after ago ln last on
1 l borrowed a book of poems from the library 14s| week.

2 The poet lived in Massachusetts over 100 years
3 She published only seven poems her lifetime.
4 She died at the age of 55 May 15, 1886.
5 the poet's death, her sister discovered over 1,800
poems in her room.
6 Her first book of poems appeared four years after she died,
1890.
7 T. H. Johnson published a complete collection of her poems
.- 1955.
8 l prepared a presentation about her for class night.
1830_1886
Paİr WOrk When was the last time you or a friend did these
things? Ask and answer questions wath a partner. Write sentences about your partner.
,l Maie
borrowa book fro m the li5rary borrowed a book fua theJib.rarythreq we& 4gp,
2 listen to a podcast
3 laugh or cry at a movie
4 move to another apartment or house
5 try really hard to do something
6 travel to another city
124 Unit 1 2 Simple Past Statements

english.us.org
Sim le past statements
Eıercise 2.6 Did Not and Didn't in Writing
Didn't or Did Not? Didn't and Did Not Compared

People use didn't in Hey! You didn't call Acad6mic
speaking and informal yesterday! wrhing
writing. didn't
did not
They use dıd not in The audition did not
I
converaatıon
formal writing. go well.
didn't
did not
Rewrite these sentences about the famou5 poet Emily Dickinson for academic writin9.
Change the contractions.
1 Emily Dickinson didn't publish a lot of poems in her lifetime.
kinson did n t blish a lot o ms in her tim
2 Even her family didn't know about the 1,8O0 poems in her room
3 ln the nineteenth century some critics didnt like her work, but she continued to write for herself.
4 She didn't write like other poets
5 She didn't use correct punctuation.
6 ln the 195Os, poetry experts published her work again. This time, they didn't edit it
EI S m p e Past Statements: lrregu ar Verbs

lrregular simple past verbs don't end in ,ed ln 1961 , he went to Liverpool.
The company made a big mistake
Success Stories 'l25

english.us.org
3.1 lrre ular verbs
AFF| RMAT|VE STATEM ENTS NEGAT|VE sTATEMENTS

Simple Past Base Form
Subject lrregular Verb Subject Did + Not of Verb
I
You You
did not
became popular
didn't
become popu ar
They They
He/She/lt He/She/lt
3.2 Usin lrre ular Sim le past verbs
A Here are the most common come -J came make -+ made

irregular verbs. do -+ did put -+ put
get J got read -+ read
90 -J Went say ; said
have -ı had see -) saw
l did my homework last night.

El Be careful with the verb do
l didn't do my homework this morning
» lrregular Verbs: see page 416
A M"k" guesses about things your partner did yesterday. Use the verbs in parentheses.
Write affirmative and negative sentences.
1 You dİdn't do (do) your homework last night.
2
You (read) your e-mai| after dinneı
You
3 (get up) late yesterday morning.
4
You _ (come)to school early today.
5
You (go) to work last night.
6
You (make) a wonderful dinner yesterday.
7
You (see) a movie in a theater last weekend.
8
You (read) the news this morning.
9
You ._ (have) breakfast this morning.
'l0 You (see) the weather report this morning.
B Paİr WOrk Read the sentences to your partner. Are your guesses correct?
A You didn't do your homework /ast night.
B That's true. l did my homework this morning! /That's not true. l did my homework after dinner
126 Unit 'l2 Simple Past Statements

english.us.org
Simple Past statements
Eıarciee 3.2 Pronunciation Focus: Sayin rregular Simple Past Verbs
Sometimes the spelling of two verbs is the same, read -+ read

or similar, but the pronunciation is different. say -+ said BUT pay -+ paid
hear -ı heard
Sometimes the letters gh are not pronounced. buy -+ bought
wn"r, yo, ı""rn u; ,rr.nrlur r"rb+,

luu.n ,h" oronr.
A Li.t.n and repeat the verbs in the chart above. Notice the pronunciation of the irregular
past forms.
B Tell p".tn., about something .. .

"
1 you bought last week. 4 you thought about today.
2 you read recently. 5 you paid a lot of money for years ago.
3 your teacher said in the last class. 6 you heard onthe news today.
3.3 More lrreqular Simple Past Verbs
A Compleıe the descriptions with the verbs below. Can you match the pictures to the texts?
t İQh
[Vl
l,
I
Vincent van Gogh J. K. Rowling Marilyn Monroe Abraham Ljncoln
'] see get

not come
ln 1944, Norma Jean Bakeı caff]e to see the director of a modeling agency for a
1ob interview. Unfortunately, Baker the.lob. The next time the director
her, she had a different name and was a famous movie star_ who was
she?
2,."*_lffiiffi
This artist over 800 paintings, but onIy one person
one in his lifetime. The sister of a friend
400 francs (about $1,600 today) for it. Who was he? _
Success Stories 127

english.us.org
This man a lot of money as a child. He to

school for only 18 months, but he hundreds of books. ,As a politician,
he his first election, Later, he an important
president in U.S. history. Who was he?
This single mother her first book in a cafıi. Twenty publishers

her they didn't want it. Finally, one publisher
people
"Yes. " Millions of the book, and it a
successful movie. who is she?
B G roup WOrk Discrss the famous people ln this unit. Who is the most interesting
to you? Why?
Answer to Exercise 2.2B, p. 122: Albert Einstein
.l Use simple past verbs to write or talk about the past.

rted
He 'ta
staris his career in 2002.
dte
leatata
3 For the negative, write did not as two words.

did not
She dıdnet get thejob,
payed
5 oi have is did not / didn't have. The simple past negative of
didn't have
He ha4net a successful career.
did not do
She d#not her homework last night.
128 Unit 12 Simple Past statements

english.us.org
Simple Past Statements
Editing Task
Find and correct 10 more mistakes in this paragraph about the inventor of the lightbulb.
Thomas Edison was born in 1847 in u',l"^, Oa'".KK!!İ"Y,

very much education in school. His mother taught him reading,
writing, and math. Like many chi|dren at the time, he droped out
lı
ı //:
ll
of school and got a job. At age 13, he sells newspapers and candy t.
\,: )
5 at a railroad station. Thomas continue to learn about science by
reading. At age '16, he become a telegraph operator.r Later, he
start to invent things. In '1869, he moved to New York City. One of
his inventions earned him $40,000, so he opened his first research

laboratory2 in New Jersey. He tried hundreds of times to make the
ıo first lightbulb, but he had not success. However, Thomas Edison
didnot give up. He learn from his mistakes. ln 1879, he introduce
his greatest invention, the electric light for the home. He told a
reporter. "l didn't failed 1 ,000 times. The lightbulb was an invention with 1,000 steps-"
'telegraph operator: a person who worked with a commun cation device that sent and received signals
:research labo.atory: a bürilding with equipment for doing scientific tests
Success Stories 129

english.us.org
S m p e past ouestions
1 Business Ideas
fl Grammar in the Rea World

A Do yo, know a business owner? Read the conversation between two
students. What is unusual about Blake Mycoskie's business?
B Comprehension Check Answerthe questions.

1 Did Blake Mycoskie win The Amazing Race on TV?
2 When did he start TOMS Shoes?
3 How many pairs of shoes did he distribute by the end of

September 2010?
4 What are two problems for children without shoes?
c Nr6frlal Find the questions in the conversation. complete

the questions.
1 Did you your report for class tomorrow?
2 What did he ?
3 Didyou "shoes"?
4 Why did he to sell shoes?
What form of the verb did you use to complete the questions?
130
english.us.org
Sim |e Past Question s
ı
_ü
[.z" € ]
I
i%
i WJ,
r I] ı
G[!l Hey, Liliana. Did you finish your report for

class tomorrow?
Gftll Hmm. lnteresting. But why
No, but lfound a really interesting did he decide to sell shoes?
5
businessman, Blake Mycoskie. Do you
remember him from that reality W show,
@ During The Amazing Race, he traveled
with his sister all over the world. He saw
The Amazing Race?
25 a lot o{ very poor people and a lot of
GE] No, not really. Did he win? children without shoes. A lot of these
children had diseases because they
Liliana No, he didn't, but that! not important. My
walked bare{oot.3 The schools djd not
report is on hjs busıness. lt's really unusual.
allow children to attend without shoes.
]0 @l Why? What did he do? Let me guess , . .
He started a cool company, and he made
30 So he came up with this concepta of
selling and donating shoes. ln the future,
millions from his idea. he plans to expands his business and
ııffi He started a cool company, and it helps make other products, too.
fight poverty. He sells shoes, and . . . @l Oh, l see. He! a social entrepreneur.
]5 EEl Did you say "shoes"? 35 He Wants to make money, but he also
wants to help people.
Liliana Yes, he started TOMS Shoes in 2006. For
every pair of shoes he sells, he donates
'in need: not having enough money
a pair to a child in need.] By the end of something to many People
jbaıofoot 9ive
'distribırte:
September 2010, he distributed2 his one not wearing any shoes or socks
2a millionth pair. 'conc6Pt idea
soxpand: make someihing bigger
;!
[,ı
c
5
english.us.org
El Slrp|e Past Yesl No Ouestions

Simple past Yesl No questions Did you finish your report?
ask about actions and events that Did he do something fun?
happened be{ore now.
2.1 Yes / No Ouestions

Did Subject Base Form of Verb
you
Did we finish the report?
they
he/she/it
2 Short Answers
Yes Subject Did No Subject Did + Not
I I
you you
did not.
Yes, did. No,
didn't.
they they
he/she/it he/she/it
2.3 Usin Sim le Past Yesl No Questions
E Ouestions in the simple past often use definite Did Blake go to college in the 1990s?
past-time expressions Did he start his company 11 years ago?
E Use the contraction didn't in negative short "Djd Blake win The Amazing Race?"
answers. The full form did not is very formal "No, he didn't,"
E Ur" pronorna in short answers "Did Blake start a shoe company?"

"Yes, he did."
To give extra information, you can also answer "Yes, he started TOMi shoes in 2006."
Yesl No questions with long answers.
'l32 Unit 13 Simple Past Questions

english.us.org
Simple Past Qu estions
\ Gr; A
t Simp No Oues
Liliana heard about Blake Mycoskie and then went to a trade show1 for entrepreneurs.
Complete the questions in the simple past. Use the words in parentheses.
@ Did you_have
i)
(you/have) a good
P
weekend? f
EEş
@ Yeah, pretty good. How about you?
I
@ Yes, very good.
ffii 2]
(you / 9o out)? ! İ a
@ Yeah. l went out with Aisha on Saturday. ı

@ Oh.
i]]
(vou / oo) somewhere
interesting?
l!@ Yeah. We went to a trade show. There were lots of exhibits2 from new companies
§@ A trade show? l didnt know you were interested in business!
!][s Yes, l'm very interested in it. .

(l/tell) you about my
grandmother! company?
ffi No.
|]@ My grandmother had her own clothing design company, so lwant to do

something like that.
§@ Really? 11]
(you/see) any design companies there?
l][@ Yeah. We saw some. A lot ofthe companies' owners are young entrepreneurs.
ffi t,]
(you/speak) with any interesting people?
|][ffi Yeah. l spoke with the owner of a men's tie company. He designs his own fabric.3
§@ Hmm. (he/have) anygood ideasforyou?
l!@ Yes. He told me one thing: find a good business partner. What do you say?
Do you want to be my business partner?
ıtrade show: a large event at which comPanies show and sell their
Products and try to increase their business
'6ıhibit a collection ol things people can see in public
lrabric cloth or materaal
Business ldeas 133

english.us.org
|,
Eıtrcise 2.2 Simple Past Yes/ No Questions and Answers
A nead Liliana's notes for her report on Blake Mycoskie. Then write the questions.
Quegfiong About Blake Mvcoekie

l 1econd in "The Amazing Race"?
2 Other bugineggee before TOM1?
3 1igler - grarr the buginegg wirh him?
4 Any experience in faohion?
5 Company - difficultieg at the beginning?
1he/finish
2 he / have
3 his sister/start
4 he / have
5 the company / have
B Read some more information about Blake. Then answer the questions in A. First, write one
short answer, and then write one long answer with extra information for each question.
When Blake Mycoskie competed in The Amazing Race with his sister Paige, they
finished third. They lost the race by only four minutes. His sister helped him with the
concept of TOMS Shoes, but he started the business by himseli, He had previous
experience in business, but he didn't have any experience in fashion. But he liked to design
things. Before TOMS shoes, he started five other businesses, including a college laundry
business and a reality W channel. When he started TOMS, he had a lot of problems with
the shoe factory.ı Now the factory runs we]l, and a lot of people work for him.
'factory: a building where people use machines to produce things
1a No, he didn't.
b No, he finished third,
aa
b
3a
b
4a
b
5a
b
C Pa İr Work erl. and answer the questions about Blake with a partner.
134 Unit 13 Simple Past Ouestions

english.us.org
Simple Past Questions
tirıns and Answers
A Over tO YOu Write questions to ask a partner about last weekend. For question 5,
use your own verb.
1 (do) Did udoa hin st ing

2 (work)
3 (have)
4 (go out) _
5
B Pa İr WOrk lrl. and answer the questions with your partner. Give your partner additional
information.
A Did you do anything interesting? A Did you go out on Saturday?
B No, notreally. lstayedhome. B Yes, lworked all day
'wentto.../No,
E Slmp|e Past Information Ouestions

Simple past information questions ask what did he do?
about people, things, times, and places Why did he decide to make shoes?
that happened before now.
3.'l lnformation Questions
Wh-Word Did Subject Base Form of Verb

Who write about?
what I do yesterday?
you
When finish our report?
what time did they begin writing?
he
Where visit on vacation?
she
Why it start a company?
How saVe enough money?
Business ldeas 135

english.us.org
3.2 Usin Sim e past lnformation ouestions
E Use simple past information "Where did she study business?"

questions to ask for specific "She studied at Florlda State."
in{ormation about something that
"When did she graduate?"
happened in the past.
"She graduated in 2012."
E Use Wh- words with did to ask "What did she do every summer?"
atıout habits and regular activities "She worked at a restaurant."
3.3 Usin wh-words in sim le past lnformation ouestions
E Use Who to ask about people . Who did you start your company with? My sister
E Use What to ask about things. What did you make? Shoes
E Use When to ask about time When did you have this idea? Last week
(days, months, years, seasons,
parts of the day).
E Use What time to ask about Whal time did you start work today? At seven o'clock
clock time.
E Use Where to ask about places. Where did you go to busıness schoo l? ln Boston
E Use Whyto ask about reasons. Why did you open a restaurant? Because l love
food.
E Use Ho, to ask about manner. How did you save enough money? lsaved some every
month.
E
I
Exerclso 3.t Simp|e Past lnformati ıd A.nswers ]
A Sn"lly Hwang, an entrepreneur, started a chain of frozen yogurt stores

called Pinkberry. Unscramble the words to make questions about her. l
1 Why/she/tolmove/did/the United States?
|ı!hy lıd şhe rnpve tq thg_aOügdSiqieş?
2 What/ after/sh e / did / college? / do
Shelly Hwang,
founder of Pinkberry
136 Unit 13 Simp|e Past Ouest|ons

english.us.org
Sim le past Questions
3 Who / she / with?/ develop / the concept/ did
4 When/open/store?/she/did/her first
5 What/have?/the store/did/flavors
B Listen to an instructor talk about Hwang. Then write short answers to the questions in A.
1 To study business. 4
2 5
.l Use did + subject + base form of the verb.

did araduate
When you ğadua+ed {rom business school?
2 ln information questions, use did and the base form of the main verb, Do not use the
past form,
oper betome
Where did you opeaed the first store? Dıd it beeame a success?
t When do is the main verb, use did + subject + do (base form of verb).
do
What did you at the company?
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes in these questions about your work experience.
work
1 Did you werked for a relative?
2 Who you worked for?
3 What did you?
4 How many hours did you worked each week?
5 How much money did you earned each week?
6 You enjoyed your .job?
7 What you learned from this job?
8 Why did you stopped working?
Business ldeas 137

english.us.org
S m p e Past of Be
1 Life stories

A Wh"t were you like as a child? Read the magazine article about
Sheryl Sandberg, What was she like as a child?
B COmprehensİon Check Do these words describe Sheryl

Sandberg as a child or as an adult? Check (/) the correct answers.
Some words describe both. Use the article to help you.
As a Child As an Adult
1 famous
very l l
2 successful l İ
3busy l l
4 interested in friends İ İ
C tNEJfrEl Read the sentences. Circle was or were. Use the article to
help you.
1 Her father was/were an eye doctor. 4 Sheryl was/were a good student,
2 Her mother was/were a teacher 5 She was/were always busy,
3 Her parents was/were busy. 6 People was/were interested in

the lnternet.
When do you use was? When do you use were?
138
english.us.org
Sim le Past of Be
Sheryl
,/
/ 7,
ffier
r \
\
l
,rü g:
,il SINESS
, 4r Ess STORY
l l., .l
t
,,tl
l w I Sheryl Sandberg is a very famous business person. She

ç worked at Google and was the first woman to be a director
ş.h. ı at Facebook. She wrote two very popular books. Today she is
a billionaire. However, Sheryl Sandberg started her life in an
5 ordinary famiiy. She was born in Washington, D.C. in 1969. Her
family moved to Miami, Florida, when she was two years old.
Her mother was an English teacher, and her father was an eye
doctor. Her parents were very busy with their jobs, Sheryl, and
lı her brother and sister.
Sheryl was a very good student at North Miami Beach High

School. She studied a lot and taught exercise classes after
schooI. She had a group o{ very close friends. Her friends say
she was not interested in television or movies. She was always
busy doing things.
ln 1987, Sheryl went to Harvard University and then worked

in Washington, D.C. She moved to California and was very
successful at Google. People were interested in using the
lnternet to make new friends and write to old friends, so Sheryl
got a job at Facebook. She made the company bigger and
helped it make more money. Sheryl learned a lot at Google
and Facebook, and she wrote a book to help other women
who want to be successful in business. More than 2.25 million
people bought Sherylt book.
'Life Stories 139
english.us.org
D Simple Past of Be: Affirmative and

Negative Statements
The simple past of be describes Her home was in Florida.
people, places, or things in the past- Her parents were busy.
2.1 Statements
Subjecl Was / Were Subject Was / Were + Not

I I
He He was not
was
She She wasn't
lt in the computer lt in class
lab,
were not
You were You
weren't
They They
2 Usin Sim le Past of Be
E Use the simple past of be to talk or write about she was a direcior.
people, places, or things in the past. Be has two The students were in their c'ass.
past forms: was and were. l was not in the computer lab-
They were not bored.
E Use *asl*e.e + born to say when or where someone She was born in Washington, D.C
was born. in 1969.
E Not co.es after be in negative statements she was not interested in te/evısıon
E ln speaking, you can use the contractions wasn't and Sheryl wasn't interested in television
weren't in negatiVe statements. They weren't happy.
E We often use past time expressions with the simple ln 1987, Sherylwas a student
past of be: we were in california last week
ten years ago / yesterday / this morning/last week/
in the past
Past time expressions can go either at the beginning

of a sentence or at the end of a sentence.
140 Unit 14 Simple Past of 8e

english.us.org
Simple Past of 8e
ffi tatements l
A nead the descriptions of three famous women. Complete the sentences with was/wasn't or
were/weren't- Write the names on the lines.
Oprah Winfrey Taylor Swift Pen6lope Cruz
She wds born in Madrid, Spain, in 1974.
a Her father
|.i|
an auto mechanic1 and her mother
a hairdresser.2 She studied ballet and jazz dance
as a child. When she _ i.])

a teenager, she started
acting. At 17, she in her first film.

15]
]auto mechanic someone who repairs cars
2hairdresser: a person who cuts and styles hair (usually women! hair)
2
She born in Mississippi in 1954. Her mother
l,'ı
and father very Door. Her father a
a
barber.3 When she in high school, she got her
(9)
first radio job. She _ a student at Tennessee State

(r0)
University for several years. She got her first TV jo6 in 1972.
By age 32, she a millionaire.

i]]r
3barber: a person who cuts men's haır
3
ı She born in Pennsylvania in 1989.
ü" 2,
As a child, she loved to write and wrote in her diary every
day. When she _ in the fourth grade, she won a
i] 3)
poetry contest.4 She began to write songs, and she sang
at festivals and contests.She _ (not) shv. and she
liked to perform. ln high school, she (not) very

iiii
popular. Other students (not) friendly with her.
ıi6]
Now she's very popular.
acontest: a comPetitıon to win a prize
Life Stories 'l41

english.us.org
B Complete the sentences with was and wasn't. Use the information in A to help you.
1 Pen6lope Cruz wasn't born in the United States.
2 As a child, Taylor Swift a son9Writer.
3 Oprah Winfreyt family wealthy.
4 As a child, Pen6lope Cruz a danceı

5 By age 32, Oprah Winfrey poor.
6 Oprah Winfrey's father a TV staı
7 Pen6lope Cruz a teenager when she started acting
l]-
A OVer tO YOU What were you like as a child? Write six sentences about you and
your family members. Write three sentences with was./were and three sentences with
wasn't/weren't. Use the words in the box and your own ideas.
a bad student active busy funny intelligent short talkative

a good student bored friendly happy qu iet shy tall
l was very shy. l wasn't a good student. My father was a mechanic,

was/were wasn't/weren't
11
2 2
3 3
B Pa İr WOrk r.ll your partner what you were like as a child and about your family members.
A l was very shy. I wasn't very talkative.
B Really? That's surprising. What about your brothers and sisters?
A They weren't shy at all.
E, S mple Past of Be:

uestıons and Answers
Yesl No questions and information "Were you in college lastyear?"
questions with the simple past of be "No, l wasn't."
ask about people, places, and things "When were you in college?"
in the past. "l was in college three years ago."
142 Unit 14 Simple Past of Be

english.us.org
5imple Past of Be
3.1 Yes / No Questions 3.2 Short Answers
Was / AFFlRMATlVE NEGAT|VE

Were Subject Yes Subject Was / No Subject Was / Were
I
Were + Not
he Very
Was I I
she smart? he he was not.

it was,
she she wasn't
it
Yes, it No,
We
n
Were you
college?
were not
they
you were yoU
weren't.
they th ey
3.3 Usin yesl No ouestions with sim le Past of Be
E We often use past time Were you in college last year?

expressions in Yes/ No questions Was Bill famous in 1955?
with the simple past o{ be: Was she born in 2003?
ten years ago /yesterday /this
morning/ last week
Past time expressions go at the

end of a question.
E Useth. contractions "Was she a dancer?" "No, she wasn't."

wasn'tl weren't in negative "Were they wealthy?" "No, they weren't-"
short answers.
E Yo, .un also answer with "Was she a dancer?" "No, she was a songwrlter,"
additional information "Were they wealthy?" "No, they were very poor."
3.4 lnformation Ouestions
Wh- Word Was / Were Subject

Who your best friend as a child?
What your favorite class last semester?

was
When her birthday party?
What time the meeting on Monday?
Where his partners?
Why they successful?

were
How the concerts the other night?
How old their children in 2017?
Life Stories 143

english.us.org
3.5 Usin wh- words with sim le Past of Be
E Use Who to ask about people. who was the first female Sheryl Sandberg
direaor at Facebook?
E Use What to ask about things, What was your favorite c/ass English
/ast semester?
E Use When to ask about time (days, When was your sister born? ln Aprit
months, years, seasons, parts of
the day).
E Use What time to ask about clock What Iime was your class? At eight o'clock
time
E Use Where to ask about places. Where were you born? ln Tokyo
E Use Whyto ask about reasons. Why were they excited? Because they won the
qame.
@ Use How to ask what somethin q How was the ptay? lt wa1 great
was like
lX Use How old to ask about age How old was your brother He was 18
last year?
Exerciıe 3.1 Simple Past o{ Be: Yes/ No Ouestions
A Tanya'. class assignment is to interview her grandfather. Complete her questions with
Was or Were.
't _ We,re you born in New York City?
2 your family large?
3 your brother a good student?

4 you and your brother good friends?
5 your sisters nice to you?
6 you and your sisters the same age?

7 your father's store near the house?
'l zl4 Unit 14 Simple Past of Be

english.us.org
Simple Past of Be
B Paİr WOrk Listen to the conversation between Tanya and her grandfather. Write
short answers about the grandfather! life to the questions in A. Then compare your
answers with a partner.
l No, he wasn't. _
2
4
5
6
7
tE "r,d." 3.? S Past of Be tions and l
A Read the paragraph about a childhood photograph. Then write information questions and
answers about the photograph.
My great-grandmother was born in 1901 in Wisconsin.
l,
She was born at 12:10 in the morning. She was the first of two
children. Her father was a store owner, and her mother was a
teacher. They lived in a small town. l once saw a photograph of her
s house. The house had two floors, and it was very simple. There was
no paint on the house, but it was well built. There was a nice front
porch with several chairs and some flowers. My great-grandmother
and her father were in the photo. Her father was happy, but she
was angry because she hated sitting for pictures. She was about
1o three years old in the photo. She was upset but Very cute.
1 (When/she born) When was she born? She was born in 1901
2 (Where/she born)
3 (What time/she born)
4 (What/her father's job)

5 (What/her mother'sjob)
6 (Who/in the photo)
7 (What/on the porch)
8 (Why/she angry)
9 (How old/she;n the photo)
Life Stories 145

english.us.org
B OVer tO YOu Write questions to ask a partner about his or her childhood. Write
YeslNo questions and information questions. Use was/were and the words in the box
or your own ideas.
born favorite family activity school

brothers favorite games sisters
chores1 favorite room in your house your bedroom
father's/ mothert job favorite toys
Where were you born?
4
5
6
7
8
'chore: a job that i5 often boring but that is imPortant, like washing the dishes
C Pa İr WO rk 1.1. and answer the questions about childhood from B. Take turns
A Were you born in the United States?
B No, l was born in Thailand.
1 with l / he / she / it oı a singular noun, uge wag.
He were a famous artıst,
/ With you / we / they or a plural noun, use were.

l!ere
My brothers was usually nice to me.
146 Unit 14 Simple Past of Be

english.us.org
5impIe Past of 8e
Editing Task
Find and correct seven more mistakes in the questions and answers about Yo-Yo Ma
wa5
A When were Yo-Yo Ma born?
B He born in 1955.
(ıı
A He born in the United States? { t
B No, he wasn't. He was born in France.
lt|
5 A Were his parents French?
B No, they was not. They was Chinese.

A Were his parents musicians?
=
-| .'\
B Yes, they was talented musicians,
A How old was he when he first played the cello?

ö
]0 B He was four. ı l \,
A How old were he when he moved to New York City?
B He were five.
A How many albums does he have? Yo-Yo Ma, cellist
B Currently, he has more than 75 albums.
Life Stories 147

english.us.org
past Time clauses with When,

Before, and After
1 Luck and Loss
II Crammar in the Rea World

A Do yo, ever get e-mails with the message "You won a contest" or "We
need to check your bank account"? Read the web article. Why was
5andra Walters lucky?
B ComprehenSiOn Check Circle the correct answers.

1 where did sandra receive the e-mail?
a at home b at work c at the bank
2 How much money did the man ask her to send to a bank outside the
united states?
a $1,000 b $2.5 million c $25
3 Why did Sandra give her credit card number to the man?
a because she didn't b because it was c to pay the fee
have a bank quick
4 when did she realize it was a scam?
a whenshegothome b after she finished c when she called her
the call credit card company
C Nrllffr-l What did Sandra do first? For each pair of sentences, write 1
and 2. Use the article to help you.

1 _ Sandra was surprised. Sandra read her e-mail,
2 she called the numbeı she went home.
3 she said she didn't have The man asked for her
$1,000. credit card number.
4 She began to think. She put the phone down.
5 she realized her mistake. she called her credit card
company.
148
english.us.org
Past Time Clauses with When, Before, and After
üı
,l
E
ıNTERNET L(lTTERY
s
ı
l
1
t\
\
When Sandra Walters opened her e-mail one day at work last year,
she was surprised. One message said, "Congratulations. You are the
lucky winner of S2.5 million in the National Millionaire's Contest. Call this
I
İ number." When Sandra got home, she called the number and spoke
to a man who seemed very nice_ The man told her to send a 51,0OO fee'
to a bank outside the united states. when sandra said she didn't have
$1,0OO, the man said, "No problem. l can charge your credit card."
She gave him her credit card number, her bank account numbeç and her
address. The man promised to send her a check for $2.5 million the next
day. Then he hung up. After Sandra put the phone down, she began
to think. What was this contest? she didn't remember entering any
contest. How did she win?
Unfortunately, it's a common story There is no National Millionaire's

( racam: a dishonest way o{ making money Contest_ ln a real contest, you never pay a fee before you receive your
'ioe: money you pay for a service prize. Sandra wasn't a winner. She was the victim' of a scam . . . almost.
ı vctim: someone who suffers from
violence, illness, or bad luck
Luckily, Sandra realized her mistake and called her credit card company.
They canceleda the card before the criminalss used it.
'cancel: stop something from working
İ scriminal: a person who has done Dont fall fol this scam. An e-mail message that asks for personal
something illegal information is probably a scam. Just delete it!
'fall loc believe something as true when
it's not
l
\ L_
Luck and Loss 149

l
english.us.org
D Past Time Clauses with When, Before,

and After
Time clauses show the order o{ FlRsT EVENT SECOND EVENI
events in the past. They can begin Aİter Sandra put the phone down, she began to think
with when, be{ore, and after.
1 Time Clauses
Time Clause Main Clause Main Clause Time Clause
When when
Before l get to work, l check my e-mail- l check my e-mail before l get to work.
After after
2.2 Main Clauses and Time Clauses
E A .lara. has a subject and a verb SU8JECI VERa

5he was surprised
SUBJECT VERB
When Sandra opened her e-mail,
E A .ain clause is a complete SUBJECT VERB

sentence. lt has a subject and sandra called the number.
a verb. SUBJFCT VERB
5he began to think.
E A time clause can begin with when, SUBJECT VERB SU8JECT VER8
before, or after.lt has a subject and When she got home, she called the number
a verb. However, it is not a complete 5U8"IECT VER8 SUBJECr VERB
sentence. A time clause always goes After Sandra put the phone down, she began to think
with a main clause.
E Yo, ."n add a tjme clause to a MA]N CLAU5E T\ME clAUSE

main clause to say when something Sandra called the number when she got home
happened. TIME CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE
After Sandra put the phone down, she began to think.
'l5O Unit 15 Past Time Clauses with When, Be{ore, and ,After
english.us.org
Past Time Clauses with When, Before, and After
2.2 Main Clauses and Time Clauses (continued)
E A ti.. clause can go before or TIME cLAUsE MAIN cLAUsE

after the main clause. When Sandra opened her e-mail, she was surprised
when the time clause comes first, TIME CIAUSE MAIN cLAUsE
use a comma after it. After Sandra put the phone down, she began to think.
when the time cIause comes MAIN CLAUSE TIME cLAUsE

second, do not use a comma Sandra was surprised when she opened her e-mail
MAiN cLAUsE TIME cLAUsE
Sandra began to think after she put the phone down
Time clauses are more common MAIN clAUsE TIME cLAUsE

after the main clause. They canceled the card before the criminals used it.
2.3 Orderin Events

|6 Wn"n means "at almost the same FjRsT EVENT SECOND EVENT
time." use when to introduce the When Sandra opened her e-mail, she was surprised
first event. SECOND EVENI F/RST EVENT
Sandra called the number when she got home.
E Use afte. to introduce the first event. FIRSTEVENT SECOND EYENT

After Sandra put the phone down, she began to think.
SECOND EYENT FIRST EVENT
she felt much better after she called the bank.
E Use before to introduce the second F/RsT EVENI SECOND EVENT

eVent She cance/ed the card before they used it
SECOND EVENI FlRsT EVENT
Before they sent her prize, they asked her to pay a fee
E Before and after are also After work, she went home.
prepositions. You can use them She was so excited before the phone call
before nouns that do not have verbs
after them.
I Exercise 2.1 When, Before, or Afı
A choose the correct words to complete the sentences about the article.
1 Sandra opened her e-mail6h]D before she got to work.
2 When/Before she read the e-mail, Sandra was su rprised
lj she called the number after/before she got home
Luck and Loss 15'l
english.us.org
4 The man and Sandra talked before/after he had her personal bank information
5 When/Before Sandra said she didn't have $'],O00, the man asked for her credit card number
6 She gave hjm her address after/before she read out her credit card number
7 After/Before she put the phone down, Sandra realized her mistake
8 She called her credit card company before/after she spoke to the man
B Pa İr WOrk Co.pure your answers with a partner. Which sentences can use both words?
A Listen to the story about another scam. Number the pictures in the order
the events happened.
?LE
^sE
flE BNKİ
E_tllüL
b C
He bought a
newspaper
\:-
d
"1 f
B Write the sentences under the correct pictures in A
üSetıght€-n€wseaeef He left for work.

He read an e-mail from the bank He wrote a note to his wife.
He met a co-worker on the train. He called his wife.
152 Unit ]5 Past Time Clauses with When, Bef ore, and After
english.us.org
Past Time Clauses with When, Be{ore, and After
C Complete the story with when, before, and after. Then listen again to check
your answers.
About a year ago, my friend Leo was
almost a scam victim. One morning, he saw an
e-mail from 6ıs bank befute he went to work.
E
:]
he opened the e-mail,

2
it said, "you have a new account number.
Write your old account number here so we

can check your identity." He didn't have time
to reply he left home.
he left for work, he wrote

1-1]
a note to his wife, "Please reply to the bank's
e-mail." Then he left for work.

he got to the subway station, he bought a newspaper.
5
he got on the train, he met a co-worker and they talked.
(ö)
he read the newspaper at lunchtime, he read an article about a bank

lnternet scam. He realized the e-mail from the bank was that scam. he
read the article, he called his wife. Luckily, his wife read "]
the e-mail, she
ü])
realized it was a scam and deleted the e-mail.
Exercise 2.3 Wriı 3sl

A Over tO YOU What did you do yesterday? Complete each sentence by adding a main
clause with a subject and a verb. For sentences with the time clause first, use a comma
1 _ before l left home yesterday morning.

2 After l ate lunch
3 Before l went home last nioht
4_ when l got home last night.
5_ after l ate dinner.
6 Before l went to bed
Luck and Loss 153

english.us.org
B OVer tO YOu What did you do today? Complete each sentence by adding a time clause
with when, before, or after. For sentences with the time clause first, use a comma.
1 l got dressed
2 l brushed my teeth.
3 l left the house/apartment
4 l got to school
5 l went to the classroom
6 _ my English class started
C Paİr WOrk Sh"r" your sentences with a partner. Did you do any of the same things?
ınd Tiı
Paİr WOrk Tell a story about a scam from this unit or use your own ideas. First make notes to
he|p you. Then share your story with a partner. Ask questions about your partner's scam story.
A This happened to a friend last year. When she checked her e -mail, she saw a
message from a stranger.
B What did it say?

't Check the spelling of when, before, and after.
W she ,ead th. e-mail, she qot excited. They canceled the cardbİ§[|the criminals used ıt
after
she thought about it aihef she put the phone down.
2 When the time c|ause comes first, use a comma. Don't use a comma when the main clause
comes first.
When she got home,she called the company. She called the company,, when she got home-
t Don't forget the subject in the main clause and the time clause.
she
Before Ana called the company,,.checked the address.
Before,.called the company, she checked the address-
154 Unit 'l5 Past Time Clauses with When, Before, and After
english.us.org
Past Time Clauses with When, Before, and .After
Editing Task
Find and correct 13 more mistakes in this story about a scam.
l
When^9ot home one night two months ago l had a voice mail message.
When l listened to the message, got excited. The message said, " Congratu lations.
you are a winner in our contest." Befor l made dinner, called the number.
A woman said, "We called you two weeks ago, but you didn't answer. Please hold."
s After waited for an hour, l put the phone down.
Whin my wife got home l asked her, "Did you get a message about a prize
drawing?" She said, "Yes, but afther heard it, l deleted it. lt's a scam." When she
said that l didn't say anything.
l realized my mistake, when we got the phone bill four days later. When read
ıO the bill l didn't believe it. That one-hour call cost 55,000!
Luck and Loss 155

english.us.org
l-_
count and Noncount

Nouns
ı
Eating Habits
fl Grammar
A
in the Rea World
Do you think your diet is healthy? Read the article from a health
magazine. What kinds of food are part of a healthy diet?
B Comprehension Check Answer the questions. Use the

'l How do colorfulfruit and vegetables help your health?
2 Why is a little dark chocolate good for you?
3 What type of oil is good for you?
4 How much water is good to drink each day?
C Nt frllt Find the sentences in the article, and complete them with
a or an or o for no article.
'1 When you turn on television or read
newspaper, you often find information about healthy
eating.
2 food and health get a lot of attention

in the news these days.
3 Maybe you think fat is bad for you, but people need a
little fat in their diet.
4ltis challenge to change your diet, but even small

changes can help you stay healthy and happy.
Look at the noun after each space. Which of the nouns are things you
can count? Which are things you cannot count?
156
w
english.us.org
Co,,,,,
",
l
* ı"a
ıF, (
Ar §
/
* .t-ı _
'i}|
J
When you turn on a television or read a newspaper, you often find information F'' ^
about healthy eating. Food and health get a lot of attention in the news these days.
Researchers seem to find new things about how our diet affects us every day.
Everyone knows it is amportant to eat frult and vegetables. Did you know that
eating fruit and vegetables with different colors is especially good for your health?
Green, red, blue, and orange fruit and vegetables all have different vitamin§1 to help
hydrate you, and they help prevent different diseases.
t
Did you know that dark chocolate is good for you, too? Research shows that a little
chocolate helps your heart and your mood.2
10 How about fat?3 Maybe you think fat is bad for you, but people need a little fat in
their djet. One type of healthy fat is omega_3 oil.a lt comes from fish and helps your
heart, skin, and brain stay healthy. For vegetarians or non-fish eaters, many seedss
and nuts also contain omega-3 oil. Omega-3 oil comes in pills, too.
Finally, water is an important part of a healthy diet. Try to drink at least six glasses
ıils,'il
]5 of water a day, and you don't neğd to buy it. ln most Places, taP water from the
$
kitchen faucet is just fine and tastes great!
lt is a challenge to change your diet, but even small changes can help you stay
healthy and happy.
'vitamin: a natural substance in food that i5 important for good health

'moodi the way someone feels at a Panicular time
3fat a sUbstance in plants and animals, often used for cooking
'omega-3 oil: a kind of healthy fat

lseed: a small hard
Paft of a Pıant from whıch new plants can grow
Eating Habits 157

english.us.org
El Cornt and Noncount Nouns

Nouns are words for people, places, Count nouns name things you can count.
and things. peas, vegetables, eggs, cookies
There are two types of nouns: count Noncount nouns name things you cannot count.
nouns and noncount nouns. spinach, water, cheese, sugar
2.1 Count Nouns

A/An Singular Count Noun Singular Verb
A vegetarian has a rneatless diet
An apple iS a healthy snack
plural count Noun plural verb
Vegetables have different vitamins.

Nuts contain healthy substances
2.2 Noncount Nouns
Noncount Noun Singular Verb

Health gets a lot of attention in the news.
water is an important part of a healthy diet.
»Noncount Nouns and Contalners see page A17.
2.3 Usinq Count Nouns
E Count nouns are things that you one egg sü eggs

can count. you can use numbers one banana, two bananas
with count nouns.
E You .un use a/an with singular Did you have a banana or a cookie?
count nouns.
Remember: use an with words that l eat an apple and an orange every day
start wlth a vowel sound.
158 Unit 16 Count and Noncount Nouns

english.us.org
count and Noncount Nouns
2.3 Usin Count Nouns (continued)
E Count nouns can be plural. They Vegetables are good {or you
can end in,s. Vitamins keep you healthy.
Remember: Some plural nouns are People need good food.

irregular. Some children don't like vegetables.
A banana is good on cereal.

ğ A singrlar cornt noun takes a
singu lar verb My diet isn't very healthy.
E e plrral count noun takes a Nuts contain oi/.

plural verb. Vegetarians don't eat meat,
2.4 Usinq Noncount Nouns
E Noncount nouns are things you milk, rice, sugar, cheese, spinach, tea, cof{ee
cannot count. Don't use numbers NoT €i?ff #@
with coü]nt nouns.
you can use numbers with drinks in Can we have three coffees, please?
a restaurant When you mean a cup
of the drink.
El Don't use a/an with noncount Eat spinach. Drink water. Cook shrimp
nou ns ıor a-ığnaeÇaı,ııateii-a=*rintp
E Noncount nouns don't have a Spinach is good for you.

plural form. Don't add -s. ıor Sptnaehe*are good for you
Fish is good for you.

ğ A noncount noun takes a singular
verb, Fish oil improves your memory.
and Noncount Nouns
m Data from the Real World

Research shows that noncount nouns are often the names of food and drink
The charts below show some of the most common food words in English.
Eating Habits 159

english.us.org
A Whi.h words are count nouns? Which are noncount nouns? Check (/) the correct column.
coUNT NoNcoUNT COUNT NONCOUNT

a les milk
beans potatoe5
beef rlCe
[ı rea d sandwiches
b utte r salt
cheese seafood
cookies shrimp
fish su gar
ga rlic tomatoes
lce cream vegetables
meat Water
B over to You Complete the lists with words from the chart. Write count after count nouns
and noncount after noncount nouns.
l never eat / drink. .. l often eat / drink - . .
aPPles - count

english.us.org
cou nt and Noncount Nouns
A Complete the survey questions. Write a or an before the count nouns

write o before noncount nouns.
1 Do you usually have 4 sandwich for lunch?
2 Do you often have snack at bedtime?
3 Do you put salt on your food?
4 Do you eat garlic before a class?
5 How do you drink your tea or coffee? With milk and sugar?
6 Do you usually have cookie with your tea or coffee?
7 Do you like butter on your potatoes?
8 How often do you eat pasta?
9 Which do you prefer: apple or banana?
10 Do you prefer _ cereal or bread for breakfast?
B Pa İr WOrk lrt a partner the survey questions in A.

A, Do you usually have a sandwich for lunch?
B No, lusually have an omelet or a Caesar salad.
Eating Habits '161

english.us.org
l Exer<ise 2.3 Count and Noncount Nouns
Read about the eating habits of these people. Change the singular count nouns in bold to
plural nouns. write o next to the noncount nouns.
l |'m a vegetarian.
il'ü 1 l don't eat meal @
d
d
]
2 l eat eggs , but not every day.
.Jİ 3 l also eat nut , and l love fresh vegetable
4 l also like apple_ and cheese_ a lot.

l don't like dairy food.
F
Sean
5 l dont __
ıi.
eat cheese or butter
ü
6 l don't drink milk
-
b 7 l love seafood but l'm allergic to shrimp
,
8 My favorite food is bean
ıı!ı 9 I eat a lot of pasta_ .
*et l
lsabel
ıÇ
l
D - l love fast food.
il
.
I
/
! l 10 l love potato chip and cookie_
I 11 l don't eat vegetable_ very often
12 l love desserts with ice cream
13 l'm allergic to chocolate l
Lin

english.us.org
I Exercise 2.4 Singul
A Complete the sentences from a magazine article about food. Use the correct form of the
verbs in parentheses.
6 tr)
rooD rtrcTs
Food satisfies hunger, but it does other things, too. Food can have good and bad effects on your
body and sometimes your mind. Did you know these facts about these comrnon foods?
Caııots d|9 (be) good for your eyes.
Pasta (make) some people sleepy.
Bananas (give) you energy
Garlic (be) good for your heart.
lce (give) some people a headache.
lce cream (make) some people thirsty
Spinach (contain) ütamin C
Fish Qe) good for your brain
Some people say green tea (keep) you üin
Some people say cheese (give) them nightmares.
Some people say milk (help) them sleep
Eating Habits 163

english.us.org
B OVer tO YOu Write four sentences about how different kinds of foods affect you.
lce cream makes me thirsty.
Soda gives me a headache.
Eı Units of Measu re; H ow Many ? and

How Much...?
Units of measure help us to tell how lbought a cup of cof{ee in the cafeteria
much or how many of a noun. We had a bowl of soup with lunch.
Questions with How much, . . ? and How many vegetables did you use?
How many ., . ? ask about quantities How much rice do you eat each week?
3.1 Units of Measure
Noncount or plural
unit of Measure count Noun
a cup of coffee
a bag of rice
a piece of cheese
a bottle of Water
a bowl of soup
two bags of potato chips
a carton of e99s
a bunch of bananas
a pound of apples
three boxes of cookies
a loaf of bread
» Noncount Nouns and containe.s: see page A17

english.us.org
count and N oncou nt Nouns
3.2 Usinq Units of Measure with Count and Noncount Nouns

My mother gave me a bottle of water.
E You aun use units of measure to
count some noncount nouns She drinks a cup of coffee every day.
Did you eat a piece of cheese?
You can make these expressions she took two bottles of water.
plural. l drank three cups of coffee today.
We served some pieces of cheese.
bought a bag of apples.

E Yo, .un use units of measure with l
count nouns David ate a box of cookies!
you can make these We collected some bags of apples.

expressions plural, Lısa so/d six boxes of cookıes.
3.3 How Manv... ? and How Much , . . ?
count Noncount
How Many Noun How Much Noun
apples did you eat? coffee do you drink every day?
How many people want food? How much sugar do you put in your coffee?
bags do you have? money do we need?
3.4 Usinq How Manv. . . ? and How Much . . . ?
E Use Ho, -"ny ? to ask about How many eggs do you eat every week?
count nouns How many apples do you bring to school every day?
El Use Ho* mrch . . . ?to ask about How much milk do you drink a day?
noncount nouns. How much meat do you eat in a week?
Eating Habits 165

english.us.org
.EI Grammar Application
Complete the menu with the units of measure from the box. You can use some units of
measure more than once. sometimes there is more than one correct answer.
a bag of a bowl of a glassof a plate of

a bottle of a cup of a piece of
welcome to the class picnlc!

Menu
Drinks
a cup of coffee or tea
water or juice
ıomonade oı ıced tea
Main Course
chicken salad or turkey sandwich
side orders
salad or fİe§h vegetabıes
cheese and crackgrs
an orange or waterme]on
potato Ghip§
Dessert
lce cream
cookies

english.us.org
A Complete each question about the class picnic with How much or How many.
Then listen to the conversation about the picnic and answer the questions.
l How many students are there in the class? 18
2 money do they have?
3 _ people want water?
4 juice do they need?
5_ people want sandwiches?
6 ____ bags of potato chips do they need?

7 salad do they need?
8 cheese do people want?

9 people want an orange?
10 watermelon do they need?
B Pa İr WOrk Pl"n a class picnic. Usethe menu in Exercise 3.1 and the questions in A
to help you.
A How many students are there in our group?
B There are eight. How many people want water?
Research shows that these are some of the most common noncount nouns
equipment homework ]ove music traffic
fun information mail peace weather
furniture insurance money software work
Noncount nouns are the names of:

materials: oil, plastic, wood Oil costs a lot these days.
groups of things: money, cash, furniture, jewelry The jewelry in this store is expensive.
subjects: chemistry, geography, psychology Chemistry doesn't interest me at all.
weather: snow, ice, fog There's always snow in the winter here
Some noncount nouns end in -s, but they take a singular verb
subjects: econom ics, physi cs, po liti cs Economics was my best sub.lect in high school
activities: ae r obi cs, gym n a sti cS Gymnastics is my favorite sport.
other: news The news is really good.
Students often make mistakes with noncount nouns, especially these:

information equipment advice research knowledge furniture
behavior work homework software damage training
Eating Habits 167

english.us.org
A Complete the chart. Use the words in the box.
a check furniture a keyboard musIc a+üng

a couch homework knowledge pop traffic
equipment information money ra jn weather
an exercise jewe+iy motorcycles
Category: jewelry Category Category

]
earrlngs a table a computer

"l
a necklace a chair a printer
d rina
Category Category Category
names cars an essay
dates trucks a reading
]0
Category: Category: Category:

3
classical b ills snow
hip-hop coins ice 'F-,

jazz
] b
B GrOUP WOrk Complete the chart with the words in the box. Then add as many words in
each category as you can.
168 Unit 'l6 Count and Noncount Nouns

english.us.org
count and Noncount Nouns
1 Do not use a / an with noncount nouns.

l'm doing a research on eating habits.
2 Do not make noncount nouns plura| or use them with a plural verb.
My teacher gave me some usefu/ad#ees,
3 Do not use these or those with noncount nouns.

this information is
/ hope thesetn{arnnattaeı*re usefu/.
4 Use how much with noncount nouns, and use how manywith count nouns.
rr,tıch manv
How many money do you have? How ııtş* c/asses did you take?
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes on this school's website.
6 Foi=E
LaMoor College Student Advice Center
Hotel ond Restouront Progrom Frequently Asked Questions
Where con l get aa informotion oboul lhe sludy progran?
look on ihe deporimeni websiie for these informoiions. You con olso find
on imporiront news on ihe websile ond lots of helpful informotion.
How nuch c/osses con l toke eoch semesfer?

sfudenis con i,oke four lo six closses eoch semester.
ls lhere modern equipmenls ot lhe college?
Yes, our kikhens hove brond-new equipmenl ond furniiures.
How mony homework do professors ossign?

Every closs is different, but professors will olwoys help you if you hove o problem
with your homeworks.
Does t'he school give on Qdvice obout enploymenl and works?
Yes! Our coreer counselor hos knowledges oboul lotol employers.
Eating Habits 169

english.us.org
UNıT
Ouantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of ,
1l A Little, A Few, Much, Many

Languages

A Do yo, know any words that originally come from another language?
Read the article. What languages do some English words come from?

help you.
'l From which language did palamas come?
2 Which English words are commonly used in China?
3 ls footbal/ an original English word?

4 Which language did ferry come from?
c N[alfrl' Find the sentences in the article and complete them with
some or any,
1 have
Let's go nachos.
2 Let! get _ _,_ sushi.
3 The server asks, "Do you want drinks?"
Compare the sentences with some and any. How are they different?
17o
english.us.org
Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A Few, Much, Man
Sushi "
A woman says to a friend,
Let's go have some nachos."
Her friend says, "l don't want
English words are loanwords
in other languages, too. For
example, the English words
in the
nachos. Let's get some sushi." :o mode/, baby, and computer are
s After they order their food, the now common in chinese. ln fact,
server asks, "Do you want any a lot of English words are now
drinks?" "Coffee, please, " says international, People from many
the woman. "Cola for me," says different countries understand
:s
Caf6
her friend. What language did them. Some examples include
ı0 the women speak at the caf6? football, {erry, f/ash, and
English, of course. However, lnternet,
many of the words they used
Languages import] words
are not originally English
and export2 words because
words. Nachos, sushi, cof{ee,
ao people are always in contact.
15 and co/a allcome from other
The next time you learn a new
languages. They are called
word in English, use a dictionary
1import bring something into a country
loanwords, words that started as
to check where it comes from
foreign words and then became
from another country You will be surprised that a lot
common.
2exPort: send items to another country as of "English" words are really
for sale or use 20 Loanwords are not just from many other languages.
names of food. we wear cotton
pajamas, wash our hair with
shampoo, and read magazines,
Pajamas and shampoo come
zs from Hindi, and cotton and
magazines come from Arabic.
la,
1 t
l.-
,
-,
TiT,
,t
t
\
Languages 1
english.us.org
E| Ouantifiers: Some and Ary

We use some and any to ta k about an Lett go have some sushi.
u nknown quantity of something. Do you want any drinks?
2.'l Affirmative Statements with Some
Some Noncount Noun Some Plural Noun
l need information. Let's have nachos.
Ricardo had some sushi. l know 5ome ltalian words.

we ordered food. Let's read examples.
2.2 Neqative Statements with Any
Do/Does/Did+Not Base Form of Verb Any Noncount Noun

don't want sushi.
The book doesn't have any information.
didn't bring food.
Do/Does/Did+Not Base Form of Verb Any Noncount Noun

don't remember ltalian words.
Yuri doesn't want any nachos.
didn't see examples.
2.3 Yes/No Questions with Some and An
Some / Any Noncount Noun

Can l have some sushi?
Do you have any information about the English program?
Did you do any research on Loanwords?
172 |nit 17 Quantifiers: Some, Any, ALotOf, A Little, AFew, Much, Many
english.us.org
Ouantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A, Few, Much, Many
2.3 Yes/No Ouestions with Some and An (continued)
Some / Any Plural Noun

Can you teach me some words in lta lian?
Do you have any books on loanwords?
Are there any examples in the book?
2.4 Usinq Sorne and ,Any in Statements
El use some with noncount nouns l found some information about loanwords in this book
and plural nouns in affirmative
statements.
ln affirmative statements some There are some words in English that come from Arabic,
refers to small quantities or but l don't know how many.
unknown quantities.
E Use some for small amounts and There are Latin and Greek words in English.
numbers, not large amounts and ııor@,
numbers. (There are thousands !)
E Use any with noncount nouns and There isn't any food in the refrigerator
plural nouns in negative statements
ln negative statements, any refers l don't remember any words in ltalian

to a Zero quantity.
2.5 Usin Yes/No O,uestions with Some and An
E use some with noncount nouns Can l get some information from you about
and plural nouns to ask for Portuguese, please?
something or to offer something
flhe person asking knows the other person has
that is there. information about Portuguese.)
Do you want to use some words from Russian for your
paper about English loanwords?
flhe person asking has words to give to the writer.)
E Use any with noncount nouns and Did you make any progress with your paper?
plural nouns to ask for unknown
flhe questioner doesn't expect progress,)
quantities.
Are there any English words that come from Swahili?
fhere may be no English words that come from Swahili
The questioner doesn't know.)
Languages 173
english.us.org
A Julia and her classmates have some questions about loanwords. Complete their conversation
with some or any.
lEE We use soZle Japanese words in English, for example,

karaoke and sushi.
§@ Yeah, that's true. Do we use , lndonesian words in

English? Do you know Taufik?
İffi! Yes, there are ü!,

food words, for example, satay.
!!!! Pilar told me Spanish words, for example, papaya

and Florida. F/orida means "a place with flowers. "
lEE What about Arabic?
İEİ There aren't _ i5]

Arabic students in the class, so
let! check online.
@ Miriam, you lived in Ghana. Tell us

^
words from
African languages that we use in English.
@ Hmm. Yeah, sure. Well, cola, jazz, and safari are from African
languages. There are probably ._, more words, but

l don't know _ others.
ii])
lEE Thanks, everyone. Nowwe know _ words in English

that come from other languages. Lett organize them.
B Over tO YOu Do you know any other English words that come from other languages?
Tell the class.
A / know some ltalian words in English.

B Really? l don't know any ltalian words. What words do you know?
A l know pesto and pizza. l don't know any others.
174 Unit 17 Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of, A Little, A Few, Much, Many
english.us.org
Ouantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot O{, A Little, A Few, Much, Many
,/
A Complete the conversations. Write the questions. Use some or any and the words
in parentheses.
conversation 1
ffiE So, Rafa, l know you're from Spain.

You're from Barcelona, right?
Pry"furlrr frpn MsdraL
(have/f riends/from Madrid)?
l!!lt Yes, l do. l have some friends who still live there
And you were born in Canada, right?
(have/friends/from there)?
ffiE Yes, l have some friends from Toronto and Montreal
conversation 2
|ğa How's your English class, Tomoko?
(have/classmates/from Latin America)?
Tomoko Yes, l do. l have some classmates from Peru, Mexico, and Argentina
l@ t4]
(are there/students/from South Asia)?
İ@6 |'m not sure, but l hope so! l want to meet people from all over the world
conversation 3
İlğ Hey, guys! l made chocolate chip cookiesthis morning.
(want /cookies)?
@ Oh, yesI Thanks!
(have/milk)?
Tara Yes, l do. ltt in the refrigerator. Help yourself.
Languages 175
english.us.org
conversation 4
ffilli Rafa, l like your CD collection
(can /l/listen to/music)?
@ Sure! Go ahead. l have a lot of salsa. lt's fun to dance to!
ffil; Oh, l don't know how to dance salsa.
i.il
(are there/salsa clubs /around here)?
ıEa Yes, there are some clubs downtown. They give dance lessons. Samantha,
l)]
(want/to take/lessons)?
ffilt Sure!
trE Great! Lett go sometime!
B Pa İr WO rk Practice the conversations with a partner
A Write affirmative and negative statements using the verbs in parentheses. Make them true for
you. Use some for affirmative statements and any for negative statements.
1l have me do vea books in English at home, (have)

2l recording equipment. (own)
3l friends at work. (have)
4l ____ words in ltalian. (know)
5l people from El Salvador. (know)
6l TV shows in English. (watch)
7l podcasts from news websites. (download)

8l knowledge of French. (have)
9l e-mails in Portuguese. (write)
10 l online music stores. (use)
B Pa İr WOrk lrl. and answer questions with a partner based on your sentences in A.
Use any in your questions.
A Do you have any books in English at home?
B Yes, / have some books in Enqlish at home.
176 Unit 17 Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A Few, Much, Many
english.us.org
Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A Few, Much, Many
EI Orantifiers: A Lot Of , A Little, A Few,

Much, Many
Ouantifiers can refer to large or l know a lot of English words.
small amounts. l need a little extra information for my paper on
loanwords.

ALotOf/ ALotOf/
A Little Noncount Noun A Few / Many Plural Noun
a lot of
a lot of friends in
lfound
a little
information. she has a few
lndonesia.
many
3.2 Yes/ No Ouestions
A Lot of / A Little / Much Noncount Noun

Did you learn a lot of EngIish?
Did you need a little help?

Do you have much homework?
A Lot Of / A Few / Many Plural Noun

Did you meet a lot of people?
Do you have a few minutes?
Can you speak many 1a ng ua ges?
ls There A Lot Of / A Little / Much Noncount Noun

a lot of
ls there a little information in the article?
much
Are There A Lot Of / A Few / Many Plural Noun

a lot of
Are there a few people in your class?
many
Languages 177
english.us.org
3.3 Usin ouantifiers
El ln affirmative statements; l met a lot of Russian speakers in North Carolina

Use a /ot offor large quantities There is a lot of help available for students.
of plural nouns and noncount
nouns.
Use a /ıtt/e for small quantities of l understand a litt/e swedish

noncount nouns
Use a few for small quantities of Dane has a few friends in Asia
plural nouns.
Use many for large quantities of There are many people that speak Swahili in the
plural nouns. neighborhood.
P ln negative statements: There isn't a lot of informalion about some words.

use not a /ot of for small amounts There aren'l a lot of students kom Denmark at the school
of plural and noncount nouns.
use not much for small amounts o{ Two months isn't much tıme to learn a new language.
noncount nouns.
Use not many for small amounts of There aren't many people from Austria in my class
plural nouns.
!| ln questions: Do you have a lot of relatives in lreland?

Use a lot of with plural and /s there a lot of bad weather in Maine?
noncount nouns.
Use much in questions with Do you have much homework in Spanish c/ass?
noncount nouns.
Use many with plural nouns. Are there many Chinese restaurants ,n 8oston?
El Don't use much in af{irmative The website had a lot of information about Latin.
statements. ıorffi
E Use short answers with a lot, a few, "How many students did a presentation on loanwords?"
and not many to refer to plural "A lot. / A few. / Not many."
nouns.
use short answers with a /ot, "How much work did you do on your paper?"
a /itt/e, and not much to refer "A lot. / A li*le. / Not much."
to noncount nouns.
178 Unit 17 Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A Few, Much, Many
english.us.org
Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Liltle, A Few, Much, Many
.[. I Grammar Application
write c for the count nouns and Nc for the noncount nouns.
dictionary C homework student song furn iture
time music knowledge word Korean (language)
17
a ,j ..|)\ ]
v,-
q
tr ,ü
E
nı11
Listen and complete the paragraph about an English

class with a lot of, a little, a few, or many.
Karina's English class at Dixon College is very
international. Her class has a few Russians:
karina and two others. There are
students {rom Brazil, perhaps 80 percent. There are
students from Japan, but not many
The rest are from other Asian countries like Malaysia,
Thai]and, and Vietnam. ,aza:\
They come from all over the world and bring interesting stories wjth them.
Rosa is from S5o Paulo, Brazil, and listens to Brazilian music.
!
She loves it. She also has ,ır _ songs from Puerto Rico on her
computer, but not many. Seri, from Penang, has beautiful
,
furniture from Malaysia in her house. Keiko, from Japan, taught Karina and Rosa
Japanese, but the words are difficult to remember. Noom, from
Bangkok, loves his country's food. Sometimes he makes Thai
food for his classmates, but not much because it's very hot for th",İ. t_'nl,, who moved
from Vietnam, eats _ ]'
spicy food. She loves it! Sometimes, Karina
brings in borscht, a Russian soup. Only Keiko and Noom like it, so
]|]]
she doesn't make a lot of it- The best part of Karina's diverse class is that she can hear
_ languages besides EngIish every day!
Languages 179
english.us.org
3.3 A Lot Of, A Little, A Few, Much, oı Man\
A circle the correct words
Dustin Hi, Dr. Lanza. Thank you for doing this

l
interview for Student yoices. First, are
there mUCh /6-5nD countries in Asia where

X;j A
l,
English is the official language?
Dr. Lanza Well, there aren't many/much, but there 31g a little/a few _ for example,
Pakistan, Singapore, and the Philippines.
E@ How many/ much words are there in EngIish?

Dr. Lanza lt's hard to say. Anywhere from 250,000 to 750,000, perhapsI Dictjonaries
have much/a lot of words, but th ey don't contain all of them. A bi9 English
dictionary has hundreds of thousands of words.
E@ Really? That's many/a lotl How many words do native English speakers
know? Do they know a lot oflmany vocabula ry?

Dr. Lanza Yes, every native speaker knows much/a lot of words. Adults probably know
20,000 to 30,000 words.
Dustin Very interesting! Thanks for this interview, Dr. Lanza!
B Pa İr WOrk r"ll a partner what you know about other cultures and languages. Use the
conversation in A as a model. Remember to use a lot of, a few, a little, and many.
Answer the questions that students in an English class are asking each other before class
Use a loü a few, a little, not many, and not much.
'l How much time did you work on your paper?
. l worked all day on it.
2 l wasnt in class yesterday. How much homework did we have for today?
. The teacher only assigned two online exercises.
3 How many classes do you have today?
.l only have two today. Tomorrow l have four!
4 How much time did you spend on homework last night?
. l was very busy, so l didn't have a lot of time.
5 How many minutes do we have before class starts?
. lt's going to start;n tvvo minutes!
180 Unit 17 Ouantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot of , A Litİle, A Few, Much, Many
english.us.org
Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of, A Little, A Few, Much, Man

a lot of
People often use a /ot of in Say "There are a lot of different
speaking. ln writing, they often languages and cultures in
use much and many. South America."
Write: There are many dif{erent
languages and cultures in
South America.
Say: "Schoo/s in poorer countries
often don't have a lot of
modern equipment."
Write: Schoo/s in poorer countries
o{ten do not have much
modern equipment, writing speaking
Use a /ot of in speaking and The websıte has a lot of information

writing in affirmative statements about English as a global language.
with noncount nouns.
A Ch"ng. a lot of to much or many in the essay.
Communication Shortage
maol
ln the twentieth centuIy, aJot-o{ young peopie had pen pals1 from other countdes,
They wrote letters to them aİd leaİned about other coı]ntlies, cı]ltules, and languages,
Tlaveling was expensive, so they did not have a ıot of opportunities to meet theİ pen pals.
Thele was not a lot oİ diİect contact between peopie from dif{elent countries, so lettels were
5 a good way to communicate.
Now thele ale not a ıot of tladitional pen pals. Instead, thele are a ıot of social media sites
on the Internet, People post photos, üdeos, aıd comments, People ale busy and they don't
have a ıot of time, so now they use apps to Send shoIt messages around the world. Today apps
such aŞ Tlvitter@ ale populaİ. People typically send a ıot of "tlveets" every day. HoweVeI, can
1O people exchange a ıot of infolmation in these VeIy sholt messages? Can people leaİn a ıot of
intelesting things about the othel pelson's cultule? These ale good guestions for discussion,
lır6n ırali someone you exchange letteG wjth as a hobby, especlally someone ftom another country
Languages 181
english.us.org
B Pa İr WOrk Discuss the essay in A with a partner. Ask each other these questions.
1 What social media do you use to communicate with your friends? Why?
2 Do you think social media sites and apps are a good way to learn
about other people and cultures?
3 What kinds of information do people exchange online?
B Avoid Common Mistakes A \
'l Use many with plural nouns.
Do you write #H essays?
2 use much with noncount nouns in negative statements and questions. ln affirmative
statements wİth noncount nouns, use a lot of, not much.
much
The students don't have maay work in the lab today.
a lot of
rhere is mt*eh ınformation on loanwoıds online.
3 For quantities, use some with noncount nouns. Do not use a ,/ an with noncount nouns.
l need aa information about korea.
182 Unit '17 Quantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot of , A Little, A Few, Much, Many
english.us.org
Ouantifiers: Some, Any, A Lot Of , A Little, A Few, Much, Many
Editing Task
Find and correct 1 1 more mistakes in this interview with Dr. Matthew Sutton, Director of the
Language Center at Marsland College.
].!İİE'6 Hello, Dı Sutton. My name is Roberto Ferrer and l'm a student here at the
college. l'd like to ask you53Ç€questions about the Language Center for our
college paper. How does the Language Center help language students?
İr*İ6 Thanks {or asking, Roberto. The center is very important. We give students
5 much information about foreign languages and cultures, and we have much
learning material for 30 different languages.
|@@ Wow, that sounds like much information on different languages that students
can find here.
@ lt is, Roberto. Much students find the center really helpful. You see, much
10 students work and do not have many time to study. They can come to the
center before or after class. They can spend a few minutes or one or two
hours here. They can use our computers and equipment for projeds, orjust
meet friends.
@ That sounds great. Do much students use the center?
,, ıil@ Right now, about 100 students use the center every day.
ıİFF.,6 Does the center have modern equipment?
@ Yes, it does. Every year, we buy a new equipment, for example, computers
and 3D printers. We also spend much money to make the center a

comfortable place. For example, we recently bought a new furniture.
2a Please come and visit! We are open every day.
ıir.+İ6 All right. Thanks for your time, Dr. Suttonl
Languages 183
english.us.org
Articles: A / An
ı
and The
1 ı
Changes and Risks
tr Crammar in the Rea World

A Do yo, like to take risks?l Read the magazine article about how people
respond to risk. When you make a decision, what steps do you take?
B Comprehensİon Check Circle the correct answers from the

magazine article.
'l Making decisions during difficult times is
a different for b always hard. c easy for everyone.
eVeryone.
2 |f you are an ostrich, you
a like to take risks. b do not like to c look at your choices before
take risks. you make a decision.
3 lf you are a rock climber, you
4 lf you are an analysÇ you

c Ntalftt which article (a or an) comes before these words the first
time they appear?
a an
1ostrich
2 car
3 new job
4 important decision
5 business
Compare the words that come after a with the words that come after an.
Look at the beginning sounds of the words. How are they different?
'take a risk: do son,ething where there i5 a Possibi ity of being hlrrt or of a loss or defeat
184
english.us.org
Artic|es: A / An and The
J
I
ıG
İ l )
H !"-
i,
r
I
ln uncertain or difficult tames, it's sometimes hard for people to

make decisions. For example, when the economy is bad. people
worry about money and their jobs. Some take risks to try to make things
better. Others don't take any risks and hope to stay safe. Guy Burgess,
s of the University of Colorado, says people deal with difficult times
differently.
Some people become ostriches.1 An ostrich does not like risks.

For example, Connor is nervous about the economy. He doesn't buy
anything expensjve, like a caı sjnce the car he has still works. He doesn't
look for a new job even though he hates the job he has. He knows the
]O job he has now is stable.2
Others become rock climbers, They love taking risks. For example,
'ostrich: here, a person who ignores Kala found a new job and makes a lot more money. But the job does
reality or does not accept the truth
not have good health insurance, and it's short-term_3 She isn't worried
'dable: safe, not likely to change because she enjoys taking risks.
rshort_term: not for a long time
aanalysti someone who studies or 15 Finally, some become analysts.a For example, Lorena looks carefully
examine5 something in detail, such
at her choices before she makes an important decision. She decides to
as finances, computer systems, or
the economy sell her house and put the money into a business. She knows she can
make a lot of money with the business,
Some rjsks are worth taking and others are dangerous. lt's important
zo to know which type of risk taker you are before you make big decisions.
Changes and Risks 185

english.us.org
z, Art C es: A / An and The

Articles are used with nouns. A ./ An Claire is an analyst. She thinks carefully before she
is the indefinite article. The is the makes a decision, especially when the decision is an
definite article. important one.
'l lndefinite A*icle:. A / An
El Use a / an with singular count She made a decision about her job,
nouns. An analyst examines something in detail
E Use a when the noun begins with a She made a decision about herjob
consonant sound
E Use an when the noun begins with An analyst examines something in detail
a vowel sound
E Use a before words such as Tony {ound a great apartment in Chicago

adjectives or adverbs that begin
E Use a before words that begin with James went to a univer'ıty in Boston
u when the u makes a "you" sound The economy is a universal concern,
2.2 Definite Article: The
You can use the before singular The job is a good one.
or plural count nouns and before The choices were interesting.
noncount nouns.
The information is very useful.
» lndefinite and Definite Articlesj see page A19
2.3 Usin A / An and The
E Use a / an to introduce a person or Tom bought a car.

thing for the first time to a listener, ffhe listener does not know about this car.)
When you mention the person or
thing again, use the, The car was not very expensive.
(Now the listener knows about this car.)
186 Unit 1 8 Articles: A / An and The

english.us.org
Articles: A / An and The
2.3 Usin A / An and The kontinued)
E Use the to talk about specific The president discussed the plan.
people or things that both the (Everyone knows the president and the plan.)
listener and speaker know about
The moon and the stars were beautiful last night.
(Everyone knows the moon and the stars.)
"The game was interesting," "l agree."
([he speaker and listener are thinking of the same game.)
I urammaı Application
@
A Complete the sentences with a or an.
1A rock climber takes 4 risk easily.
2 _ analyst thinks about choices before he/she

decides.
3 _ ostrich doesn't like to take risks and wants to

be safe.
4 Connor doesn't look for job because he already

has one_
5 Kala was gIad she got interview.

.ı
6 Lorena owns _ business.
7 she made decision about the business.
8 she decided to sell her house and rent

apartment.
9 l hope to go to university in Europe.
10 l want to go to information session and talk to _ academic adviser.
B Over to YOu Which kind of risk taker are you? Discuss with a partner and explain
your choice.
A l'm a rock climber because l love to take risks. l left a good job to go back to college.
B oh, l'm an ostrich. l don'tlike to take risks atall.

english.us.org
We pronounce a and an with a weak sound, /a/ a decision an analyst

or /an/, because we don't stress the articles.
a business an ostrich
a risk an opinion
A Lirt.n and repeat the phrases in the chart above.
B Read the interview and complete the sentences with a or an.
lğt'lİ Hi, my name is Steve. l'm a reporter with the
New imes, and l havo some questions for

you about taking risks. Can you describe
4 decision that was really difficult for you?
made
7 UIU
§@!fi Yes, l decision to leave
my job.
İğt' Do you think there was risk in

that decision?
§@!fi Yes, there
_
was risk because l left
good job, and l don't know
aJ'
about the new one yet-
lğtt Of the three types ofrisktakers - "ostrich," _ "rockclimbeı" and

_ (8)
"ana|yst" - which type are you?
§@!fi oh, l'm (9)

analystI
f,ğÇE Do you think analysts always make good decisions?

§@ffi Yes, because analyst looks at all ofthe choices carefully.
lğtıt How do you think ostrich manages stress?
§@!fi Well, ostrich makes sure everything in his or her life

'.'/
is stable.
f,ğ@! Do you know someone who is rock climber?
§@!fi l do! My sister is _ rock climber. She always takes risks!
C Paİr WOrk Practice the interview with a partner.
188 Unit 18 Articles: A / An and The

english.us.org
A Complete the conversation with a, an, or the.

İffi Guess what, lsabella? l want to start L catering business!1
l§!!!tğ rhatt great! l know you love to cook!
ffi l went to exciting class for new female entrepreneurs. teacher for the
..]
get
i-])
classtaughtusa lotof things. For example, now l know how to loan'
.
from a bank. When l get it, loan can help me buy the equipment l need to
start business.
ılr;ı, Are you nervous? lsn't lt rasky to start

r-
your own business? at
@ Of course! There is definitely ,L
risk in starting your own business.

When you know risks, you can
(3)
plan well.
L
class also taught
me to write __ marketing plan. |-4 l
plan can guide my sales3 of my
-.
1
catering services. l need to design ı

menu and make website
for my business. When]l] menu is ready and website is up, l'll be ready
i (] !]
to go!
lsabella Wow, that all sounds great! Do you need my help? l'm in , web design
course right now. l can design something really great for your new business!
Emma Thanks! l'd like that.
'cate.İng bu5in6§s: a business that provides and serves food and drinks for a Particular event, such as a wedding or Party
'loan: money that you can borrow but you have to Pay back with interest (extra money)
jsaleı:
the nıımber of items sold

english.us.org
B Complete the story with a, an, or the.

Martin moved to New York City from Bogot5,
Colombia, a year ago. He lives in _! neighborhood
on the Upper West Side. He was worrjed because
_ neighborhood is expensive. He found

'/' iJ')
entry-level] 1ob at _ i,] )
bank, but he did not make
enough money. This made him uncomfortable
because he does not like to take risks. His friends told
him he could always get second job. He took
their advice and got interesting job as a server
ii]
at _ coffee shop. job is great! coffee
b \ i
shop is near his apartment, so he can walk to work. I
job is much more relaxing than bank job.
l]ı] i
It
ü] ]
Martin gets to chat with _(]:] customers who come in

as he fills their orders. He makes a lot o{ new friends I
there, too. Also, (] J)

second job allows him to save
money. Now he feels much better and en.joys life in
New York City!
entry-level: staning level
C Paİr WOrk lrlkto a partner about Emma in Aand Martin in B. ls one of them an ostrich?
An analyst? A rock climber? Why?
190 Unit 18 Articles: A/AnandThe

english.us.org
E Art icle or No Article?

we sometimes do not use an artjcle before Rock climbers love taking risks.
pIural count and noncount nouns. l have homework to do,
3.1 No Article
Use no article before plural count and Analysts do not make quick decisions.
noncount nouns when the nouns have l need money to buy that car!
a general meaning. lnsurance is very expensive.
3.2 The and No Article with places and
E U.. th" before the names oi

. mountain ranges the Andes, the Himalayas, the Rocky Mountains
. regions the Midwest, the Arciic, the Great Lakes
. famous places and buildings the Grand Canyon, the EiffelTower, the White House
o rivers the Amazon, the Ni/e, the Miss/ssippi River
. seas and oceans the Mediterranean, the Atlantic, the south china sea
. deserts the Sahara, the Mojave Desert
El use no article before the names of:

. most countries Canada, Colombia, Japan
. continents Europe, Asia, Africa
ı individual mountains Mount Everest, Mount Kilimanjaro, Mount Fuji
o individual lakes Lake Michigan, Lake Tahoe, Lake Viaoria
E So." countries have the in their the United states, the United Kngdom, the United
names. Arab Emirates, the Netherlands, the Philippines
E U." no article before the name of Can you speak Japanese?

a language. Chinese is a dif{icult language for Engiish speakers.

english.us.org
E cise 3.1 The ı )
A Complete the conversation with the or O for no article
]t.Effil You know, life as an international
o*
student is very stress{ul. We took a
i
big risk to come to this new country!
J
Adriana You think so? l like taking risks.
l think it3 exciting, l don't worry

about things. What do you worry
about? -
E@l Oh, everything! lworry about tbg

lı
future. l worry about ]
money. l worry about , life
in general.
Effi Yeah, l guess it is a little stressful. We work and we study long hours. We also
have to use _ (4)
English all the timel
ıİlEffill True_ We're at work or in class all day, and we never see sun.
ı:ı
teachers are good, and our classmates are fun, but .
courses are really difficult. All l think about i, home - there was
n
no risk there!
tr@ l think ,_ risks are important, though. They sometimes help you
succeed. Right now, (] (l]

education is important. That's what l
worry about.
ıtEffi. Aha! So you worry about something! You're.just the same as everyone else!
EE@ l guess so. Well, everybody worries - _ life is like that!
B Pa İr WOrk Practice the conversation with a partner.
192 Unit 1 8 Articles: A / An and The

english.us.org
İ
A Complete the professor's welcome speech with the or O for no article.
welcome, @ international studentsI we're so excited to have you here.
Get ready for a fun and busy year! We at university understand many of you
are far away from home. We know that can be scary. You all took
risks in coming here, and you're all very brave.
ln your packets, t|ıere's information on housing. Therg are
1s, (t,
maps of (/)
entire campus and this part of (B)
ci§. You're all inviİed to
weekly socialsr where you can
share information about what
you learn. lt's also a time to meet
e @e
friends, both old and new!
We also assigned
"language buddies." buddies
are other students who help with
English practice every day. When you
need help with anything, please
contact me ! We want you to feel like this
is your home away from home
Once again, we|come]
'socials: get-togethers, or parti€s
B OVer tO YOU Talk to a partner about a time when you took a risk like the one in A.
Did other people help you? What was helpful for you?
A l enrolled in night c/asses. The college helped me find a part-time job during
the day.
B How did the college help you do that?

A They gave me some information about local businesses. Ihese companies
needed part-time workers.

english.us.org
İdia 3.3 Ihe and No Article with Lanquaqes and Geoqraphic Place
Complete the blog with the or Z for no article
6 C a
Jenna's Travels
*F{ı-
Iry
People usually have strong reasons for doing Vo|unteer work: They care about other people
and worry about ttg world in general.
lgrew up in united States, in l/idwest, near Mississippi

River. But there is a different world on the other side of Atlantic. l was always
interested in Africa, so lVolunteered to work in Namibia. EVen though
it was scary to go to Africa, l was glad to take the risk. l really wanled to help
people in a different part of the world.
Iworked in a Vilıage school, teaching English to young children- l loved it. l also
traveled a lot and saw some great places, l went to ., Namib Desert. l saw
Lake Victoria, and l c|imbed Table Mountain ın South Africa.
,
Best of a|l, Volunteers make a difference and help other people. lt's not enough to just worry
about the world or be anxious about the future. Taking risks to help others is rewarding.l Volunteer
work is a great way to do something to help worid.
'rewardingi satisfying, something that makes you happy
194 Unit 'l8 Articles: A / An and The

english.us.org
gI Avoid Common MistakesA

1 Do not use a ,/ an with a noncount noun.
l'm making a progress with my English,
2 Do not use the to talk about things or people in general.
#İr$ i, oft"ndıffıcult for the students,

students get the h omework every night.
Ihe Japanese is a beautiful language.

/ want to 90 to the Australia.
4 Use a before consonant sounds. Use an before vowel sounds.
l have to make an decision quickly!
There is a online university in Caracas.
Editing Task
Find and correct 10 more mistakes in these sentences about risk taking.
1 l read an interesting article about how the people manage risk.
2 The professor gave us an lecture on economics.
3A ostrich worries about getting a good job when he or she finishes college.
4 Analysts hope they have an insurance at work, but will find an new job if they need to.
5 Some people feel a fear when they have to move to a new country
6 l hope to become an volunteer in the South America after the college.
7 l don't speak the Spanish, so thatt an risk. But maybe it can be funl

english.us.org
possessive pronouns and

ı
lndefinite pronouns
Meals Around the World
U Crammar in the Rea World

A Whut is your favorite breakfast food? Read the conversation between
three college roommates as they discuss typical breakfasts in their
countries. What do people in your country usually eat for break{ast?
B Comprehensİon Check Complete the chart. check (/) the

box next to the food people eat for breakfast in each place. Use the
conversation in A to help you.
united states Hong Kong Mexico

! cereal ! cereal ! cereal
! coffee ! coffee ! coffee
! dumplings ! dumplings ! dumplings
[-l tea ! tea ! tea
! French bread ! French bread ! French bread
C |Nğfrl Circle the correct answer. Use the conversation to help you.
1 We always drink coffee or hot chocolate. My father loves strong coffee,
and his is very sweet!
What noun does the pronoun a my father b my fathert coffee
his replace?
2 They put cheese in their eggs, but l don't put it in mine.
What noun does the pronoun a cheese b eggs
mine replace?
3 Your grandparents ate a large breakfast! l'd like to try theirs.
What noun does the pronoun a breakfast b grandparents

theirs replace?
196
english.us.org
possessive pronouns and lndef ite pronou n s
ı
WFIAT,S FoR
F-
BREAKFAST?
Kyla - ls that all you eat for breakfast? lt's so little!
L
Sara - Well, it's typical in Mexico to have coffee and a nice
bolillo, or crusty French bread. lt's all lwant most days,
but on weekends, l have a big breakfast with my family.
5 Mei|-|i - We do that in our family. too. ln Hong Kong,
r
we used to have dim sum every Saturday.
/
sara - what's that?
t
t
Mei|-|i - lt! a lot of small, light dishes: dumplings - steamed or ı
fried dough filled with meat, seafood. or vegetables -
10 rice noodle rolls, congee - a sort of rice soup, thick like
oatmeal- and tea, of course, what do you have at your İ b
Sara -
family brunches?1
We have huevos rancheros - fried eggs with a spicy

L
sauce and a torti//a - beans, a |ot of fresh fruit, ı
15 sometimes fish that my father catches on his boat. )
We always drink coffee or hot chocolate. My father
loves strong coffee, and his is very sweet!
Mei|-|i - Our breakfast is Pretty good, sara, but l want to try

yours! How about breakfast in the United states, Kyla?
,j$
20 Kyla - Well, some people here say breakfast is the most important meal
of their day. l have cereal, milk, fruit, yogurt, sometimes e995 -
and always coffee. ltt a lot of food, but it! not a heavy meal.
lt! not like the meals people had in the past. For example, my
/ grandparents always had coffee, juice, Potatoes, a big plate of lN.
25 eggs with ham and cheese, and pancakes or donuts!They put \
cheese in their eggs, but l don't Put it in mlne.
l},
Sara - Your grandparents ate a large breakfast! l'd like to try theirg.
Did everybody eat like that?
L-l
Kyla _ Many did, lthink. People did hard physicalwork and
30 needed a big meal in the morning. Today, some
people stiIl eat like that, and some don't have tıme
to eat anlrthlng at all!
lbrunch: a meal you sometimes eat in the late morning that combines breakfast and lunch
\ f the World 197

\\ 7n \
english.us.org
El Possessive Pronouns
Possessive pronouns tell us who something That cof{ee is mine.
belongs to. l think this one is yours.
Hers is sti// in the kitchen-
2.1 Possessive Pronouns

personal pronouns possessive Determiners possessive pronouns
l my + noun mlne
My apples are sweet Mine are sweet
you your + noun yours
Your apples are sweet yours are sweet
he his + noun his

His apples are sweet, His are sweet
she her + noun hers

Her appies are sweet. Hers are sweet
it its + noun cannot be a pronoun
lts apples are sweet 'ts
+tffiftrwİ?e*
our + noun ours
our apples are sweet, our5 are sweet
they their + noun theirs
Their apples are sweet Their5 are sweet
» subject and object Pronouns: see page A18
2.2 Usinq Possessive Pronouns
I Possessive pronouns show who

or what a noun belongs to. This is my sister's cereal. The cereal is hers
E Whun yo, use a possessive Those apples are mine.

pronoun, don't repeat the nOun ııol Those are ııtıne apples
or noun phrase.
198 Unit 19 Possessive Pronouns and lndefinite Pronouns

english.us.org
possessive pronouns and lndefinite pronouns
2 Usin Possessive Pronouns (continued)
El Possessire pronouns have one This apple isn't mine. Mine is on the table.
form. They do not change when These apples aren't mine. Mine are on the table.
the noun is plural. ıorThese apples a ren't filüfts. Mirl€s are on the table
The verb changes when the My apples are on the table. Mine are on the table.
replaced noun is plural. Mine is replacing my apples, so we need to use a plural verb
E Th"r" is no possessive pronoun That tree's apples are juicy. Its apples are juicy
for it. NoT +ts areju'cy.
E] Data from the Real World

Research shows that possessive
determiners are much more common in
Writing.
l eat breakfast every day. My break{ast is
always delicious!
ı
Possessive pronouns are much more
ı
common in conversation. ıı
wRlTlNG wRlTlNG sPEAKlNG sPEAKlNG
"My breakfast is good. How is yours?" Posse5sive Posses5ive Posses5iVe possegsive
"Mine is delicious!" determiners Pronouns determiners pronouns
Use possessive pronouns to answer "Whose peaches are these?"

questions with whose. "They're mine."
"Whose apple is this?"
"lt's hers."
ExercLe 2.1 Possessive Pronouns
Rewrite each sentence. Replace the possessive determiner and noun in bold with a
possesslve pronoun.
1 That as my coffee. That is mine.
2 Did you finish your breakfast?
3 Their breakfast tasted deIicious.
4 John didn't take my donut; he took her donut!
5 Oh, you can have our pancakes.
6 His hot chocolate is probaLıly the best-
7 l like fruit with my breakfast.
Meals Around the World 199

english.us.org
A Complete the sentences with theirs, yours, his, or hers.
6 E
Med Tımes Around the World

People from a]l around the world eat their main meal at different times,
Mexicans eat theİrs in the afternoon. They eat between 2:OO and 4:OO p.m.
People in Spain have their main meal in the afternoon, too. Dinner in Spain
is late. They usually eat at 1O:OO p,m,! Some visitors don't like that
custom. Whiie in Spain, you can eat early because restaurants are
open for travelers like youl
ln Thailand, dinner is the main meal. Thais usually eat early in
the evening.
ln the United States, dinner is also the main meal. You might notice that
families don't eat together all the time. For example, sometimes the father ıl
works late and misses dinner. ln cases like this, he has when he gets ı
home. Sometimes the daughter has soccer practice in the evening. These
eats ıJ
kı
evenings, her parents make her an early dinner. She often at
5:OO p.m., be{ore the rest of the family.
lıl
B Over tO YOu Tell a partner about the eating habits in your country. What time do people
eat their main meal? What do they eat?

english.us.org
A Complete the sentences with the correct words. Then listen and check your answers.
$,,
tı
(ı
ı .,ffi.
I
ffi ts
Fran
"Ş.Oilı 9,
I fa',fea ..J Flouı ,
I \
@ Kyla, let's cook dinner!
tslE Wow. your kitchen is complicated. Look at aIl the shelves!
@ Well, that's Frannyt shelf. She eats a lot ofjunk food. Those bags of chips İs /@
her/jıers, As you can 5gg, her/hers 5|relf is full of chips and candy_
2).
tsiE lt looks like Su's shelf is full of healthy things.
@ Yes. Those vitamln5 isl9re her/hers. Her/Hers 5hg11 is always very neat, too. Su and
Mari share one shelf. That top shelf is their/_tJıeirs. lt always has baskets of fruit on it.
tsiE Which she|f is Vour/Vours_?

lg]
@ 1h15 6ng isl are mv/mine.

ü,/] ı]0]
tslE Oh, so are those your bowls?
@ Yes, those are vours/mine. They're from Japan.

i]])
tslE They're very pretty. Who's4lvhose things are on this sheif?
@ Oh,' those 31g ourş4,our. We all share that shelf. OK. Well, let's start cooking.
]]
tsiE Right. So, wİ]o_ş|g!pge coming for dinner tonight?

-t
@ Our families. We have a lot of cooking to do.
B Pair Work Practice the conversation in A with a Partner.

english.us.org
I Exerciıe 2.4 Vocabı.ılary Focus: Theirs and There's
Theırs and there's (there is) sound the I ate my lunch in the office, but they ate theirs
same but mean different things, Be careful in the park.
with the spelling of these tıvo words. NoT ate my iunch in the office, but they ate
+herc!
' in the park.
Near the caf6 the re's a park.
Nor Near the caf6 llıeirs a park.
Read the blog. Choose the correct words
6 Fo:=E
>> MY B[oG
Olof's Yeor Abr

F.idoy, sepıembeİ l 7
Hi! I'm Olof. I'm Swedish, and I study English
in the united States. My new col1ege fıiends
had a party to welcome me. It was a party like
we have iı Sweden. In sweden this party is a
l
--4D
smorgasbord.Americanscall there's
a potluck. Both parties have a vadety of food, but
there's/theirs a smal] difference. With there's/theirs , all the guests
bring a different dish to share. sometimes a potluck host asks people to say what
specific dish they want to bring. This way, people don't bring the same things.
In Sweden, however, the host usually provides most of the food. The food at a
smorgasbord is all Swedish, but the food at a potluck often is all different. In fact,
there's/theirs often food from different countries, like at my friends' potluck.
There's/Theirs included Mexican tamales, Thai spring rolls, and even Swedish
meatballs !I had a lot of fun at the party. I especially Liked the Swedish meatballs
that my friends made. There's/Theirs weIe just like the meatballs in Sweden!
/
a
2O2 UniI19 Possessive Pronouns and lndefinite Pronouns

english.us.org
EI lndefinite Pronouns
lndefinite pronouns refer to people or Everyone loved the food at the party
things that are not specific, not known, or Somebody made dinner.
not the focus of the sentence, Does anyone want breakfast?
3.1 lndefinitePronouns
-one -body -thing
some + someone somebody something
any + anyone anybody a nyth ing
every + everyone everybody everything
no+ no one nobody nothing
3.2 Usin lndefinite pronouns
E Ur" indefinite pronoun with -one or Everyone knows fruit is good {or you.
-body"nto refer to a person or a group of Somebody brought this de/icious sa/ad.
people.
E U." indefinite pronoun with -thing to l know something about healthy food choices
refer "n
to things (not people), Everything l eat is {rom my garden.
EI U.u u third-person singular verb when the sUBJECT vERB

subject is an indefinite pronoun. Something smells good!
SUaJECT VERB
Everyone eats food.
E Use indefinite pronouns with some +, Someone ate all the apples.
every +, and no + jn affirmative statements Everyone eats vegetables.
No one eats junk food in my family
El Use indefinite pronouns with any + in She doesn't eat lunch with anybody.
negatiVe statements ldon't see anything healthy about junk food.
He doesn't think anyone should eat fast food
Don't use indefinite pronouns with no + in ııor@

negatiVe sentences. ıor ldon twantnothing*ordesseı*

english.us.org
3.2 Usin lndefinite Pronouns (continued)
B ln Yesl No questions, use indefinite ls someone home?

pronouns with some + , any + ı or every +
Does anyone eat apples?
ls everyone here?
You can use indefinite pronouns with no + in ls nobody home?

Yesl No questions, but it's very forma .
3.3 es of statements That use lndefinite pronouns
Affirmative NegatiVe Yes/ No

statements statements Questions
anyone, anybody, anything no yes yes
someone, somebody, something yes no yeS
everyone, everybody, everything yes no yes

no one, nobody, nothing yes no no
}
Grammar Application
I Exer<lse 3.1 lndefinite Pronouns with -one, -body, or -thing
A Complete the words with -one, -body, or -thing. Sometimes there is more than one
correct answer.
1 We sent every o!1e jn our class an invitation to our international dinner party last night
2 Gladi wanted to bring dessert. She brought some from Laos

3 l didn't know any _ about Laotian food before the party.
4 Some __ _ brought some delicious Mexican enchi/adas.
5 No brought any Chinese food.
6 Maybe that's because our class doesn't have any from china in it
7 Every was delicious, so people ate a lot
8 By 1O:00, there was no left to eat, so we played games and danced instead!
B Pa İr WOrk Compare your answers with a partner. Which sentences can have more than
one answer?
2o4 unit 19 possessive pronouns and lndefinite pronouns

english.us.org
I Eıerciıe 3.2 YeslNo Questions with lndefin jte Pronouns
rA Complete the questions with an indefinite pronoun. Sometimes there is more than one
correct answer.
1 Dovouknow anyone/anvbodv who eats rice for breakfast?
2 Does __ eat dinner after 9:00 p.m.?
3 Do you know in your neighborhood?
4 Do you know about cooking?

5 Does cook for you?
6 Can you tell me _ about food in your country?
B Pa İr WOrk a.l. and answer the questions in Awith a partner.

A Do you know anyone who eats rice for breakfast?
B Yes! l usually eat rice in the mornings.
7
rl
İ Exercise 33 lndefinite Pronou
L
A Complete the sentences. Choose the correct indefinite pronoun.
!ğ! Heııo?
[$! Vrl;l Hi, it's Lisa, Did you get my message about coming over to my house for dinner?
EE rli, Lisa. No, l didn't get your message An od old me you called! Sure,
{] )
l can come for dinneı what time?
@ Corn. at 7:OO. What do you want to eat?
trE l don't know qlybod]alanythjog about cooking, and l like everyene/eycrything,

so you decide.
lE WelI, OK. l don't really cook eitheı How about sushi from Matsuri Restaurant? l know
the owneı l can have somethinglsomeeıe there make us a special dinneı
tr! That sounds great. So you don't mind calling? l don't know 4o one/a!ıyone at
that restaurant.
E Sure. Do you want me to call Roberto? Somethinq/Someone told me he loves sushi.
tr! Oh, yes, l know. l can call him. Do you want to invite 3nybodyl anything else?
lı; l'm not sure i{ no one/aoyone else is around tonight, but that! OK. See you tonight!
B Paİr WOrk Practice the conversation inAwith a partner.

english.us.org
@ )
E]Data fıoın the Real World
we use indefinite lf anyone likes
pronouns with pizza, it's college
-one more often in students.
writing and formal Everyone needs to
speaking. eat the rıght foods.
we use indefinite
pronouns with
Does anybody like
pizza? I
5PEAKlNG wRtTlNG sPEAK!NG
I
wRmNG
-body more o{ten in Everybody should
someone someone somebody somebody
informal speaking. eat what they like! anyone anyone anybody anybody
eVeryone everyone everybody everybody
no one no one nobody nobody
Check (/) the box if the indefinite pronoun is more common in speaking or writing.
Speaking Writing
someone ı g
everybody ı ı
anybody ı ı
anyone ı ı
no one ı ı
eVeryone ı ı
somebody ı ı
nobody ı ı

english.us.org
'l Don't repeat the noun after the possessive Pronoun.
That's not your apple. lt's mine apple.
2 Don't confuse theirs with theret.

theirs
The apple is not mine. ıt's tffi,
J Possessive pronouns have one form. They do not change when the noun is plural.
mine
The apples are ıineı
4 ln negative statements, use indefinite pronouns with any.
anything
l don't want to eat fioth+ng,
Editing Task
Find and correct six more errors in this blog about a favorite place to eat.
6 r:l ı.ı := ğ
Jessie's Sn CkB og
Tuesdoy, Morch
BEST SANDWİCHES İN TOWN
Everyone has a favorjte sandwich shop in town, and the Snack Stop is
definitely mine favorit€. l eat sandwiches a lot, and there's are the best. What
do you think? Please leave a comment and let me know!
s COMMENTS:
@ l ate there once with my brother and sisteı but l didnt like it. Everyone
says the sandwiches are delicious, but ours sandwiches weren't good
at all. Plus, my sister ordered dessert, but the server didn't bring her
nothing. We had to remind him of our order. Then he charged my
ıo brother for French fries, but the fries were mines.
lEn Wow. l remember the first time l ate at the Snack Stop. lt was with my
cousin. My sandwich was delicious, and so was hers sandwich. ln fact,
there wasn't nothing wrong with the whole meal.
Meals Around the World 2O7

english.us.org
lmperatives
sociaI customs

A What do people do on the first day of a new job? Read part of a web
article. What are two good things to do at a new job?
B Comprehensİon Check Complete the chart. Use the artic|e to

help you. Check (/) Yes or No.
When you're at a new job, . - . Yes No

1 smile and introduce yourself to people. ı ı
2 interrupt people who are busy. tr ı
3 ask about your co-workers' families on your first day. ı
4 look down when you talk with people. ı ı
5 smile and be helpful. ı ı
c Ntalfrlal Find these sentences in the article. complete the sentences.

1 "Good morning" or "Hi" and the person! name
2 at people when you talk to them.
3 people who are very busy.

4- and be helpful.
What do the verbs in 1-4 do? Circle the correct answers.

a describe people's habits c describe the past
b give advice d tell you what to do
208
english.us.org
/
) ı l
\ {
/
aı
f ür
/
ı ,ı7) f
ı ]
v /
İ
7
\
/
\
.--r-: \
, ı , on'ts
ı tl
ltt easy to make mistakes when you go to work at a new job. There
are unsPokenr rules that PeoPle don't tell you. Here are some tiPs to
1unspoken; not sa;d, even though help you avoid some common mistakes.
-aunderstands it
somebody thinks or o Be friendly. when you arrive at your new job, smile and introduce
2stare: look directly at someone for a
5 yourselfto PeoPle. say "Good morning" or "Hi" and the Person's
long tjme
ıinterruPt stop something from name (if you know it).
happening for a short period, or
stan talking when som€one else i5
. Look at people when you talk to them. lt isn't polite to look down.
already talking but you shouldn't stare,' either.
'unifo.m: special clothing that shows
you are part of an organization or job
. Dont interrupt3 people who are very busy.
]0 o When people at wo* know each other well, they sometimes talk
about their families or their lives at home. Don't do this in the
beginning. Wait until you know people a little. Don't assume that
peop|e want to talk about private things immediately, or at all.
ln some workplaces, there are unaformsa or rules about clothes. lf

15 there are no rules, notice what other people wear. lf they wear jeans or
other casual clothes, then you can wear jeans, too.
Above all, smile and be helpful. Show that you want to learn and
work hard.
Social Customs 209

english.us.org
D l.peratives
lmperatives tell people to do things. They Be {riendly.
can give instructions, directions, or advice. Don't interrupt people who are very busy.
2.1 Statements
AFFlRMATlVE N EGATlVE
Base Form Base Form

of Verb Do + Not of Verb
Smile and be helpful interruPt people who u"1!!:J
Don't/ "r.
Look at people when you Do not do this in the beginning.
talk to them.
2.2 Usinq lmperatives in Writinq

lmperatives are common in texts that tell people
what to do and what not to do. They appear:
. on public signs and advertisements Do not enter.
Stand behind the yellow line.
Buy now and save $4.99.
. on forms and websites Please write in CAP|TAL LETTERS.

Log in, Enter your password. Search,
Restart your computer after you install a new
pro9ram.
. in texts with instructions (like manuals, recipes, Add hot water and stir
and labels) Lift here to open.
. in texts with advice (e.g,, magazine articles, Wait until you know people a linle.
leaflets) Show that you want to learn and work hard
2.3 Usin lm eratives in s eakin
I lmperatives are common in classrooms Listen to the conversation.

and demonstrations Don't open your books.
Turn on the computer and enter the password
El You .un use imperatives to give directions Make a left at the next traffic light
Don't turn right.
21o Unit 20 lmperatives

english.us.org
lm peratives
2.3 Usin lm eratives in s eakin (continued)
E Yo, .un use imperatives in common social Have a good day!

expressions or offers. Take care.
Have a cookie.
El Yo, .un use imperatives to warn people Watch out!

aLıout dangers. Be careful! There's a step there
§ Wh.n yo, know people well, you can use call me later.
imPeratiVes in everyday situations to ask for Don't forget your keys
things or to give instructions or advice.
Don't worry.
When you don't know people well, don't use

imperatives to tell them to do something.
Even if you say piease, you can sound rude,
E ffi Do not is very strong and is not common in conversation. lt is common to write it in formal
situations, but do not use it in informal conversation.
.[rI Grammar Application

Exerclıe 2.1 lmperatives: Advice
A Gire so.e advice about work. Use the negative or affirmative forms of the
l Don't ask (ask) about co-workers' ı
lives at home when you are new.
? (take) a lunch break

every day.
L
3 (enjoy) long coffee
breaks in the morning and afternoon.
4 (eat) lunch with your
co-workers.
5 (socialize) with your co-workers after work if they invite you.
6_ (talk) about vacations or your weekend plans at work.
7 (taIk) about money or politics.

8 __ _ _ (learn) from your mistakes.
B Paİr WOrk Co.pare your answers with a partner. Are your imperatives the same?
Discuss which advice is different.
Social Customs 211

english.us.org
C OVer tO YOU Wrhe six sentences about work in a culture you know well.
Use the imperative.
Don't ask about your co-workers' families.
Don't take too many breaks,
Have lunch with your boss when she invites you.
o
Jane is taking a work trip to Japan and lndia. Use the verbs in the box to give her some
advice. You need to make the verb negative two times.
eat glVe take wear

forget keep take-e{+ wrap
ı Take ofr your shoes. t I

2- _ a small gift.
3- _ your gift nicely. Do you take off your shoes?
4- food with your left hand
5 Also, _ _ th ings to people
with your left hand
6_ your feet on the ground

when you sit.
7 nice clothes
8 to write a thank-you note later, Or wipe your feet?
B OVer tO YOU Whatare some social dinner customs you know? Write four imperatives
about social dinner customs in a country you know well.
ln the United States, bring flowers to the host(ess.). Don't take your shoes off
1
2
3
212 Uniİ 20 lmperatives

english.us.org
lm pe rat ive s
Exercise 2
A Look at the signs and complete the imperatives in the chart. Use the verbs from the box.
Sometimes you need to make the verb negative. Then compare your answers with a partner
bring drink feed ride thfow turn use wear
ZIQL your trash here the animals.
your bicycle here. the water.
--
_ food or drink into the museum. left here
your cell phone. your helmet
Social Customs 213

english.us.org
B Pa İr WOrk Witn a partner, write a list of six signs you see every day. How many
use imperatives?
Do not use elevators in case of fire.
C OVer tO YOU Write

six signs for doors in your home and one for your classroom door.
Make them funny. Then read your signs to a partner.
refrigerator door
bedroom door
front door
living room door
|-
closet door
kitchen door
classroom door
My sign for the refrigerator says, "Do not drink my soda!" What does your sign say?
214 lJnit 20 lmperatives

english.us.org
lmperatiVe5
I Exerclse 2.4 lmperatives: Directions
A Look at the map. Write down directions from Rogers College to 8ob's Cafe. Use some of
the imperative directions in the box below.
lI l
ı ııı
ı (§ Marketplacg
Cafe
ııı
ıa-ı ı_- ııı
common Directions
Take a right Go straight Go around the
cross the street
Walk up the
on . .
. on co rn er. street two blocks
Go past City cross second cross coast
Be ca refull watch for cars
Marketplace Avenue. Road.
I
Go straight on 4th Avenue.
B Pa İr WOrk W.it" directions to a place in the neighborhood you are in. Read them to
a partner. Switch roles. Guess your partner's place.
Social Customs 2'l5

english.us.org

Research shows that people often use Always shake hands when you meet someone new.
a/ways and never in writing to make
Never wear shoes in someone's house,
imperatives stronger.
ııor }Jeııer-dano+tııear shoes in someone! house.
This is not common in conversation,
EA Complete the sentences from a brochure about visiting Brazil with always or neyer. Then
listen to the student podcast.
WllElv YoU h_-
VISIT BBAZIL
1
2
Alwqıs make eye contact when
you speak with someone.
arrive at a party early.

k tr
? bring your hostess a small gift
4 eat in class.
l
5 ask your server for the
check in a restaurant.
6 tip your server.
B OVer tO YOU For each topic, write three pieces of advice for visitors to the country you
are in now. Use always and neyer for strong advice. Read your sentences to a partner.
Advice for eating in restaurants:
_?
Advice for talking to people:
216 Unit 20 lmperatives

english.us.org
lm e rat iVes
Advice for going to a new college:

1
E Avoid Common MistakesA \
'l Use don'tto form negative imperatives.

Don't
Ne forget to do your homework.
f Remember to write do not a5 two words.

Do not Do not
Donet be /ate for c/ass. 5e-ı-t be /ate for c/ass.
t Use an aPo§trophe to write dont. Put the aPostroPhe between the n and t.
Don't Don't
Oont send text messages during c/ass, ffi eat in the computer lab.
Don't
ğloat forget to save your work.
Editing Task
Find and correct nine more mistakes in these sentences about advice for college students
in different countries.
Don't
1 Dont be late for class.
2 No stand up when the teacher walks into the classroom.
3 Donot use the teacher's first name.
4 No forget to write the date your assignment is due.
5 Dont forget your homework assignment.
6 Do'nt copy another student's homework.
7 Donot buy or download essays on the lnternet.
8 D'ont listen to your MP3 player in class.
9 No answer your phone in class.
1O Do n't send or read text messages in class.
Social Customs 217

english.us.org
UNlT
Ability and Possibility
1 Making Connections

A How do you stay in touch with friends and family? Read the article.
Does technology help you stay in touch?

1 How does the lnternet help people connect with each other?
2 Why is it easy to make a cat video?
3 Do you agree with the idea that people were lonely in the past?
Why or why not?
c Nlıltrl! Find these sentences in the article. complete the

sentences with can, could, oı could not.
1 Fifty years ago, people go online and watch funny
cat Videos.
2 Anyone with a smartphone make a video.

3 ln the past, people share their lives in this way.
4 For example, a person from Morocco team up with

someone from Japan.
218
english.us.org
Ability and Poss ibilit1
TEcHNOLOGY
FOR MAKıNG
cONNEcTıONs
Fifty years ago, people could not go online and watch
{unny cat videos, However, today they can, and they
do! There are more than 12,000 cat videos on YouTube,
I
t
,J
and a lot o{ people watch them. This happens because
people are able to connect With strangers. Anyone with
a smartphone can make a video. Anyone who sees it can
share it.
ln the past, people could not share their lives in this

way. People could share ideas and information with
friends, neighbors, and coworkers, but they were not
able to connect with the rest of the world, Also, they
could not make and post videos so easily,
Another way people connect with
strangers is through computer 9ames.
ln online games, players can be from
different countries. but they can meet in
the game. For example, a person from
Mexico can team up with someone
from Japan, They do not share
personal information, but they are
able to communicate like friends.
Cat videos and computer games
are just tlvo ways technology is
changing friendship and community. J
Some people miss the face-to-face
contact that they were able to have
in the past, Others like the changes
because they are never lonely. /
Making
english.us.org
a Ability
can and could for
and Possibili ty
Can and cou/d express ability or possibility Anyone who sees it can share it.
People could share ideas and information
with friends, neighbors, and coworkers.
2.'l Statements
AFFlRMATlVE
Subject Can / Could Base Form of Verb
I
You
can
use e mail
cou ld
They
He/She/lt
NEGATlVE
Subject CanlCould+ Not Base Form ofVerb
cannot
I
You
can't
use e-mail
could not
They
couldn't
He/She/lt
2.2 Yes/No Ouestions and Answers
Can / Could Su b.ject Base Form of Verb
you
Can
use the computer?
Could
they
he/she/it
220 Unit 21 Ability and Possibility

english.us.org
2.2 Yes/No Questions and Answers (continued)
AFFlRMATlVE ANswERs NEGAT|VE ANSWERS
Yes Subject Can / Could No Subject Can/Could+Not
cannot.
I
you you
can. can't.
Yes, we
could.
No, we
could not.
they theys
couldn't.
helshe/it he/she/it
Wh-Word Can / Could Su b.ject Base Form of Verb

Who ask about the program?
What I
do on that website?
you
can
When share a video?
could
they
Where he/she/it use our cell phones?
How communicate with each other?
2.4 Usin can and could
E Use can to talk about ability or l can use the lnternet at the school library.
possibility in the present. Friends can post comments to each other
El Use could to talk about ability or l could use the lnternet at my old school.
possibility in the past. My grandparents could only get the news through radio
and television when they were young.
E Yo, .un spell cannot as one word l cannot remember my password

or as two words (can not), but it l can not remember my password.
is usually spelled as one word We could not share with the public.
(cannot). Spell cou/d not as two ııor@
words. ıoı / eou/dnot read the e-mail.
El use the contractions can't or They can't remember the password.

couldn't in speaking, e-mails, l couldn't read your e-mail.
and conversations but not in in the past, people could not share experiences
formal writing. in this way.
» ModalVerbs and Moda1-1ike Expressions: See page A25
Making Connections 221

english.us.org
Exercise 2.1 Can and Cou/d for Ability and Possibility
A Complete the sentences in the blog. Circle the correct words
6 Foi=E
>> seİeno's Blog
\
My New Lif ln #
the united stctes
6;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,\
When lwas a student in Chiie, l can /@ulğ

do everything easily. However, now lam a
student at a community college in San Diego.
when l first came here, l cannot / could not do
many things without help. ln this post, l want to
share my experience so other new students can./ could learn from it
A few months ag o, l can't / cou|dn't flnd places. l got lost
many times. Then l started using rİİy GPS. Now l can / could f]nd
everything on campus. Last week. l Went to the computer center
because l cannot / could not login into my computer class. They
told me to change my password. Now l always go there when l
have a problem. l also like the student services building. Students

can / could play games and relax. They can / could meet new people
j
Right now, l cannot / could not speak English very well, so l want to
oin the lnternational Club. Then l can ,/ could practice
Food was another problem for me,'l wanted food from my
country , but l cannot / could not find it in the cafeteria. Then my
American roommate took me to a chi]ean restaurant, lt's not far, so l
can / could eat there a coup le of times a week. l can / could usuall y
meet other Chilean people, so lfeel happy
Now, l can / could sa y that l like my new life on campusI

english.us.org
Ability and Possib ility
B Unscramble the words to make Yes./No questions and information questions with can and could.
1 Can l iit/ your / phone/in your pocket /?
Can you fit r hone in u ket?
2 Can/with your eyes closed/you/text/?
3 check/your e-mail/can /When /you /?
4 can /buy /l / a good computer / Where / ?
5 How/ learn / l/to design websites/can/?
6 five years ago/you/send/an e-mail/Could/?
7 your parents /their passwords / remember / Can / ?
8 online/50 years agolCould/shop/people/?
9 text messages/Who / 1 O years ago /could /send /?
10 make /you / Could /with your phone / a video/in 2005/?
11 you / Can /text / quickly/ ?
12 How/ communicate/ could / people /20 years ago /?
C Pa İr WOrk a.l and answer the questions in B with a partner

english.us.org
Eıercige 2.2 Pronunciatıon Focus: Savino Can aı an
S"lı'h* it's hard to hear the difference between can and can't.
People usually do no'p,onorn."'|* u in 1 /.u-rr", ağ r.JÇ.orna, lil" l Cn ur"Jprop.

can very clearly, Can l use your phone? usually sounds like C'n l use
your phone?
_
People always say the a in can't very l can't use a tablet.1
:|e,D. |yanllylnynoy
ln short answers, people always say the a Yes, l can.
in can and can't clearly. No, l can't.
1tablet: electronic reading device
A Lirt.n and repeat the sentences.

1 lcan use a laptop.
2 lcan't use a laptop.
3 l can design a blog.
4 l can't design a blog.
5 He can find his phone.
6 He can't find his phone.
B Li.t.n. Complete the chart. Check (/) all the things you can do on the Gen 5 and Linkage
websites. Write an X for everything you can't do.
Gen 5
website
Linkage
website
s ,,ül
d
1 chat _ ı
2 join interest groups
3 download songs
ı
4 send songs to friends
5 nc|a job
6 post pictures
C Paİr WOrk look at the chart in B. Choose the website that is best for you. Share your
reasons with a partner.
l like Gen 5. You can Chat with Gen 5, but you can't chat with Linkage.
224 Uniı 21 Ability and Possibility

english.us.org
E a" Able To and Know

How To for Ability
Be able to expresses ability. Know how to Warren is able to edit movies on his phone
expresses things we learned to do in the past l know how to post Videos on the lnternet.
Someone taught me.
3.1 Be Able To: Affirmative Statements
Subject Be Able To Base Form ofVerb

l am / was
You
are / were
They able to send text messa9es
He
She is / was
lt
3.2 Be Able To: N ative statements
Su b.ject 8e + Not Able To Base Form ofVerb

am not / 'm not
was not / wasn't
You
are not / aren't
were not / weren't able to send text messaqes
They
He
is not / isn't
She
was not / wasn't
lt
3.3 Be Able To: Yes/No Ouestions
8e Subject Able To Base Form ofVerb

Am / Was I
you
Are / Were able to send text messaoes?
they
ls / Was he/she/it

english.us.org
3.4 Know How To: Aftirmative Statements
Subject Know How To Base Form of Verb

l
You
know
how to design a website
They
He/She/lt knows
3.5 Know How To: N ive statements
subject Do + Not Know How To Base Form of Verb

I
You
do not / don't
know how to design a website.
They
He/She/lt does not / doesn't
3,6 Know How To: Yes/No Ouestions
Do Sub.ject Know How To Base Form of Verb
Do Yo'
know how to design a website?
they
Does he / she / it
3.7 Usin Be Able To and Know How To
E Yo, ,.. be able to to express They are able to translate the menu with their phones
ability, lt has the same meaning as Mariko wasn't able to find the file.
can/could.
El Yo, ,.u know how to to talk about Suri knows how to create a web page.
things you learned to do. My grandmother didn't know how to send e-mail until
l taught her.
»Moda]Verbs and Modal like Expressions: See page A25
Complete the questions and answers about a class survey. Circle the correct words.

english.us.org
eoi=a
A Closs Survey On Technology Know-How!
By lan Wright
Do my classmates and teacher know how to use different types of technology?
lwanted to know so l surveyed them to find out. Here are the questions l asked and
the answers l got!
Q Mike, do / oe s Juan know how to use photo editing software?
A Yes, Juan know / knows how to use photo editin g software
Q Do / Does our classmates know how to use business networking sites?

A No, they don't / doesn't know how to use business networkin g sites
Q Sam, is / are you able to design online games?
A No, l _--;i-
am / are not able to design online games.
O Tony and Tara, d9499! yo, know how to post a review?
A Yes, we know / knows how to post a review
Q Sarah, is / are our teacher ab|e to put tests online?
A No, our teacher isn't / aren't able to put tests online.

Q, Do / Does our classmates know / knows how to create a group on social media?
A Yes, they is / are able to create a group on social media,
I Exercise 3.2 Expressin How To

)
A Complete the sentences with the correct form of be able to or know
E
how to. Use the words in parentheses. |e,
Oueta and her husband, Marco, live in Texas, but right now L_
Marco has a new job in Nigeria. For Marco, flights to visit Oueta and
their daughter, Daniela, are very expensive. He doeş,not know
how he can find cheaper flights. Of course, Oueta and Marco
use video calling, but
-
Marco to Daniela
il ,i]
and Oueta at night only because he is at work all day. However, Oueta and Daniela
talk at that time. That's because Marco's nighttime is their
They
1,1l
daytime. to leave work or school at that time. Unfortunately,

:
Marco l5]
to change the hours he works, so the {amily does not use
video calling except on the weekends. Oueta and Marco how to
solve this problem, Living so far apart is difficultl But they _ send
instant messages, and they can text or email photos. so for now this is an easy solution.
english.us.org
B Complete the conversation with the correct form of can (not), be (not) able to, or (not\
know how to. sometimes there is more than one correct answer.
l![ My phone bill is so expensive!
Em That's because vo u stıll don't know how to use an app for phone calls
l![İ No, l hate technology. Don't you?
EE! l like it when l _ _ save money.
l![! Hmm. What is this app?
EE! ı use Taıki\ow. ı

(_l)
call anyone in the world for free!
l![ oK, TalkNow, you say?
EE! Yes.
l![' OK, but l download the app
Mark Really? l-_ı,, believe that!

Everyone download an
lq
app, even my six-year-old grandson.
lE weıı, ı_
EE! |'m sure your wife do it
l!ğ Probably, but l ask her for
help. She's at work.
EE! oK, when l come over?
lğE! How about right now?
C Pair Work w"rk with a partner. Ask each other about some PoPular technology.
Use YeslNo questions with can, could, be able to, and know how to.
A Do you know how to upload videos from your phone?
B Yes, l do.
A Are you able to edit videos on your phone?

english.us.org
Ability and Possibilit
EI Aroid Common Mistakes A \
1 There is only one form of can and could.

aan
He eam send
l Use the base form of the verb with can and could.
li<tcn
sue can /rst€ns to audio books on the bus.
listen
Yesterday SUe could.Itstened to music all day-
3 Do not use to with the base form of the verb.
l can io schedule a video conference.
4 Use couıd to talk about ability in the past.

could not
Yesterday l eafinoİ send an attachment.
Editing Task
Find and correct six more mistakes on Jenny's Connected page.
6 .:,]ı..ı:=ğ
Dear Ftiends and FamilY,
could not
Thank you for all the birthday ıııishes. I ean-cto be home last weekend because I am away at school.
I use this site to stay in touch. I can shares my pictures and I can ıeads your comments and you-r
messages.
s My schedule rhis semester is busy. Last semester I can eat lunch in the cafeteria. This semester I have
class at lunchtime. I cans eat lunch on the bus home, but I don't. I just eat when I get home.
I made a negr' friend yesterday. His name is Jonas. He's very smart. He can ı,rites English very well,
so he cans help me with my homework.
Remember ro write to me!

'l0 I miss you,
Jenny

english.us.org
Requests and Permission
College Life

A Do yo, have an academic adviser? Read the academic adviser's web page
What are some things an academic adviser can help you with?
B ComPrehensİon Check Answer the questions. Circle Yes or No.

Use the article to help you.
1 Do students ask Henry different kinds of questions? Yes No
2 Does Henry discuss very personal problems? Yes No
3 Does Henry go to students'classes to taIk about Yes No
his work?
4 Can students find more common questions on the Yes No
school's home page?
C Nrrfüal Find the student questions in the article. Complete the

sentences.
1 you help me choose the right classes for my ma.jor?
2 you give me some advice, p|ease?
3 you give me information about tutors, please?

4 you come to our class and talk about your work as
an academic adviser, please?
What is the purpose of all these questions?
23o
english.us.org
and permission
üI
l
\ ı
ı
t]
Hello,
My name is Henry Driscoll, and lam one of the academic advjsers

for the Department of Languages. Myjob is to help you with your
educational and career goals. Students often come to my office to ask
questions. Here are some typical questions:
. can you help me choose the right classes for my major?
. l want to take some courses in another department. could you
give me some advice, pIease?
. l need a tutor to help me with my English. can you give me
information about tutors, please?
. May l come to your office to talk with you about a problem l have?
ı l have a financial probIem. Can you help me?
. l have a problem with my classes. Can you help me with it?
Often my answer is, "Sure! No problem. Of course l can help."

1refer: send you to a different place or 15 But sometimes l have to say, "Sorry l can't help you with that" or
to a person who knows more about or "|'m sorry l can't discuss that." For example, l cannot discuss
can help more with a subject
questions about very personal issues, such as health or family problems.
'FAos: frequently asked qUestions However, l can always refer] you to a person who can help you.
Here is my favorite question: "Would you come to our class and talk
2a about your work as an academic adviser, please?" To that question, the
answer is always YES!
For more information and FAOs,'go to the schoolt home page at

www.DCweb.cambridge.org.
College Life 231

english.us.org
El Crn, Could, and Would for Requests

We use can, could, and wouid to Can you help me, please?
ask people to do things. Could you give me some advice?
Would you please help me with my paper?
2.1 Can, Could, and Would for R uests
Can/Could/ Subiect Base Form

Would of Verb
advise me about the program?

Can
Could you open the door for me, please?
Would
come to our class and talk about your work, please?
2.2 Usin Can, Could, and Would to Make Re uests
E U.. ."n, couid and wou/dto ask can you meet me at 2:a0 p.m. today?
people to do something. Could you give me some advice?
Would you reserve a seat {or me, please?
E Couid and would are more polite Can you give me a call tonight?
than can. Use could and wou/d in Could you advise me about my projeci, please?
formal situations, Would you help me write my r6sum6, please?
E Use please when you ask a person Excuse me. Can you tell methe wayto Mason Street,
you do not know well to do please?
something,
Use p/ease in formal situations. Would you please come this way?
You can use p/ease at the end o{ Could you sign this document, please?
the sentence or after the subject Could you please sign this document?
» ModalVerbs and Moda1-1 ke üpressions: See page A25
232 Unit 22 Requests and Permission

english.us.org
2.3 Answerin Re uests
I Wh.n yo, agree to a request, you çan Can you come tonight?" "Yes."/"Yes, l can."
give a short answer.
You can jnclude the request in your "Can you help me?" "Yes, l can help you."
answer.
Often we say other words of " Could you please help me find the career adviser's
agreement instead of yes_ office?"
lnformal Responses: OK, sure, "Sure l can."
no problem "Certainly. Just follow that corridor. First door on
Formal Responses of course, certainly the left."
E Wu r..cannot or can'tin negative "Could you please give me your book?"

answers to requests, even when the "No, / can't, l don't have it with me."
request uses could or would.
"Would you come to the meeting with us?"
"No, l can't- Sorry, l'm busy."
can't is informal "Can you help me with this vocabulary word?"

"No, l can't. l don't know what it means."
cannot is more formal "Could you help me with my health issues, please?"
"No, l cannot discuss health problems with you."
We often use sorry instead of no "Would you like to go out tonight?"

"Sorry, l can't, l have a lot of homework."
"Can you pass the diciionary?"
"Sorry, l can't reach it."
l'm sorry is more formalthan sorry "Could you please tell me the time?"
"l'm sorry. l can't. l don't have a watch,"
We often give a reason when we give "Would you speakto our class tomorrow?"
a negative response to a request. "No, l'm sorry. l can't. l'm in a conference all day."
"Can you help me tonight?"
"Sorry, l can't. l have to work,"
College Life 233

english.us.org
ı
Eli{iEifrltr A Complete the sentences with can, could, would, or can't. Then listen to the conversations
ffiffi
i5-#f"%"*
Check your answers.
l
a ,s
O
{
.- --&u',, "1]!l
EE l need to talk to professor Baker. EE Hello, Professor Baker. Do you

Can
]]r
you tell me what building have a minute?
he's in?
Prof. Baker Certainly. _ _youclose
EE Yeah, sure. He's in the Ross Building. the door, please?
i5]
|'m going there now. Come on I So,
what's up?
EE Of course. you help
me, please? l have an exam next
EE oh, it's just a problem about the Tuesday, and l have a family
exams. you come with me to wedding on that day. _
Professor Baker's office? Do you know you writğ a letter to the exam
where it is? professor about this?
ıil Yeah, sure. l met with him |ast semester.
Prof. Baker Oh. l'm sorrv. l
EE When lfinish with the professor, A family wedding is not an

ia)
we meet up again later? excuse to miss an exam.

j
@ Yeah, good idea!
That's the college's policy.
EE Just one problem. l don't know what EE Oh! Really?
time the meeting finishes. Prof.8aker |'m very sorry. Those are
i,1
you wait for me in the cafeteria? the rules.
@ No problem. l can do my homework,

EE Oh, well, OK. Thank you for
your time.
B Pa İr WOrk Practice the conversations in A with a partner.

english.us.org
Exerciee 2.2 Making and Answering Requests
A Ch"ng. the imperatives to questions. Use can, could, or would. Sometimes there is more
than one correğt answer.
(-
..?
CJ
1 Help me write my r6sum6
mı?
2 Meet me at the cafeteria after class today
3 Tell me the things that l need to put jn the r6sum6
4 Show me your r6sum6
5 Advise me on the correct style for a rıisum6
6 Correct my mistakes
7 Help me arrange my r6sum6 so it looks good.
8 Read my r6sum6 and make sure itl OK
B Pa İr WOrk Work with a partner. Ask and answer the questions in A. First, agree to the
requests. Use sure, no problem, and of course. Then give negative answers. Use sorry and
l'm sorry. Give a good reason for your negative answers. Take turns.
A Can you help me write my rĞsumı5? A Can you help me write my r6sum6?
B Sure] B Sorry, lcan'thelpyou. l'm really busy today.
College Life 235

english.us.org
ğ Cun, Could, and May for Permission

We use can, couid, and may to ask for Can l make an appointment for tomorrow?
permiss]on to do things. May l please come in?
Could I ask you a question?
3.1 Can, Could, and Ma for permission
Can/ Could/May Subject BaseFormofVerb

use this pencil?
Can
Could leave early today?
May
ask a question?
3.2 Usin Can, Could, and Ma for permission
El Ur" .rn in most situations. Can l borrow your pen?

Can l take a picture with your camera?
E Cou/d ls more polite than can Could we use Room 208 {or our student meeting?
Use cou/d with strangers and Could l study with you for the exam?
people you do not know well,
use could in formal sjtuations Could l talk to you for a moment?
E May is very polite Professor Wodak, may l interview you for the student
newspaper, please?
Use maywith people you do not May l use your pen {or a moment?
know well in very formal situations
Et P/ur." .un make a request for

permission more polite.
Use p/ease when you ask a person Can / use this te/ephone, please?
you do not know well for permission May l use your pen for a moment, please?
Use p/ease in formaI situations. Docİor Takano, may l please ask a guestion about
Use p/ease at the end of the
my projed?
request or after the subject, May l ask a question about my project, please?
»ModalVerbs and Modallike Expressions: see page A25

english.us.org
Requests and Perm ission
3.3 Answerin Re uests for permission
El Wh"n you agree to a request for "Can l sit in this chair?" "Yes."
permission, you can give a short answer
You can include the request in your "Could l work in your group?"
answer. "Sure, you can wo* in our group!"
Often we say other words of agreement "Can l see your homework?"

instead of yes. "No problem!"
lnformal responses sure, no problem, "May l contaci you by e-mail?"
go ahead "Of course."
Formal responses of course, certainly
E W" oft.n use sorry when we give "Could l see that?"

a negative answer to a request for "5orry. lt's not mine."
permission. People do not usually say
no. They say sorry and give a reason.
l'm sorry is more formal than sorry "Can l speak to you for a moment?"
"l'm sorry. l'm very busy. Maybe after class?"
A Complete the requests. Circ{e the best answer.

1 To a friend:daİY Nl9y l call you later?
2 To a professor: May/Could l |eave earl y today?
3 To a stranger: Can/May l look at your bus schedule for a moment?
4 To a friend: Could/May l see your phone?
5 To a boss: May/Could l speak to you for a moment?
6 To a friend: May/Can we finish this tomorrow?
B Pa İr WOrk Practice saying and answering the requests in A with a partner. Give some
affirmative answers and some negativğ answers.
A Can l call you later? A Can l call you later?
B Sure. Call me anytime. B Sorry, l'm busy tonight. l can call you tomorrow.
College Life 237

english.us.org
Exercise 3.2 More uests for permission
A Complete the chart. Who is the speaker? Where does the request take place? Use your
own ideas
A student A professor
1 A boss A co-worker Who? Where?
in class/
1 Can l sit next to you, Joanna? student
in a caf6
2 Could l please leave early today, Professor?
3 May l have next Monday off, please? lt's my birthday.
4 Could l use your office for an hour today?
5 May l use your telephone, please?
6 Could l please make two copies of my report?
7 Can l have one of your French fries?
8 May l please talk to you about my schedule?
9 Can l look at your project? There are prob|ems with mine
B Pair Work witn a Partner, write answers to the requests in A. Practice saying and
answering the requests.
A Can /sit next to you, Joanna? A Could lleave early today, Professor?
B Sure! B l'm sorry- You le{t early yesterday.

english.us.org
Requests and Permi5sion
Complete the sentences with the words in parentheses. Reorder the words to make
requests for permission.
Dear Professor Machado,
My name is Ricardo Yaka. l am the editor of the

English Now news etter, .*,
(l/ interview/ may/you) for about 15 minutes for this month's
newsletter? _ \
a
(come/ could/ l/to your office/please) for the interview?
The newsletter often has articles about the ljves

o{ faculty members, We know that students like to
read about their prolessors' college experiences.
l
(ask/l/may/you) about your college days? To make it easy for you,
(can/you/l/ please/send) a list of

{4)
my questions?
The artjcles jn our newsletters are informal, and many have photographs
(please/ l / could/take)
(5)
your Picture? You can see a copy of the newsletter before the interview
(e-mail/l/may) it to you?
The newsletter is very popular. About 200 students read the interviews
every month, and more students read the newsletter on the lnternet.
(l/ may/ please/ put) your interview
(7]
on our website, too?
After you have read the questions,

(8)
(visit/|/could/ please) you at your office sometime this week?
Thank you very much. l look forward to your reply.
Kind regards.
Ricardo yaka
College Life 239

english.us.org
3.4 More Reouests for Permissit
Write a request for permission based on each situation.

1 You want to come in Iate for work tomorrow. Ask your boss.
l
Could l come in late tomorrow please? /Mqı l
please come in late tomorrow? (
2 You want to use your best friend! pen. Ask him/her.

fu (1
3 You want to change the channel on the TV at home. Ask a
family member.
4 You want to hand in your homework one day late. Ask your teacher
5 You want to speak to your boss after work today. Ask him/her
6 You want to borrow your classmate! electronic diaionary Ask him/her
7 You want to charge your phone in the school office. Ask the secretary
8 You want to use the atlas behind the reference desk in the library Ask the librarian
9 You want to borrow your roommate's bicycle. Ask him/her
10 You wantto get your professor's e-mail address. Ask him/her
24O Unit 22 Requests and Permission

english.us.org
1 Use the correct word order for making requests.

Ltın voıi
Yotrear help me?
I Use the base form ofthe verb after can, could, may, or would.
h tlp
Can you #P me?
J Use can, could, or would to ask people to do something. Do not use do.
Do you come to my office, please?
4 Use can, could, or would to ask peop|e to do something. Do not use may.
Co u]d
May you reserve a place for me, please?
Editing Task
Find and correct eight more mistakes in this e-mail about a college music show.
6
Hi Everyone,
The show is next week!
Can vou
. Everyone: Yottİaıı-please make a list of the equipment you need?
. Gregori: you can tell me how many microphones we need?
s. Jason: Could we to borrow your microphone, please? Thanks!
. Aına: We need a laptop from the computer hb. Can you to pick it up today?
. Jessie: May you contact Mr. Sparks about the lights?
. Hector: Your job is to get the chairs. You can please arrange üat?
. Mari: Mr. Sanchez has the music playlist. Do you please contact him?
10 . Hong-yin: May we to borrow your projector, please?
Finally, may you all please come to the meeting at 2:00 p.m. tomorrow in Room 305?
Thanks !
Kazuo
College Life 241

english.us.org
Present Progressive
Body Language

A What do you do during a conversation? Do you smile? Do you cross your
arms? Do you nod your head? Do you make eye contact? Read the article
about body language. Why is it important?
B Comprehension Check What can these gestures mean? Use the

article to help you. Circle a or b.
1 A person is leaning toward you in a conversation.
a He doesn't like what you are saying. b He is interested.
2 Your friend is crossing her arms during an argument.
a She doesn't agree with you- b She is thinking about

something else.
3 A person is touching her chin a lot during a discussion.
a She is thinking. b Maybe she! lying.
C Nt füll Complete these sentences. Use the forms of the verbs from
|l
the article.
1 Nod to show you (listen)
2 Some experts say that when you keep your hands under the table, it can
mean you not (tell) the truth
3 Howeveç a hand on the chin can just mean you

(think).
Look at the verb forms. How many parts does each verb have? What do
they have in common?
242
english.us.org
present pro resslVe
ıP" Body language is a crucial1 part of face-to-face

communication. Some experts2 say that 93 Percent
{ış of communication is nonveöa1.3 of course, the
meaning of body language varies from culture to
culture. Even in one culture, experts do not always
agree on the meaning of every gesture.a Howeveç
-.tr-
here are some things to remember for your next
conversation, meeting, or interview. They apply
mostly to communication in North America.
How Are You Sitting?
Leans toward the other person to show you are
interested in what he or she is saying. Nod to show
you are listening.
Are You Crossing Your Arms?
Crossing your arms can seem defensjve.5 ln an
argument, it can mean you don't agree.
What Are Your Hands Doing?
Keep your hands out and oPen. Some
experts say that when you keep your hands
zo under the table, it can mean you are not
ı
\ telling the truth. However, a hand on the
. chin can just mean you are thinking.
'\ ' Where Are You Looking?
İ
, ^ Make eye contact. When you are talking
\ ., 25 to someone face-to-face, it is important
\ ', listening to them.

.'... Learn to use positive body language.
, .j.,,'\ After all, what you do may communicate
lı].İ;,. , 30 more than 90 percent of your message.
{ lc.lıtial: exİemely important
'expe.t a p€con with a high level o{ knowledge
orskillabout a subject
lnonverbal: not spoken
'gesfure: a movement of the body, hands, arms,

or head to express an idea orfeeling
slean: move your body so it's bent foMard
'dof6naive: wantinq to protect or defend one§elf
Body Language 243

english.us.org
2 Present Proqressive Statements

The present progressive describes actions and He is not listening to the professor.
events that are in progress now and around the We are studying body language in my
present tlme. "ln progress" means the action psychology class,
started before now but is not finished or complete

Subject Be Verb + -ing contractions
I am l am "+ l'm
You are "+ You're
You
We are + We're
are
They are -ı They're
They taIking
He is ..+ He's
He She is -ı She's
She ls lt is -. lt's
lt
2.2 Ne ative statements
Subject Be + Not Verb + -ing contractions
am not lam not |'m not i

,-
I
You are not You're not You aren't

You We're not We aren't
We are not
are not
They are not + They're not They aren't
talking
He iS not
They ". He's not He isn't
He is not She is not She's not She isn't
She lt is not lt's not lt isn't
lt
2.3 s ellin -ın Forms
E For most verbs, add -ing talk ..+ talking

say -. Sayin9
90 ",. going
E lf the verb ends in a silent -e, delete e and live r

living
add -ing. make making
--+
write .ü writing
244 Unit 23 Present Progressive

english.us.org
Present Progressive
2.3 s ellin -ın Forms (contınued)
E For be and see, don't 9!19p the e because it is be ş being

not sılent, see + seeing
El tf the verb ends in -ie, change the ie to y and lie r lyin9

add -ing.
E lf the uerb has one syllable and follows the sit -| sitting
pattern consonant - vowel consonant (CVC), Put
,+
Puttin9
double the last letter and add -ing. get i getting
E Do not double the consonant if grow i growln9

the verb ends in w, x, or -y. fix --+ fixing
say ",+ saying
@ lf the u"rb has two syllables, ends in the begin ı beginning

pattern CVC, and is stressed on the last
syllable, double the last letter and add -ing
If, lf the rerb has two syllables and is stressed on listen i listenin9
the first syllable, do not double the last letter travel ı traveling
be{ore adding -ing. Visit --r Visiting
» Spelling Rules for Verbs Ending in -ngl See page A20
2.4 Usinq Present Proqressive
E Use the present progressive for l am writing for information about . . . an a blter)
actions in progress as you write or Look at that man, He's talking to that woman, but he's not
speak, The action is not finished. smiling-
E Yo, .un also use the present l am studying psychology this semesteı
progressive {or actions in progress This week we're looking at body language
"around now," at the present time
E Use contractions in speaking. He's taking psychology this semester.

Do not use contractions in Very l am writing to exPreis my interest in this job
formal writing. (in a letter)
E Yo, .un use the present progressive Sorry, l can't talk. l'm going into class right now
With present time expressions like l'm working two jobs at the moment.
now, right now, at the moment, this
week / month, these days.
Body Language 245

english.us.org

Eıerclge 2.1 Present Pr essive verb Forms
A Complete the sentences below using the present progressive. Use contractions
when possible.
1 The woman İs talkİng (talk) -
ı
2 She (ean) toward the man. tr
3 He (smile),
4 The man (listen) to her. \
5 They
6 They
(make) eye contact.
(get) along,
ffi
7 The man and woman (not get along)
8 They (not smi]e).
9 The woman (not look) at the man.
10 She ( ean) away from him.
11 She (not talk).
12 Maybe they (have) an argument.
B Paİr WOrk Witl, a partner, describe some more things the people in A are doing
Use these verbs or your own ideas. Write affirmative and negative sentences for
each picture.
t
drink eat laugh look sit talk
l Eıercise 2.2 Statements
A Whut are the people doing before class? Use the

words to write sentences about them. use the lıt
present progressive.
1 Fatima /text her friend Fatima is texting her friend.
2 Pedro/ chew his pen
3 Carlos and Eun/not sit up straight
4 Ana and Kerry/talk _
5 Lee and Tyler/not look each other in the eye _
6 Yumi/ not smile
7 Maria/stare at the door
8 The teacher/write on the board

english.us.org
Present Progressive
B OVer tO YOU Look around your classroom. What are people doing? Write three
affirmative sentences and three negatiVe sentences about your classmates. Then compare
your sentences with a partner.
Exercise 2.3 Vocabulary Focus: Time Expressions
There are many time expressions you can use with the present progressive. These are some:
kight) now at the moment tonight today this morning/ a{ternoon / evening
thıs week this semester this month this year
You can put a time expression at the beganning or Right now, l'm typing a letier.
at the end of a sentence. You usually put a comma
Julia is listening to her professor at the
after the time expression if it is at the beginning of moment.
a sentence. lf the time expression is just one word,
you dont have to use a comma, Today l'm studying for an exam.
Complete the e-mail. Use the present progressive form of the verbs in parentheses and an
appropriate time expression (TE) from the box. More than one time expression can be correct
6 oi=a
Hi Josh,
How are you? How's college 1lmfüne. l m s' (sit) in a classroom rrgit. n ow (TE)
_ (wait) for class to start. (TE), we
(study) communication. l_ _ (enjoy) it. (TE), l

(write) a paper on nonverbai communication. I (take) a
-
markeüng dass
(]0)
_ (TE), too
(] ])
(not play) a lot ofsports _ (TE). I'm too busy!
1,]2)
I ___ (work) in a grocery store. My parents (Plan) a trip to
Mexico in üe summer, and I _ (save) some money to go wiü üem
What else is new? Oh, my cousin (stay) with us
I üink he (enjoy) his time with us

l]i]
OK. That's a.ll for now. Class (start)
,]B)
Write to me soon,
A]ex
Body Language 247

english.us.org
Eıercise 2.4 Negative Contractions
ffil Data from the Real world

Research shows that in speaking, people
usually use the negative forms 's not and
're not, especially after pronouns.
He/ she / lt's not . . . ing Hel She/ lt isn't . . . ing

You/We/They're not. .. ing You/We/They aren't. . . ing
People often say isn't and arenl with Marcos isn't wo*ing. (names and nouns)
names and nouns when it is difficult to He's not working. (pronouns)
add t not and 're not.
Complete the conversation with negative contractions. Then listen and check your answers.
ElE u"y, Rod.You je not stud)ıjng_ (study) today?
ffi No, Chris

i'1,
(come) to class today.
@!! Yor're doing a project togethe1 right?
fi@ Yes, with Jon, Lisa, and Cristina . . . but it

(3)
(go) well.
(get) a long well, eitheı
6; Really? Why not?
@ Well, Chris (do) his share of the work. He
(read) the books, and he (come) to meetings with the group

i,']
!l!! Whut do the others in the group think?
§@ They
(8)
(eel) too happy with him. ln fact, they
(speak) to him. We wrote a letter to the teacher about him
Maybe it! time to talk to him about it. l know he (do)

(10)
a good job, but maybe there! a reason for it.
l@ l guess we
(1
,])
(give) him a chance to explain

english.us.org
Present Prog ressiVe
B Present Progressive Ouestions

Present progressive questions ask about Are you crossing your arms?
actions and events that are in progress What are your hands doing?
now and around the present time. What are you studying?
3.1 Yes / No Ouestions

8e Subject Verb + -ing
Am
you
Are working?
they
ls he/she/it
3.2 Short Answers

Yes, l am. No, l'm not.

Yes, you are. No, you're not, No, you aren't.
Yes, we are, No, We're not. No, we aren't.
Yes, they are. No, they're not. No, they aren't.
Yes, he/she/it is. No, he / she/ it's not No, he/she/it isn't,
( 3 lnformation ouestions
Wh-Word Be Subject Verb + -ing Wh- Word Be Verb + -ing

as Subject
Who am hearing?
talking?
What feeling ? ls
What happening?
When you leaving?
are
Where studying?
they
Why laughing?
How l5 he/she/it going?
Body Language 249

english.us.org
3.4 Usin present pro ressive Questions
E Us" the present progressive to ask questions Look at that man. Is he talking to that woman?
about actıons in progress as you write or
speak, The action is not {inished,
E Use the present progressive to ask questions "Are you studying for an exam?" "Yes."
about actions in progress at the present time "What are you doing?" "l'm studying."
(now) or " around now."
E The Wh- *ord is sometimes the subject "Who's studying in the library now?"
"Jo and Marta."
"Whal's going on?" "We're studying."
ğ Yo, .un use the present progressive with Are you going into class right now?
present time expressions like now, right now, Are you working tvvojobs at the moment?
atthe moment, this week/month, and these
days to ask questions.
f| Time expressions always come at the end o{ What are they talking about right now?
the question, not at the beginning, ls she crossing her arms at the moment?
Exercise 3.1 Yesl No Ouestions and Answers
Write the questions and answers. Use the correct form of the
EE!!il ı-ıi, Jack. Am , ı djsturbjng (disturb) you?
lE No, . Not at all.
ElE you (study)?
lE! Yes, Well, kind o{.
ffioı-., you (watch)

a movie?
lE! No, . ltt a video for my French class
EE!E! the actors (speak) French?
lE! Yes, __ .l think that guy _ (say), "l love you."
E!E! _ you _ _ (tell) me you cant understand it?
lE Well, yes, l only started my French class last week!
25O Unit 23 Present Progressive

english.us.org
Present Prog ressive
Eıeıtise 3.2 Formin Questions and Answers

A Unscramble the words to make present progressive questions.
1 notes?/you /areltaking
Are vou takina notes?
2 doing/what/your classmates/arelright now?
3 is /your teacher/ what / saying?
4 to the teacher? / listen ing /who / is
5 right now?/happening/is/what/in class
6 are / up straight?/youlsittjng
B Pa İ r WO rk lsl. and answer the questions in A with a partner.
gI Present Progressive and Simp e Present

The present progressive describes actions and l'm studying psychology right now
events that are in progress now and around l take four classes every semester
the present time, The simple present describes
things that happen repeatedly or all the time.
4.'l Present Pro ressive and sim le present
E Ur. th" present progressive for actions l'm wriling an essay about body language.
and events in progress now. Sorry, l can't talk. l'm going into c/ass.
Use the simple present for repeated l wr|le one essay every month.
actions and events. l go to school on Mondays and Wednesdays
Body Language 251

english.us.org
4.1 Present Pro ressive and sim le Present (continued)
E Use the present progressive for A friend is visiting this week. She's staying with me
temporary events.
Use the simple present for permanent l come from Ohio, but my family lives in Texas
situations.
ğ Use the present progressive with l'm riding the train at the moment. (on the phone)
present time expressions like right now, Right now, l'm going to work.
at the moment, and today.
Use the simple present with l often look at people on the subway and watch
frequency adverbs like often, their behavior.
never, every week, eIc. Do you usually smile when you meet new people?
4.2 Non-active or Stative Verbs
E stative verbs describe states, not l don't like rude people.

actions NoT +lııııotliktıag rude people
These are some stative verbs: /ove, What do you know about this?
know, want, need, seem. mean, Nor W h at are,yoğ+nü,ıifi E?
and agree. They seem upset.
Use the simple present wjth statiVe ııo-r They aıase,e,ming upset
Verbs, not the present progressiVe. Experts don't agree on the meaning ofsome gestures
NoT Experts afe-notagrec+rg on the meaning of some
gestures.
§ So.e ,erbs have a stative meaning sTATlvE l think grammar is fun. (: 2n orin'on'
and an actjon meaning. Acl,oN l'm thinking about my homework, (: using my
mjnd)
sIAT,VE The book looks interesting. (: appears)
ACT,oN We're looking at the book right now. (: using our
eyes)
STAnvt Do you have a dog? (: own)
ACTloN Are you having a good time? (: experiencing)
E Yo, .un use fee/with the same l feel tired today. aR l'm feeling tired today.
meaning in the simple present and How do you feel? aR How are you feeling?
the present progressive.
» Stative (Non Action) Verbs| see page 426.

english.us.org
Present Prog ressiVe
\ Grammar Application
Eır'!a1,1§rilrT,6
Complete the sentences about students in an English class with the present progressive or
the simple present. Use the verbs in parentheses.
1 ln our English class, l normally sİf (sit) up straight.
2 Right now, my friend Jos6 (relax) in a com{ortable chair
3 Our classmate Maria (cross) her arms a lot when she listens.
4 In conversations, l usually (make) eye contact with my partneı Sara
5 Sara often (chew) on her pens and pencils when she's nervous
6 Three other students (chew) gum at the moment.
7 No one (sit) quietly in class right nowI

8 Our teacher usually (stand) in class when she lectures
I Exercise 4.2 Vocabulary Focus: Soı rbs
possession have, own
Feelings, wants, and needs be, feel, hate, like, love, mind, need, want
Senses hear, look(= seem), seem, sound, feel
Thou g ht agree, believe, know, mean, remember, think,

understand
A Complete the questions with the present progressive or the simple present.
1 you _ own (own) a car?
2 _you (look) for a new car right now?
3_ your voice (sound) soft or loud?
4_ your last name (mean) anything?
5 you usua lly (understand) movies in English?
6 __ you (read) anything interesting at the moment?
7 you _ (like) English grammar?
8 _ you (mind) working late on weekends?
9 you (feel) tired after school?
B Pa ir Work n.ı. and answer the questions in A with a partner.
Body Language 253

english.us.org
Eıerciıe 4.3 Present Progressive or Simple Present?

A professor is showing a video to the class. Complete the sentences using the present
progressive or the simple present form of the verbs. Some sentences are negative.
Children and Body Language
The children in this animated video are-PlQYİn!!

(play). They (not know) that we
1.j1
(film) them. They _
(look) busy, don't they?
These little qirls (not sit) on
the floor. They (look) at each other

(6)
They _ (])
(make) eye contact. They
(talk) about their friends. They

(e)
(seem) very happy together.
VoU (agree)?
t _ (seem) that little girls often
(talk) about their friends. They often

l].']
(tell) secrets, too. When little girls talk,
1].]l
thev (like) to look at their friends. on

(] 4]
the other hand. little bovs usuallv (play)
games. ln general, they (not look) at their
friends. They often _ (sit) side by side

\1/)

english.us.org
Present ProgressiVe
EI Avoid Common MistakesA

'l To form the present progressive, use be and verb + -ing,
:luılvinLr
] ]ivinq in a dorm this semester. l am sttld1 busıness administratıon.
l Check the spelling of the -ing verb form.

oitinq
l'm wa+a,ag a paper on psychology.
t Use present progressive for temporary and ongoing activities at the present time.
am writing
Right now, / w#ie an essay on realify shows.
Editing Task
Find and correct nine more mistakes in this student's essay and progress report.
-
are
Talent shows
Talent showşbecoming a Very popular form of entertainment these days.
The contestants1 in the shows trying to be famous. They sing every week. Millions
of peopıe watch these shows every week.
People like the shows for a number of reasons. First, the shows have good music.
For example, this season they are includeing a woman who sings opera. second,
Vaewers can Vote for the winners every week. Third, the contestants in the shows come
from ordanary backgrounds.

1conto3tanti someone who competes in a game show
Pro€tsess Report - Psycholo$ı l l J.

In my gloup, we study one talent show this semesteı called Do You
Get Ifl we are ].ook at the body lan€uage of the contestants. 'we are tIT. to
see how it changes. I lookiı€i at haJrd gestuİes, and I am wTitein€| a paper
about the haJrd gestures of the losers. The paper goes well. I fiİding some
interesting thin€ıs to write about.
Body Language 255

english.us.org
Past Progressive and Simple Past
lnventions and Discoveries

A C"n yo, think of an accidental invention or discovery? Read the magazine
article about the invention of Post-its. Who had the idea of using glue with
bookmarks?
B Comprehension Check Answer the guestions. Use the article

to help you.
1 ln 1968, what was Spencer Silver! job?
2 What did he make?
3 What did Arthur Fry use Silver's invention for?
4 What product did the company make based on Silver's and Fry's ideas?
C N[E|frE rlnd the sentences in the article. Write the missing verbs.
Notice that there are two lines for the verbs.
1 ln 1968, Spencer Silve1 a researcher for the company 3M,
_ _ to make a strong glue.
2 Five years later, Arthur Fry one of Silver's coworkers, _
in a choir
3 He about the problem.

4 Silver and Fry to solve two different problems
What are the first words in each verb? What ending is on the second
word in each verb?
2s6
il
english.us.org
*f,
Past ressive and sim §I
[.I t t
I J
]
ı
\
l 7
ı
ı
i
l-ı
l
] ı
r l
i _.Jil
I
'' l r,
ı
}
ı l O
İ /-
_l^ lF ı ı t
ln '1968, Spencer Sjlver, a researcher1 for ln 198O, Post-its were in stores nationwide.
the company 3M, was trying to make a strong Marketing of the invention was easy. Everyone
glue, but he actually invented a very weak glue. wanted to buy the small sticky notes. Today the
The glue stuck' things togetheı but they could whole wor]d uses Post-it notes. Most peopIe do
5 separate easily. Silver showed the invention to not realize that this invention was just a lucky
his company's management, but they weren't accident: Silver and Fry wer€ trying to solve two
interested. They didn't see a use for it. different problems, and Fry saw the connection.
Thanks to Fry, we now have a product that we
Five years late1 Arthur Fry one of Silver's co-
can't live without!
workers, was singing in a choir. The bookmarks3
]o that he put in his songbook were always falling 'researcher: a person who studies
out whenever he opened the book. He was a sUbject in orderto discover new
informatjon about it
thinking about the problem, remembered Silver's
glue, and had the idea to use it on his bookmark. 'stuck: simPle past of stick
rbookmalk; something you can put
The weak glue worked. Fry could stick the notes betlveen pages in a book to show
]5 on the page and easily take them off again. where you stoPPed reading
He gave his co-workers samples of the notes, and
they were very popular. So finally Fry's company
decided to make the new product.
lnventions and Discoveries 257

english.us.org
2 Past Progressive
The past progressive describes Arthur Fry was singing in a choir.
things that were in progress at a lwas studying psychoiogy last semester
specific time in the past.
2,1 Statements
Subject Past of Be Verb + -ing Subject Past of Be + Not Verb + -ing
I I
He was not
_.
5he
was
Sh e
He
wasn't
lt working. lt working.
You You
were not
We were
weren't
They They
2.2 Yesl No Questions Short Answers
AFFlRMAT|VE NEGATlVE
Past Verb + Past Past of

of 8e Subject -ing Subject of Be Subject Be + Not
I I I
he he was not
was
she
he
she
, was.
she wasn't.
it working? Yes, it No, it
you you you

were not.
Were we were. We
weren't.
they they they
258 Unit 24 Past Progressive and Simple Past

english.us.org
2.3 lnformationOuestions
wh- word past Subject Verb + -ing Wh- Word Past Verb + -ing
of 8e as Subject of 8e
I studying?
he
What was
she
doing? Who was talking?
it researching?
Where you working?
Why were they
experimenting? What was happening?
How feeIing?
» Spelling Rı.ıles for Verbs Endıng in ,ing: see Page A20
2.4 Usin Past Pro ressIVe
E Use the past progressive to talk ln 2010, l was working in a science lab,
about an event in progress at a "Were you studying in the cafeteria at lunchtime?"
specific time in the past. "No. / was studying in the library."
El Use information questions to ask Why were the researchers working all night?
about events in progress at a What was Lucy wearing at the party?
specific time in the past.
Who were you talking to this morning?
E Use the full negative forms when The machine was not working.
writing in class.
Use negatiVe contractions in l wasn't working yesterday afternoon

everyday speaking.
2.1 Past Progressive Statements
A Complete the sentences with the past progressive form of the verb in parentheses.
1i wds lo okırg (look) the Web the other day, and lfound out some interesting
information about inventions.
? ln 1968, another scientist, Spencer Silve1 (try) to make a strong glue,
but he made a very good weak glue. Arthur Fry. a co-worker, put the glue on small pieces of
paper and used the sticky papers at work. Soon the other co-workers
(use) the sticky papers, too, The sticky papers became Post its.
english.us.org
3 ln 1945, a scientist named Percy Spencer

(experiment) with microwave energy. He _
(stand) too close to a machine when it melted a peanut a
..
candy bar in his pocket. The machine became the first ö
mlcrowave oven.
4 ln 1930, Ruth Wakefield (make) cookies for
customers at her restaurant. She put small pieces of chocolate in the

cookies and called them chocolate chip cookies. Soon Wakefield's
customers (ask) her for the cookie recipe, and it is
now on bags of chocolate chips.
dtr
5 ln 1853, George Crum, a chef at a New York restaurant,
_ (feel) unhappy with a customer. The customer

(refuse) to eat has potatoes because they were too
thick. So Crum cut the potatoes into thin slices and fried them, and they
became the first potato chips.
B Pa İr WOrk ask and answer Wh- questions with Who as the subject about the inventors
in A. Use the Past Progressive.
A Who was feeling unhappy with a customer?

B George Crum was feeling unhappy because a custorner wasn't eating his food.

The past progressive is used most What were you talking about at breakfast?
commonly with verbs of speaking and Fry was thinking about bookmarks.
thinking, such as ta/k, think, say, wonder,
and ask. He was wondering how to keep them inside his
songbook,
They were asking about the accident /ast night,
The past progressive is also used with Silver was trying to invent a glue.
verbs that describe everyday actions,
'trong
He was working all day Thursday, so he missed
such as do, try, look, get, come, work, sit, class.
walk, take, watch, read, make, drive, and
wear,
Were you watching TV at 8 o'clock last night?
Ruth Wakefield was making cookies.

english.us.org
l Exercise 2.2 Commontv Used Verk
Write sentences with the commonly used verbs to describe what the people were doing at
7:15 p.m. yesterday evening.
c
ğ
-$N /
;l
1 jüg
6
was driving home from school. Thomas
. )::!İrJ§r] l&a
,
ı ı*lrı.ı
Lorna Gabi and Jim
ıl tl
ııla
ü *,rt
ı üıP-
ı :a:::=
a 6 kevin and selena
G lJ P
ı ı
Peter 8 Clara

english.us.org
l Eıerclıe 2.3 Yesl No Ouestions and lnformation Questions

A Read Joe's schedule for yesterday. Write questions about him. Use the words in parentheses
with the verbs in the past progressive.
9:OO a.m.: in class - take notes!

11:3O a.m.: study English in the library
12:30 p,m,: have lunch at Chinese restaurant
1:3O p.m.: meet classmates at park to practice English
1OO p.m.: work at computer store
7:OO p.m.: call Mom about Dad's birthddy
11:OO p.m,: work on business project
'l (what/Joe/do /at 9:00 a.m.?) at was o doin at 2OO a.m.?

2 (he/eat/lunch at 11:3O a.m.?) Was he eatina lunch at 11:30 a.m.?
3 (what/he/study?)
4 (his friends / meet/ him at 12:30 p.m. for lunch?)
5 (where/ his classmates / meet / him?)
6 (what/ he/ do/at 3:00 p.m.?)
7 (what/|,e / do / at 7:00 p.m.?)
8 (who /he/talk/to last night?)

9 (he/work/on his project/at 1'1:00 p.m.?) _
B Paİr WOrk Witl, a partner, practice asking and answering the questions in A. Then write
and ask two more questions.
A What was Joe doing at a.m.?
9:f A Where was Joe having lunch?
B He was taking notes in c/ass. B He was having lunch at a Chinese restaurant.
C Pa İr WOrk Create your own schedules for a day last week. Do not show your partner.
Ask and answer questions to find out what your partner was doing.
A Were you working in the afternoon? A What were you doing at 7:00 p.m.?
B Yes, lwas. B lwas doing my homework-
262 |nit 24 Past Progressive and Simple Past

english.us.org
EI Time clauses with past Progressive

and Simple Past
A time clause tells when the main I MA|N CLAU5E T|MF cLAUsF
clause happened. I He called me on his phone while he was walking
I home yesterday.
3.1 When or.While + Event in Proqress
A Wh"n refers to a particular time or l met Joanna.

period that something was in progress ü
l was living in Houston.4
l met Joanna when l was living in Houston.
E Whii" ."un. at the same time, or

- The phone rang three times,
during the time that an event was in üüü
pro9ress. We were having dinner.
The phone rang three times while we were having
dinner.
----)
-
3.2 Time Clauses with Past Proqressive
Time Clause Main Clause

(with Past Progressive) (Simple Past)
When
While
he was working, he discovered the cure
Main Clause Time Clause

(5imple Past) (with Past Progressive)
when
He discovered the cure he was worklng.
while
3.3 Time Clauses with Sim le Past
Time Clause Main Clause

(with simPle Past) (Past Progressive)
when he discovered the cure, he was working.

english.us.org
( 3 Time Clauses with Sim le Past (contınued)
Main Clause Time Clause

(Past Progressive) (with simple Past)
when he discovered the

He was working
cure.
3.4 usinq Time clauses with past proqressive or simple past
E Yo, .un use a time clause with PROGRESS

EVENT,N SECOND EVENI
when or whı/e and the past While Tim was thinking about the problem, he had an
progressive to talk about an idea,
event that was in progress when a SECOND EVENT CYENT jN PROGRESS
second event happened, Mr. üum invented chips while he was working in a
restaurant.
Use the simple past for the second EVENT lN PROGRESS SECONO EVENT
event in the main clause. When we were sitting in the library, the alarm went of{.
EVENT /N PROGRESS
l met an old friend when l was walking home.
E Yo, ."n also use a time clause EVENT lN PROGRESS SECOND EVENT
with when and the simple past She was driving home when she saw the accident
to talk about a second event that
happened while another event was
already in pro9ress-
Use the past progressive for the SECOND EVENT EYENT lN PROGRESS
event that was already in pro9ress When my friend arrived, l was watching TV
(in the main clause).
E Don't forget to use a pronoun in Marie was talking about her problem when she thought of
the second clause if the subject is a so/ution.
the same in both clauses, When Marie thought of a solution, she was talking about
her problem.
E Remember that a time clause can MAIN CLAUSE TIME cLAUsE

come before or after the main lt started to rain while we were walking in the park.
cla u se, MAIN Cl,AUsE T|ME CLAUSE
JosĞ was taking a test when his cell phone rang.
use a comma when the time clause flME CtAUsE MAIN :LAUSE
comes first. While we were walking in the park, it started to rain
flME CLAUSE MAIN CLAUSE
When his phone rang, Josğ was tak'ng a test.

english.us.org
f ,) {ir arnıyıar hruıılı ıon
Complete the sentences in the article. Use the past progressive or the simple past form of the
Sometimes unexpeaed things happen, and someone invents or

discovers something. The discovery of graviç - the force that pulls all
h a
the stars and planets to each other in the universe - is an example of 9

this. ln 1666, lsaac Nemon, an English scientist, _Jvas şİttİng (siı)
in his garden when an apple _ _ (fall) from an apple
tree. Newton got the idea of graviğ from that one moment.
Another story is about James Watt, who was born in 1736. Some
people say that while James Watt (look) at a
boiling tea kettle, he tÖ}tltn" idea for a
steam engine,]
ln 1799, French soldiers . (work) in Egypt
when they _ _ (find) a stone with writing on it.

This was the famous Rosetta Stone. The stone helped people learn
how to read Egyptian writing.
ln 1908, while a German woman (make) a
cup of coffee, she _ __
ln]
(discover) that paper worked
as an excellent filter for coffee and water. she invented coffee filters.
ln 1895, a German scientist _ (experiment)
ı," ü*
with electricity when he _ __ (notice) that one piece
ofequipment (create) some strange green
he
1]
light around some objects. While __:. . _ (work), he

noticed that the stripes of light - or rays - (go)
through paper but not thicker ob.iects, and through humans but not
everywhere
through bones. By 1900, scientists _:.
(work) with the new rays, and doctors (use) X-rays
i]5
to take pactures of people's bones.
lt's amazing that all these inventions and discoveries
(happen) by accident!
gtoam engine: an engine that makes somethin9 move because steam goes through it
1*ü
english.us.org
B Now listen and check your answers.
C Paİr WOrk lsk thr"e questions using What was/were. . . doing? about the events in A.
Ask and answer the questions with a partner.
A What was the German woman doing?
B She was making a cup of coffee.
Exercise 3.2 Past Pro essive and sin >le past with when and while
A Combine the ideas in the stories about unexpected events using the past progressive and
simple past. Circle when or while.
Alice needed some money. She didn't know where
she could get some. One day, she was uıOlkİng
(walk) down the street when/while she
(find) a $10O bill. She was able to
pay her phone bill and buy groceries at the supermarket.
When/While _ Eric_ (write)

E-
he
If
a paper for school, (receive) an
(6)
e-majl from a stranger in France with the same last name.

When/While Eric _. (read) the
(7) ıaı
e-mail and _ (learn) about the man's
'iI
{amily history, he _ kealize) that they
were couslns
They
Julia and Susan went to a party. (Iook around) to
seewhotheyknew_ whenlrııhlle they _i] (see) their co-worker
John. They _ (smile) and

,] (wave) at him,
but he (not wave) back. The next day, wheo/while they

i]ll] |1|
a]
(work), they _ (see) him walk into the office.
He said he wasn't at the party. lt was his twin brother!
B Paİr WOrk Wltl, a partner, te|l stories about unexpected events. Take turns.
Use when and while with the simple past and past progressive.
A What were you doing when ıt started to rain yesterday?
B l was waiting for the bus.

english.us.org
't Form the past progressive by using was ,/ were + verb + -ing.
were <tudvina
Some strange thin gs-happening jn the laboratory. We were İ-ıdİ in the library
2 With the subjects l, he, she, it, ot a singular noun, use was in the past progressive.
wds
The professor were asking some guestions about the experiment.
3 With the subjects you, we, they, a plural noun, or a compound subject, use were in the
Past progressive.
v,/ere were
The scüentists *a3 trying to find a so]ution to the problem. D]ana and 1 ı,,as working ın the library.
4 ln information questions, use question word order after the Wh- word in the past progressive.
\!trl )|ou
What 1av,weıe doing at 5 o'clock yesterday?
Editing Task
What were you doing when . . . ? We asked some people to remember what they were doing
on special days. Find and correct ten more mistakes in the questions and answers.
Person Question Answer

were wu
Juno What yeu-vere doing when I watching ry all day
(30 years old) Barack obama became
president?
trl^_
What was you doing when lwas listen to the radio, and
(7'1 years old) the first men landed on the l talking to a friend on the
moon? phone.
Pamela What you doing at 2:00 p.m. l were having lunch with
(18 years old) on your birthday? some friends.
Andrea What was you and your We dancing at a party at a

(37 years old) husband doing at midnight friend's house.
last New Year's Eve?
Helen What you were doing at 4:00 My family and l was having a
(52 years old) p.m. last 4th of July? picnic.
lnventlons and Discoveries 267

english.us.org
Subject and Object Pronouns;

Questions About Subjects
and Objects
Fast Food or Slow Food

A How many times a week do you eat dinner at home? Read the article.
What do you eat when you are in a hurry?

help you.
1 What is different about American eating habits today?
2 Why are Americans cooking less at home?
3 What changes is one chef making to recipes?
4 Why is another chef visiting American towns?
C N[İlfüt n"ad the sentences from the article. Answer the questions
about the words in bold.
1 "Nowadays, Americans are eating more unhealthy food, and they are
getting heavier because of it."
Who does they refer to? What does it refer to?
2 " For example, one chef recently wrote a new healthy-eating cookbook.
He adapted the recipes for popular high-calorie dishes and made them
healthier. "
who does he refer to? what does them refer to?
3 "Another chef is visiting towns in the United States to help people think
about their diets. She wants the people in these towns to change the way
they eat."
Who does she refer to? Who does they refer to?
26a
english.us.org
s ect and Pronouns: Questions About Su ects and ob
t
SHOULD YOU CHANGE
Tl
Eating habits in the United States are now different
from what they were 40 years ago. Nowadays,
Americans are eating more unhealthy food, and they
are getting heavier because of it. Also, because
their schedules are busy, Americans do less cooking
at home, and many of them often eat at fast-food
restaurants. The food at these restaurants can be high in
fat and caiories,l and some of it is made from processed,2 ı
or pre-cooked, ingredients.3 This means that many
Americans are eating less natural, less healthy food.
Some chefs are not happy about these new eating
habits, and they're working to change them. They are
Promoting healthy food and encouraging Americans
to be more careful about what they eat. For example,
one chef recently wrote a new healthy-eating cookbook.
He adapted the recipes4 for popular high-calorie dishes
! .-
and made th€m healthier. This means that now people
,r
can cook their favorite meals and they get only ha|f
the calories. Another chef is visiting towns in the
20 United states to help people think about their diets.5
§he wants the people in these towns to change the
way tüey eat. She also wants children to eat healthy
food, so she is encouraging schools to create \
hea|thy lunch plans for them.
\
calorie
\ I
processed: treated
\
:in9redient
'recipe:
t
a s,
fffi
and cook a
-§
,r-,
sdiet: the {c
- roil
1 r- ü Fast Fo{
ıİ..
d 269 t-,
english.us.org
Z Srbject and Object Pronouns

Rachel usually makes /unch for Diego.
pronouns refer to nouns. There are different ıacırı)
(= (= o eoo)
pronouns for subjects and objects. However, yesterday she decided to take him
to a restaurant,
2.1 Subiect and Obiect Pronouns
Sub.ject Pronouns Object Pronouns

me
you you
he him
she her
it it
we us
they them
» subject and object Pronoun5: see page A18
2.2 Usin Sub ect and Ob ect pronouns
§ lhe sub,jea in a sentence is the

sUBJac1
sUBJEcT
person or thing doing the action.
Subject pronouns replace nouns Our chef wrote a cookbook, He included many new
that are the subject of a sentence. recipes.
sUBlEcT
sUBJEcT
Americans cook less at home. They often eat at resiaurantı.
p The oblect in a sentence is the osJEc1

oBJEcİ
person or thing receiving the l remember James. l met him in the cafeteria
action. Object pronouns replace
oBJEcT
nouns that are the object in oBJEcT
a sentence or the object of a My sister loves hamburgers. My mom often makes them.
prepositional phrase. She wants childre n to eat healthy {ood. She is makıng
healthy lunch plans for them.
grow carrots and tomatoes

ğ A pronorn can refer to one or l
more noun phrases.
They taste good
27O Unit 25 Subject and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjects and Objects
english.us.org
Subject and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjects and Objects
2 Usin Sub ect and Ob ect Pronouns (continued)
E When talking about yourself and Eric and l eat vegetables_

another person, put yourself Martha told Eric and me about the new store
last. Use the correct pronoun.
(sua.;rcr = /; os:rcı = me)
E U." u pronoun after the noun is My brother eats fast food. He likes fries_
introduced. ııor He eats fast fo od. l4l$rotlıer likes f ries
E}Grammar Application
R
Exercise 2.1 Choosing Pronouns
A Complete the sentences with the

E
correct subject or object
pronoun for the underlined words. '/
l
I ü
1 These d many people are eating
better Them are choosin s a
hea lthy o ods t- t
2 For example, instead of ice cream,
some people order frozen yogurt.
-l
lt/ He doesn't have as many calories.
3 My friends and l love hambu rgers, but
we/us make turkey burgers because they/them are healthier!
4 l really don't like vegetables, but they/them are good for l/me.
5 My friend Marco loves pizza. l made one for he/him with just a little cheese and a
lot of vegetables. He/ Him loved itl
6 Marco and l ate vegetable pizza twice last week. ltlThey tasted great and made
we/us happy!
B Pa İr Work Discuss these questions with a partner.

1 What food do you like to eat?
2 What food is good for you?
3 What food isn't good for you?
A l love to eat pasta. How about you?

B l love it, too, but l need to eat more vegetab/es.
Fast Food or Slow Food 271

english.us.org
Exerçise 2.2 Using Subject and Ob.lect Pronouns
A Complete the sentences using the correct subject pronoun or ob.ject pronoun for
the underlined words. Use some of the pronouns in the chart.
Subje- you he
J
she it we the y
Objea me yoU him her it us the m
H|]I ı İ il l \ troi=Eı
ı
Gobalt University Caieteria: I
ı §
Now Serving . . . Vegetables! r"
t
E
L d
By Yuki Tanaka
The university cafeteria is offering a
/
new menu to give students healthy options
for their meals. Students often eat unhealthy
food. 'fhey don'tusually have time to
cook, so eat in either fast-food
restaurants or in the cafeteria. To help eat healthier food, the school asked
nutritionistsrto create a healthy menu for the cafeteria Nutritionists found that if
_ can offer quick food that is both healthy and tasty, students will enjoy
eating , _. Nutritionists also know that $gderı§ perform better if
{J)
eat
healthy food because gives _ energy and nutrients2 - two things
i,,)
i3]
that are Very important to a busy student.
l surveyed some students about the new menu yesterday. One student said, "My
roommates and l.just had breakfast here, and _ loved ,, ." Another
student reported, "We asked for better food in the cafeteria, and the school listened
to _ ]]1]
. This is great news for everyone. "
Check outthe new menu as soon as you canl lt's long, and you can order many
things from For example, there are all kinds of salads, sandwiches, vegetarian
:!
choices, and smoothies. students can even order sushi. __ is delicious!
'nutritionist: an exPert on the subject of how the body uses food

'nutrient| something that plants, animals, and people need to grow
B Pa İr WOrk Co.pu.e your answers with a partner. Discuss any differences in the
pronouns you chose.
272 Unir 25 Subject and ob.ject Pronouns; ouestions About Sub.jects and objects
english.us.org
Sub.ject and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjects and Objects
El Ouestions About the Subject and

the Object
Subjects are the people or things that do "Who made this sandwich?"
5lJBJEcI
the action in a sentence. objects receive
"Rachel made it."
the action in a sentence. Wh- questions with "What did you eat?"
who or what can ask about the subject or oaJ€cI
the object. "l ate a salad."
3.1 Ouestions and Answers About the Sub ect
ou EsTloNs ANswERs SHORT ANSWERS
Form
What Verb Subject Verb Subject oi Do
eats eats does
Who fast {ood? My sister fast food My sister
ate ate did.
makes the food make do.
What The spices it good The spices
made good? made did
3.2 Ouestions and Answers About the Obiect
Form
Who / What ot Do Subject Verb Subject Verb Object
does
Who James see in the cafeteria? He Rachel.
dıd saw
do eat
What
did
the students eat for lunch? They
ate
tacos.
3.3 Askin and Answerin ouestions About sub ects and ob ects
El Use who to ask about people "Who ate lunch with you?" " Kevin did_"
"Who did you take to lunch?" "l took Kevin."
E Use ,hatto ask about things "What smells good7' "The food does."
"What did you eat for lunch?" "l ate a sandwich_"

english.us.org
3.3 Askin and Answerin ouestions About sub ects and ob ects (continued)
E Answer questions about the "Who wants dessert?" "l do."

subject with the subject and "Who likes sushi?" "Carla does."
do/does/did. "Who went with you?" "Su-bin did."
E Yor aun answer questions about "Who did you see in the cafeteria?" "Carla."
the object with just the object. "What did you eat for lunch?" " A sandwich."
E Use ,ho in object questions "Who did you eat with?" "l ate with my mom-"
Whom is rarely used nowadays ıi,/il4ı-ıvhoa did you eat?

and is very formal.
F ln conversation. subject
questions are four times more subjeçt
common than object questions questions
Object
questions
Exercise 3,1 Using Who and What
A Complete the guestions using Who or What.

Ana Maria is a writer for the university e-newsletteı She is
curious about the eating habits of students. She interviewed
several students on campus.
EE@ Hi! My name is Ana Maria. Whot didyou eat

for lunch today?
EE[!t l ate a garden salad.
EHİffi did you eat with?
İİİE l ate wiih my roommate here, Mike.
ffrfi[ftt Hi! did you have for lunch?
Ena l had achiclen sandwich and fresh tomato soup.
[ffi[@ Thanks! Excuse me, can l ask you some questions?
usuallv cooks vour dinner?
(4)
EEE My mom usually does.

E@@ is vour favorite dish?
EEıE lt's defin'itely my momt orange chicken. lt's great
@@ Thanks so much!
274 |Jnit 25 Subject and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjects and Ob.iects
english.us.org
Su b1 ect and Object Pronouns; Ouestions About Subjects and Objects
B Lirt.n to the interviews in A. ln each answer, underline the subject or object that
Ana Maria's question asks about. Some questions may ask about more than one
subject or object.
ffiÜm Hi! My name is Ana Maria. What did you eat {or lunch today?
ffi! l ate a garden salad
Exerciıe 3.2 Forming Ouestions About Subjects and Objects
A Look at the restaurant receipts below for these students' lunches. Write questions about
them. Use the undertined words in the answers to help you.
Ricardo's Lun<h Kai Lin and Clara'9 Lun(h
BILL,S BURGER BAR The Garden Room

1 cola....,................................... .. $2,50 1 hot tea ....$4.00
1 large fries.............................. -.$4-25 1 bottle of water....... ....$4.50
1 double cheesebuıger wiü 2 large garden salads .. $24.00
tomatoes and mushlooms............... $14.00 1 baked potato.......... ....$8.00

1 laıge chocolate milkshake......,...... .. $6.99
Subtota] $40.50
subtotal...............................................,527.74 Tax....... ..$3.24
Tax.......................................................... $2.13
Tota] §43,74
Totaı §29.a?
l Who ate fast food? Ricardo ate fast food.

2 He ate a double cheeseburger
3 Kai Lin ate with Clara.
4 He drank a milkshake.
5 Clara had a baked potato.

6 kai Lin had a bottle of water
7 kai Lin and clara had a healthier lunch
8 Ricardo spent less money.
B Pa İr WOrk Wrlte three more questions about the receipts. Then ask and answer
the questions with a Partner.
A Who drank a cola?
B Ricardo did.

english.us.org
C GrOUP WOrk rnink your last meal. Ask four classmates about their last meals, and
"bout
tell them about your meal. Then enter their information in the chart and report to the class.
A What did you have for lunch, Paulo?
B l had a chicken sandwich and some chips.
A Who did you eat with?

Bl ate lunch alone.
Who What
ı Paulo 1 chicken sandwich and chips

2 2
3 3
4 4
; 5
Paulo had a chicken sandwich and chips. He ate alone. He said his lunch was great!
gI Avoid Common MistakesA

1 Do not confuse subject and object pronouns.
l
My friends and me eat together at school.
She
Het never eats breakfast.
! Use the correct gender in pronouns: he / him for males and she / her for females.
Mr. Jack eats salad fo, üunch. # is concerned abour his hea]th,
3 Use a pronoun after the noun is introduced.

Henrv He
He riakes a tasty vegetable pot pie. llefrry uses sweet potato, mushrooms, carrots, and cheese
276 Unit 25 Sub.iect and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjeas and Ob.jects
english.us.org
Subject and Object Pronouns; Questions About Subjects and Objects
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes in Nicole and Alison's blog about fast food.
tro:=a
Fast Food Blog
t]l! Welcorê to ourtaçtToodblog|
Who eats fast food? So many ofwe do.
My sister and me started this blog because
a lot of our friends and family members had
unhealthy diets. we wanted to help they make
5 healthier choices. we also wanted to give other

peop[e information to help th€y make better
choices about their diet.
Alison had the idea to start a btog. He
told me about her idea, and l liked it. Then my
1o friend James helped Alison and l design th€ site.
Thanks, James!
lf you have questions about fast food or about
healthy eating,.iust post your question or e-mail it !

t'
to we. Alison and me read the questions every day
]5 and try to answer them.
He sent us our first question. John wrote this:
"Why do so many Americans eat fast food?" Well, John, some people eat it because them have
very busy schedules. other people eat it because it's affordable. But, of course, lots of peoPle
just eat fast food because them like it! We do, too! A(ison and me just want to remind people that
20 Too MucH fastfood is not a good idea!
We hope that helps.

english.us.org
lnfinitives and Gerunds

ı
Do What You Enjoy Doing
v
O Crammar in the Rea World .ti
A C"n u teenager change the world? Read this article from a magazine for
teens. How did Tavi's interest in fashion change her life?
B Comprehensİon Check Match Tavi's age with the event that

took place in her life.
1 Tavi started writing a blog. a age 1 1
2 She tried acting for the first time. b age 5'1
3 She decided to turn her blog jnto a magazine. c age 8'1
C INEE! rind similar sentences in the article. Complete the

sentences with the verb in parentheses. Use the article to help you
with the form of the verb.
1 Like most young women, Tavi enjoyed (learn)
\-
about style and fashion.
2 At the age of 12, Tavi decided _ (start) an
online blog.
3 Fashion editors discovered the blog, and invited Tavi
(go) to fashion shows.
4 Tavi did not expect _ (become) a celebrity.
5 Tavi tried _ (act) a few years later.
_.J
ı
27a
ı
ı
I
english.us.org
lnfinitives and Gerunds
\ \
l l,.]
§
\
l
-:./
/,
# ı)
r
i]
\
-f
l ,'ü
l- ü \
!
t, ]
h - t
\* ,,a,
WRITER, EDITOR,
İ
AN ACTRESS -
A11 B efore Age 20
I I
A lot of teenagers like to share their pictures and opinions online.

A lot of young women like to experiment with fashion. Tavi Gevinson
loved to do both. She also enjoyed shopping for unusual clothes.
Her interests in social media and fashion went beyond a free-tjme
5 activity. Her interests helped her become a famous {ashion blogger by
the time she was only 11 years old!
Tavi began her career as a writer and editor in 2008 with her fashjon
blog Sğ/e Rookie, She enjoyed posting pictures of unusual outfits and
writing about fashion trends. She wanted to post online for fun, and
ll ıo she did not expect to become famous.
Soon her blog became very popular, and people began to read her
]
opinions. Editors from international fashion magazines discovered her
blog. They started to invite Tavi to fashion shows.
i
At 15 Tavi decided to change her blog. She started a magazine for
ls teens called Rookie about pop culture, fashion, and social issues.
Soon it began to get attention and many girls wrote to TaVi about
I
their hopes and dreams. Rookie continues to publish art and writing
from celebrities, journalists, and the magazine's online readers.
i At 18 Tavi wanted to do something different. She was interested in

20 theater, so she got a part in a New York p|ay. Again she was successful.
Tavi continues to act and she continues to run her magazine.
What! next? Someday she hopes to write a book.
,İ
'ıjğ_ l', Do What You Enjoy Doing 279
english.us.org
DlnF,nitives
An infinitive is to + the base form of the verb She Jı'ked to share pictures and opinions online.
to design, to play, to do, to be. she wanted to do it {or fun.
lnfinitives follow some verbs.
2.1 Verb + lnfinitive
Su bject Verb lnfinitive
Teenagers like to share onljne.

Tavi loved to experiment with fashion.
Peop e started to read her blog.
Tavi wanted to do ;
She continues to write and act
2.2 Usinq lnfinitives
I Yo, .un use an infinitive after these Tavi wantedto start a magazine.
verbs: want, need, like, love, hate, She needed to learn about style.
prefer.
Young people like to share pictures on/ine
Tavi loves to write articles.
Some peop'e hate to post online.
l prefer to take photographs.
E Yo, ."n use an infinitive after these How does she plan to develop her magazine?
verbs: p/an, decide, expect, hope. She decided to aa in plays.
She never expeded to become famous.
She hopes to help teenagers.
E You .un use an infinjtive after these She began to gei lefters from young women.
verbs: begin, start, continue. People started to invite Tavi to fashı'on shows
Her business continues to grow.
28o Unit 26 lnfinitives and Gerunds

english.us.org
lnfin itives and Gerunds
2.2 Usin lnfinitives (continueğ
E Yo, .un use an infinitive after these She learned to create layouts.
verbs; iearn, refuse, try. she refused to sell her business,
Someone tried to buy her company in 20{b
» Verbs + Gerunds and nfin t]Ves: see page 426
2.3 Usin lnfinitives with would Like
E Would /ike is a polite way to say want Tavi would like to write a book someday
(=She wants to . . . )
use an infinitive ailer would like They would like to design a website.
ğ People usually use l'd like, she'd like, l'd like to learn more about business, foo
or they'd like in speaking.
E Notice the difference between /'d /ike l'd like to play chess on/lne. (Person doesn't play yet.)
to and / /ike to. Sometımes l like to play chess online. (Person plays
sometimes-)
E To ask someone if they would like to "Would you like to read more aboutTavi?"
do something, say or write, " Would "Yes, l'd like to know more."
you like + infinitive. .. ?"
E}Grammar Application
Exercise 2.1 lnfinitives
A lt's the first day of computer class, and Professor Sullivan asked how his students and
their friends use technology. Complete the sentences with infinitives from the boxes.
bry
ıffi
r
like to cleek
3,
l my e_mail be{ore class.
My friend Paulo refuses ı

(2)
clothes in stores. He only shops online.
@ My friends and l don't like _ il çl

'- al
to e-mail. We prefer _ r. _ on Gl ı
social networking sites.
ğ@ l love __ _ time on the lnternet
Aleiandro l recently started _ a blog.
Do What You En.ioy Doing 281

english.us.org
do
ffi l love _ text messages to friends.
trE
\7l
l watch TV on my cell phone on the bus. l don't want ._. my
favorite shows. l can watch them online anytime.
@ llike-theWeb.lbookmarkallmyfavoritesites.
@
(9)
l trv the latest videos on youTube when l have time.

(10)
Hiroshi l like eveMhino mv classmates said. l'm on mv comouter 24l/ |
B Over to You Make the sentences in A true for you. Then compare with a partner.
A / -
iike to check my e-mail before class. How about you?
B Well, l/ike to check my e-mail in the evenings.
Exercise 2.2 Pronunciation Focus: Saying Io: Want To, Would Like To
ln natural speech, people say to quickly Children like to play on computers.

lt can sound like /la/ or /la/. She wanted to sha Ie her picLures.
Want to often sounds like "wanna."

What do you want to do?
Do you want to go?
Do not use "wanna" in writing and formal

speaking. ln thls presentation, lwantto talk about
three problems.
People say 'd softly in l'd like to. l'd like to join that new social networking site
A Li.ten and repeat the sentences in the chart above
6B Lirt.n to the conversation. Check (/) the toPics they talk about
! .u...r, n family
f n computers ! friends
! hobbies ! teaching
! school E working with children
282 Unit 26 lnfinitives and Gerunds

english.us.org
lnfinitives and G erunds
C Complete the conversation with the verbs + infinitives from the box. Then listen to the
conversation and check your answers.
'd like to be hope to have like to work need to stay want to have
'd like to work like to spend need to do v# want to teach
E What do you wq!|tla d9 as a career?
EE!fi l _ a teacher You know, lreally

(3)
_ elementary
school. l with children. How about you?
@ welı, ı
I
my own business one day.
!ffi Really? So, what kind of business do you 1
!@ weıı, ı with computers somehow. Computers are my hobby

right now. lactually time in front of a screen
EEIEE So, how do you do that? l mean, what do you ?
!fi l guess l
(10)
in college another year and develop my computer skills.
D Pa İr WOrk Wtt a partneı talk about what you would like to do or want to do on the
lnternet this week. Use these verbs: chat, download, listen to, look for, read, reply, send,
watch, wr'üte. Say to quickly.
EI Cerunds
ı Grammar presentation
A gerund is the base form of the verb + -ing: She enjoyed writing about fashion
going, watching, working.
She keeps working her magazine.
Gerunds follow some verbs.
3.1 Verb + Gerund

Subject Verb Gerund
I
stopPed taking a web design course
They finished reading the new blog posts
Tavi enjoyed shopping with her {riends,
she continues writing for the magazine.
Do What You Enjoy Doing 283

english.us.org
3.2 Usin Gerunds
E Yo, .un use a gerund after these Tavi enjoyedworking with teenagers.
verbs: enjoy. stop, avoid, miss, She stopped going to school.
finish, keep, imagine. Sal avoided taking computer classes because he
was afraid of computers!
l miss to music on my MP3 player.
'isteningworking on the new design yesterday
They finished
She kept developing her website every day.
Can you imagine being famous at 15?
E Oont confuse the present

She enjoys developing the website
progressive with verb + gerund.
The present progressive uses the PRESENT PROGRESSlVE
verb be + base form of verb ı -ing She is developing a website right now
3.3 Verbs + Gerund or lnfinitive
El You .un use either a gerund or an She started to play with web desıgns.
infinitive after these verbs: /ike, She started playing with web designs
love, hate, prefer, begin, continue,
5tart.
The meaning is exactly the same.
» Vertıs + Gerunds and lnfin tives: See page 426.
F Data from the Real World

You can use some verbs with gerunds or infinitives. Research shows that some verbs use gerunds
more often and some verbs use infinitives more often.
KEY
People use an infinitive more often With /ike. /ove, lto
hate, prefer, and contınue.
1-lns
--1
People use a gerund more with start. They use an
infinitive or a gerund equally with begin.
like
l. prefer start begin
I
hate continue

english.us.org
Exercise 3.1 Gerunds
A Complete the questions with gerunds. Use the verbs in the box. Sometimes more than one
answer is correct
read ğ3e visit write
Chad is writing an essay on students and their computer use. He created this online survey
for students around campus to complete, He hopes to get some useful information.
My Own Survey Eoi=a

tr 1 When did you start using a computer?
tr 2 Do you enjoy new computer programs?
tr 3 Do you like games online?
tr 4 Do you like social media?
tr 5 Do you enjoy your friends?
tr 6 Do you prefer the news online orin a newspaper?
tr 7 Do you always back up your frles when you finish a report or an essay?
tr 8 What do you dislike on your computer?
B Paİr WOrk Witt a partner, ask and answer the questions from Chad's survey. You can add
extra information.
A When did you start Using the software? A What did you start using it for?
B Only about two years ago. B / needed to write papers for school
Exercise 3.2 Gerunds or lnfinitives
A circle the correct form of the verbs in this article. sometimes both are correct.
"rp..t.d 6İ]D/making
Sarah Amari n"r", money from her hobby, but now she
runs a successful business. Sarah always enjoyed to take/taking photographs. She also liked
to edit / editin g them on her computer, She continued to work/wo rking on her photographs
(4]
until she liked the resuLt. She never expected to give/giving them to people. Then one day a
friend said she wanted to use/using one of Sarah's photographs. She planned to put/putting
it on a birthday card. This gave Sarah an idea. She decided to make/making greeting cards
with her photographs. She learned to design / designing her own website, and then she started
to sell/selling her cards online, She kept to add/adding new cards for different holidays and
celebrations. The business continues to grow/growing. Sarah is doing something she loves,

english.us.org
B Complete the sentences with a gerund or an infinitive. Sometimes both are possible.
Monica and Jenna are new community co|lege friends and are getting
to know each other. :.
fu.J
[@l J"nnu, how do you stay in touch with your friends?
,
Do you like to |gıt (text) them?
l
Uffi Not really. l prefer (chat) on a social
networking site. l like _ (read) their news
and l enjoy (check) out all their photos.
E|@t l like that, too. l also enjoy , (read) my
friends'updates on my phone. l have a great cell phone

plan, so l can text as much as lwant.
@ Cool. But can you imagine _ _ ü; _ (live) without computers?
ıVffi, No! l love the lnternet, too. l miss __ (check) messages when
ıı
|'m in class or at work.
l@ Hey, l hear there's a new social networking site called Hands Around theWorld,
Do you
. want (join) it?
E@
/Al
Not really. l can't continue (check) all those sites.
l have too many friends online already.
l@ l do, too. But l love il L],

(meet) new people. There's a big world
out there, and you never know what interesting people you can meet.
lvıit, Be careful, Jenna. Don't start (1 r)

(give) people too much
information about yourself.
l@ Don't worry. l avoid

' _ (say) too much about myself online.
E@ Good.
l12\
You have to be careful these days. Let's meet again after class so we can
start _ 11]l
(study).
@ OK. See you then.
C Pa İ r WO rk a.l. and answer these questions with a partner.

1 What lnternet sites do you like visiting?
2 What social media do you prefer to use? Why?
3 Do you enjoy texting? How often do you text?
4 Do you like meeting new {riends online?

english.us.org
Eaİ§E Focus: Go + Gerund
You can use go + a gerund for some sports l go dancing every weekend.
and leisure actjvities. l weot dancing iast week.
I would like to go swimming soon
go bowling go fishing 90 runnlng go skating

go camping go hiking go shopping go skiing
go dancing go jogging g€J€,h+s€eifig go swimming
Paİr WOrk Complete the questions with the verbs + gerunds from the box above.
(You do not need to use all the verbs + gerunds above.) Then ask and answer the
,>
questions with a partner. Make the questions true for you.
t-l
*tğ;
I
, l
l]
1/1
ş fu +
&
'l Do you usually go sİghtseeİng on vacat]on?
2 Do you and your friends ever _ ?
3 Do you like to on the weekend?
4 How often do you and your friends ?
5 Did your family last year?
6 Do you or your friends every week?
7 Would you like to with your {riends or family?
8 Would you like to ?

english.us.org
1 Don't use a base form when you need an infinitive or gerund.

to meeting
Eliza hopes.finish college soon. l enjoyed meet you.
2 Learn which verbs take an infinitive.

to take to have
l want ffi my own business. Joe needs ta*tng one more computer class.
t Learn which verbs take a gerund.

learnıng wo*ing
l enloyed toJeara abolt website design. Ash/ey keeps tawo* hard on her business
4 l would lİke to / l'd lİke to means "l want to do this." to means "l do thİs now and
l enjoy it." ' 'ike
l'd like to
f+iketo go to college next year.
5 ln writing, use want to. Never write wanna.

want to
l wamıe work in the summer.

english.us.org
lnfinitives and Gerund s
Editing Task
Find and correct six more mistakes in this student's e-mail to her professor.
6 Eoi=a
To; Professor carter
Sublect: Marketing classes
Dear Professor Carter,

going
l enjoyed togo to your class last week. l plan getting a job in market|ng when l
graduate, so l really enjoy to listen to your lecture. l like to come to your class on
Thursdays next semester because lcan't attend your Monday class- l hope get
a job on Monday nights, but l don't wanna miss any classes. l also like to attend
your marketing and technology class next semester. May l come and talk to you
about this?
Thank you,
Grace sanchez
Do What You Enioy Doing 289

english.us.org
Future with Be Goin g To,

Present Progressive, and Will
The Years Ahead

A Wh"t are your plans after graduation? Read this article from a college
newsletter. Are any of these students doing something you would like
to do?

newsletter to help you.
1 What are three different things the students at Greenlough College plan
to do after graduation?
2 What is one reason Sarah Woodley i5 going to Chile to teach English?
3 What does the Teach for America program do?
4 How did Jos6 Marquez get his new job?
c NlEıfrıl Read the sentences. Look at the underlined verb in each

sentence. ls the sentence about something now or in the future?
Check (/) the correct box.
N Future
1 Sarah Woodley is moving to Chile to teach English ı ı
2 George Guzm5n is going to take a special course. ı
3 l will be nervous teaching kids for the first time. ı
29o
english.us.org
Future with Be Present and WiIl
t t
§ ı_
\
\ı I
\
İ,
\ıı
J
,l
_
.
Every June, thousands of students graduate from college.

What are these new graduates' plans and hopes for their future?
Several graduates recently shafed their plans with us.
Sarah Woodley, who is getting a degree in English, is moving to

5 Chile to teach English. "I really want to experience living in a different
culture. l'm going to enjoy learning Spanish while lteach English.
|'m also going to enjoy helping people!"
Tara Stout is joining the Teach for America program. lt's a program
that places new college graduates in city schools across the country to
1o teach for two years. Tara says, "l know l will be nervous teaching kids for
the first time, but teaching is my dream. This is a perfect way to begin!"
]graphic design: using pictures and
diagrams, especially made by a Jos6 Marquez is graduating with an associate's degree in graphic
compuİer, to make advertisements,
design.l "I used the career center here at Greenlough, and lfound a job
posters, logo5, etc.
at an advertising company as a junior designer. l'm starting right after
'Publishing: the business of makin9
books, magazines, and newspapers 15 graduation. l will certainly put all of my training in this field to good use!
3editor: a person who corrects and
|'m exPecting terrific results."
makes changes to texts such as books
and ma9azine5
Finally, George Guzm5n, also an English majo1 is going to take a
special course in publishing'this summer. "I rea]ly want to become an
editoı3 Meeting people in publishing will help a lot. l'm sure l'll find a
zo good job."
We are so excited for all of these graduates and their classmates.
Congratulations and good luck, graduates!
The Years Ahead 291

english.us.org
a Futu re with Be Going To or

present pro greSSlVe
We can talk about the future using be Sarah is going to enjoy learning Spanish.
going to ol the present proqressiVe. Jos6 is starting his new job right a{ter graduation
2.1 Statements with Be Goinq To
AFFlRMATlVE NEGATIVE
Subject 8e Going Base Sub.|ect 8e+ Going Base

To Form Not To Form
of Verb of Verb
lam l am not
You You
are We are not
They 9olng a
They 9oln9 a
to 9et job. to 9et job.
He He
She ls She is not
lt lt
2.2 Yes/No Questions.with Be Goinq To

8e Subject Going To Base Form of Verb
Aml
Are you /we /they going to 9et a job?
ls he/she/]t
» Short Answers w th Be Going To: See page Al3.
2.3 lnformation Ouestions with 8e Goinq To

Wh- Word Be Subject Going To Base Form of Verb
Who am interview tomorrow?

What do after graduation?
you
When are We leave for New York?
th ey goin9 to
Where work after college?
Why he move to Canada?

ls she
How it pay his loans?
292 Unit 27 Future with Be Going Io, Present Progressive, and WiIl
english.us.org
Future with Be Going To, Present Progressive, and Will
3.4 Usin wıll to Talk About the Future (continueğ
Wh- Word Be Going To Base Form of Verb

as Subject
Who 9et a job after college?

l5 going to
What happen after school?
2.4 Statements with Present Pro ressıve
Su bject Be Verb + -ing Subject Be + Not Verb + -ing
I am I am not
You You
neXt neXt
are moving
week.
We are not movln9
week
T!"y They
He/She/lt is He / She / lt is not
» Spelling Rı.:les for Verbs Ending in -ing: See page A20

» Present Progles§ive (Contlactions): see page A8.
2.5 Yes/ No Ouestions with Present Pr re5slVe
Be Subject Verb + -ing short Answers

Amı Yes, you are. No, you're not,
you
Yes, we are. No, we're not,
Are
they
moving tomorrow? Yes, they are. No, they're not.
No, he's / she's /

ls he/she/it Yes, he / she / it is
ıt's not.
2.6 lnformation Questions with Present Proqressive

Wh- Word Be S u bject Verb + -ing
Who am interViewing tomorrow?
What doing
you 9fte!9ridua!|9!
When are leaving for New York?
they
Where working after college?
why he moving to Canada?

ls she
How it paying his loans?
Wh- Word as Subject Be Verb + -ing
Who 9etting a job after college?

is
What happening after school?
The Years Ahead 293

english.us.org
2.7 Usi Be Goin To and present pr resslVe
E Use be going to when you talk She's going to apply for a job in a software
about plans or intentions {or company. (intention)
the future.
E U.. th. present progressive for She's applying for a job in a software company
arrangements already made {or tomorrow. (arrangement already made)
the near future.
E Use be going to when you feel The sky is very dark. lt's going to rain.
certain about something in the l love my classmates. l'm going to miss them.
future based on evidence in
the present.
E Use full forms when writing in class. They are graduating next week
E Use contracted forms in everyday l'm going to rewrite my r6sum€

speaking and informal writing.
.fİ Grammar Apptication

Eıercise 2.1 Be Going Tö
A A group of college students is talking about summer plans. Complete the conversation with
be going to + the Verb in Parentheses. Use contractions when possible.
lltffi l 'm gaİOg_b aave] (travel) around Europe with il
my backpack for the summer!
Daniela Great! My sister and l ,_. (join) a
volunteer group to help city kids. What about

you, Luke?
lir ı (ıooKi Tor a loo rıgnr away.
!ft!ğ Laurie, you _ (do) the same thing as

ğ
me! l _ _ (9o) to Europe, too.
l5]
EEls lt sounds like all ofyou (do) some
fun things. Not me. l --,,-? (work) at the
bakery all summer. How about you, Fiona?
294 l)nit 27 Future with Be Going Io, Present Progressive, and Will
english.us.org
|@ My mother __ (be) here from lreland

'"'
fr
next month. Sh" _ (take) me to San
\', ]
Francisco! | can't wait.
!fu! Hey, maybe we can see you in San Francisco,
Fiona. My friend Anna and l .." (rent)
a camper and drive across the United dİates.
EEE l wish l could join you! l (not go)
''.'''
anvwhere! l _ (stav) home and relax!
lt all sounds great!
B Pa İr WOrk Writ. in{ormation questions about the friends in A. Then ask a partner for the
answers. write the answers.
A Whereb Laurie going to travel this summer? B 5he3 going to go to Europe.
1
Eıerciso 2.2 Future Use of Present P resslVe
A Complete the sentences using the present progressive form of the verbs.
Ruth and Anna are in Arizona. Fiona is in New York waiting for her mother to arrive. Ruth and
ffi
Fiona are texting each other. They want to meet up in San Francisco.
Ruth How are you? ls your mom comıng (come) today?
E@! l'rfine.She_ (arrive) this evening
ffi We're in Arizona. We ,,,

(go) to the Grand
Canyon tomorrow. The weather is going to be beautiful,

so we _ (meet) the tour group at 7:00 a.m
The Years Ahead 295

english.us.org
(leave) for San Francisco on Friday. When
Vou (get) there?
Ruth Probably by Saturday afternoon. Where

VoU (stay)?
f,fiğ at trıe Golden Gate Bridge Hotel. Call us when you arrive
We (go) to the aquarium early on
Sunday, l hope you can join us. //.
B Pa İr WOrk asl YeslNo and information questions to find out your partner's plans for
the next few weeks. Use the time expressions in the box. Use the present progressive in
your questions.
at (5:O0 p.m.) at lunchtime next (Monday) this weekend tomorrow tonight
A Are you staying in town this weekend? A What are you doing tonight?
B No, l'm going to New Jersey_ B l'm playing basketball with some friends.
Exercise 2.3 Be Goiı To or present pro resslVe
@ A Listen to the s peech and complete the sentences with be going to or the
present progressive form of the verb in parentheses.
Welcome, students, and thank you for coming today!
As you know, we're all here because of your efforts to help Redview Community College
become a better place of learningl With your help, we now have enough money to begin
improVements.
Firsi, we 're rePllcİng keplace) all the old computers in the Iibrary with new ones.
The technician t,2l
(come) in on Monday to begin work. The librarian
(order) new reference materials. They (be) here by
ö
next semester.
296 Unit 27 Future with Be Going To, Present Progressive, and Will
english.us.org
(expand) our recycling program. l (meet)

with some people from the environmental studies program th js afternoon to fjnalize the details.
The biggest news is that we _ _ (build) a new student center.
lt (have) a food court, a large bookstore, and conference rooms for
(8)
studentgroupstomeetin.Wethinkthatthebuilders--(start)nextweek.
ljnfortunate|v. it
{9)
(not be) readv until next vear.
( !u,
l hope you're looking forward to the great new services on campus! Thank you, once again,
for all of your help!
B Pa İr WOrk look at the speech again with a partner. Discuss which items in the speech are
(a) plans or intentions for the future, or (b) definite plans already made for the near future.
A l think that replacing the old computers is a de{inite plan.
B l agree. lt says, "The technician is coming on Monday." That's also definıte.
C G rO u P WO rk
Wrlte three information questions about the speech. Use present
progressive and be going to + verb. Ask your group. Write the answers.
A What is the librarian ordering for the library? B She's ordering new reference materials.
3 Futu re With u/ ill

we can use wil/to talk about facts in l will be 25 next year.
the {uture or to make predictions, The economy will grow next year-
3.1 statements
5ubject will Base Form Subject Base Form
of Verb Not of Verb
I I
You You
will a healthy will not a healthy
,ll have have
life. won't life,
They They
He/She/lt He/She/lt
The Years Ahead 297

english.us.org
3.2 Yes/No Questions

Will Subject Base Form short Answers
of Verb
I Yes, l No. I
you Yes, you No, you

a healthy
Will we have
life?
Yes, we will. No, we won't.
they Yes, they No, they
he/she/it Yes, he / she / it No, he / she / it

Wh-Word Will Subject Base Form of Verb
Who meet at the inte.view tomorrow?
What you do in your trainin9 program?
When return your documents?

will they
Where he find information about careers?
Why she travel to South America?
it
How build neW aPartments?
3.4 Usinq Wİl/ to Talk About the Future
E Use wiilfor predictions and The economy will grow next year.
expectations about the future
El Use wil/for things that are certain Next year will be the city's 150th anniversary.
in the future. you could also use be Next year is going to be the city's 150th anniversary
going to, but wil/ is more common
in academic writing.
E Use wil/for an immediate decision (to a server in a restaurant) l'll have the chicken salad,
about a future action, often with /'//
or we'll. l have to go. l'll call you this evening. Bye.
E Do not ,.. wil/ for arrangements l'm sorry, l'm busy this evening. l'm meeting Andrea
already made in the near future. ııor #llmeelAadre*
Use the present progressive.
E Do not use wil/ for plans and l'm goıng to buy a new laptop, so l'm looking at prices on
intentions. Use be going to. the Web,
Nor ##$tya*eı4aptop
english.us.org
3.4 Usin will to Talk About the Future (continued)
E We oft.n use / think, l suppose, I think it will coıt about $250.

and /9uess before statements with l guess it won't happen until next year.
wili. / guess is informal.
G Use full forms when writing in class. The building will not be ready until 2028
lf, Use contracted forms in everyday She'Il be 28 on her next birthday.

speaking and informal writing.
lT-I Grammar Application

Exerçise 3.1 Will and Will Notfor Predictions
A Complete the sentences about life in 2030 using will ot will not and the verb in parentheses.
science Tomorrow
By Scott Lupine
One of my favorite üings to do is to üink about how life will be in the
futuıe. Here are some of my ideas about a "green" future in üe
year 2030.
1 Cars and trucks _ ulll raa (run) on clean hydrogenl power.

2 All used pıoducts __ Oe) recyded.
3 People _ (ma}e) energy in üeir homes.
4 People _ _ (grow) their own fıuit and vegetables.
5 We _ _ (not use) oil for energy.
6We _ _ (store) bodyheat to warm a buil&ng.
7 We _ ,._ (get) all our power from the sun, wind, and water
8 We _ (change) garbage into energy.
9 We __ _ (not pay) high prices for altemative energy.2
'hydrogen: a very light gas that is one o{the chemical elements

'ahernative onergy: energy from a natural source, like wınd, wate., and the sun, that
doesn't hun the envaronment
B Over to You How many of the prediğtions in A do you think will be true? lf you think the
statements will not be true, change them. Explain your answers.
l think we will continue to use oi/. There will still be some in the world.
The Years Ahead 299

english.us.org
Eıergiıe 3.2 Be Going To and Will
A W.it. sentences with be going to or wil|.1n one sentence, either one is possible.
EE l ,/ move to a new apartment. (going to)

1 l', to move to a new a rtment.
EEftt When/that be? (will)
2
EE Next week. The land|adylgive me the key soon. (going to)

3
]|!@ I/help you move. (will)

4
EE Great. l/need allthe help l can get. (will/be going to)

5
E!!ğ Then lthink l/call Roberto and lvan to help you, too. (will)
6
Mia That/make it much easier for me. Thanks. (will)
7
[|ğE Let's celebrate, then. You/love having your own place! (going to)
B Over tO You Moving is a big change in life. Are you going to make any changes in the
near future? Write sentences about the change. Then tell a partner about it.
l'm going to quit my job soon. Then l'll look for another one.
Jt 3.3 Pronunciation Focus: lnformation Ouestions with Wil/
When people speak quickly and Who'll turn garbage into energy?
informally, they often use the what'll we do without oil?
contraction 'ilinstead of wil/after a How'll we use body heat to warm a building?
Wh- word. when'll we have cleaner cars and trucks?
Listen and repeat the questions in the chart above.
english.us.org
Future with 8e 6oin To, Present Progressive, and Will
1 Use the present progressive for arrangements already made for the near future.
Do not use will-
is meetıng
Trudy is busy this evening. She wi]M Alex-
3 The form in be going to statements is am / is / are and the -ing form of the verb go.
4 Use wi|l, not the simple present, for predictions.

will
Many more countries,have a female president in the next 10 years.
will become
The earth beeomes warmer over the next 30 years.
5 Use question word order in information questions about the object.
What yotiare going to do during the vacation?
Editing Task
Find and correct eight more mistakes in this e-mail.
6 Eoi=E
Hi Nuala,
am meeting
I ııa}meet with a career adviseı next week, and I going to discuss my future. What
Can I tel] him? My dream is to work in te]evision or üe movies. I think l going to apply
to a media studies Program. I going to take a special course or someüing. I going to
talk to some people who know about caIeers in TV soon. I üink üey give me some
good advice.
Can we ta]k about this? What you are doing on Monday? I go away on the weekend,
but I be back Monday moming. I'll call you then.
Thanks,
lanol
The Years Ahead 3O1

english.us.org
Will, May, and Mightfor Future

ı
Possibility; Willfor Offers and Promises
ı
Will We Need Teachers?

A How do you think schools will be different in 2050? Read this article from
an education magazine. How many changes did you predict?
B COmPrehenSİOn Check Answer the questions about the article.

'1 What is a virtual classroom?
2 Why can students in virtual classrooms live in different countries?

3 How will the teacher's job probably change?
4 ln your opinion, willthe combination of humans and technology make Jı
learning more or less enjoyable?
İ
C NEllİ6 Find these sentences in the article. Complete the missing
t
r
part of the verbs.
1 professional workers to update career skills
2 They be able to attend a traditaonal
university
3 Your teacher _ human.
4 You _ _ _ a talk by a famous human professor and
then interact with the bot for your assignments.
\
t ,t}
\
1 \ ,,
t
3o2
english.us.org
Will, Ma , and Miqht for Future Possibilit ; Will f or Of{ers and Promises
Vi?tua71
Educat ion
The year is 2050. As a 21't century worker, you
will need to update your skills, so you take a class.
ffi t
What can you expect?
First, tomorrow's students will be different
s Professional wo*ers will need to update career
skills. More students may have jobs and families.
Second, education will change. PeopIe won't
attend a traditional university. Universities and
private companies will offer online courses to
10 students from all over the world. You might be in a
class with ten thousand other students_
Third, your teacher might not be human. A
r*,l teacher bof wi|l type and talk like a person. lt
-
l ıs
may even have a name, but it will be an intelligent
machine communicating through the lnternet. You
may watch a talk by a famous human professor and
\ then send the bot your assignments.
1 Finally, the learning environment will change. You
will put on a headset to "9o to class." ln this virtual
20 classroom, you will see, hear, and feel like you are at
I a museum or maybe a traveler inside a human body.
One thing may not change. You will probably
still enjoy the company of human classmates.
Research shows that the best education still happens
zs in a social environment.
jvi.tual:
through the use of a comPuter
o ?bot An automated computer pro96m
ı
t{
Will We Need Teachers? 303
I
english.us.org
2 Mayand Might ı Adverbs with w ill

You can use may or might and a students may not need to buy books
base form of a verb to talk and write Everyone might take ciasses on/ine.
about what is possible in the future.
2.1 Statements with May and Miqht

Subject May / Might Not Base Form of Verb
I
You
9o to a different kind of school in the future.
They may talk to classmates all over the world.
(not)
He might
She
lt be the future of education.
2.2 and
E Yo, ."n use willwhen you are 10O By 20fl, there will be new ways to learn
percent certain about something.
ğ U." rnry o, mğht when you are Students may do all of their work online.
less than '100 percent certain,
They have a similar meaning, but Your teachers might be bots.

may sounds a little more certain
than might.
El Yo, .un use may or mçht to "Are you going to enroll in an online course?"
answer questions with be going to "l might. l mighl not. l'm not sure yel."
or will.
El Yo, .un use might, but not may, What might machines be able to do in 2050?
with Wh- Words to ask questions
about possibility. These questions
are not Very common.
E Use the full negative forms might students may not have to sit in c/assrooms at all
not and may not. Don't use Teachers might not be human.
contractions.
3O4 Unit 28 Will, May, and Might for Future Possibility; WilI f or Offers and Promises
english.us.org
Will, May, and Might for Future Possibility; Will for Offers and Promises
2.2 Usin Will, Ma and Mi ht kontinued)
E Don't confuse the adverb maybe and l may be in college this time next year.
may be.
Maybe usually comes before the subject. Maybe l'll goto college next year.
» Modal Verbs and Modal-iike Expressions: see page A25,

You can use may and might in speaking and writing, Might is more common in conversation
May is more common in writing. May sounds more formal.
2.3 Usinq Adverbs with Willİor Levels of Certaintv
E Yo, .un use these adverbs after wiil, Online learning certainly won't replace
between will and not. or before won't. the classroom.
They will surely do all of their work online for
10O% certain certainly, definitely, surely
most classes.
less than ']00% certain likely, probably, Class materials will likely be online.
possibly Students will probably not use books.
Some teachers will possibly be robots.
B ]
Probably is the most frequent of these l'll probably take the online course next term
adverbs- You can also use it in writing, Jake probably won't because his computer
but it is more common in speaking. broke.
I Exercise 2.1 Will, May, and Might
A Li.t"n to the conversation. Complete the text with will (not/won't\, may (not|, or tr.Urlitr,3tr
\a\E.LüLi,l:
might (not). Use contractions when possible.
Effi So what are your pians for the fall? Are you going to college?
Fr,Hffi
Eiif,rg+ğ
§t!@ Actually, l mı ht not
(]]
go to a college. But l think l
\2]
probably enroll in an online program.
!fiE Oh, really? Like a degree online?
§t!@ V.uh, or maybe just a few courses. The thing is that my family is definitely going to
move this year. So with an on|ine program, l probably need to
(3]
change schools.
Will We Need Teachers? 3O5

english.us.org
!fiE That's smart. You can study from anywhere. Do you know what you're going to take?
Hffiİ l think so. l like chemistry so l

(1)
definitely take chemistry
(fiE Oh, so you're interested in science?
Sharon Yeah. And l _ |5)

take biology, too. l
ıl)
definitely
take Spanish.
Awesome! But why Spanish?
Well, my family! going to move to California, so l thought Spanish

be useful.
l1)
Well, let me know how it goes.
E@ Sure. l
(B)
definitely keep in touch. l be on line
all the time!
B Pa İr WOrk Answer the questions. Compare your answers with a partner.

1 What are Sharon's plans?
2 Why is she making these plans?
3 What is she going to study?
4 How certain or sure is Sharon about her p|ans? Write her plans in the correct
section of the chart.
SHARON,S PLANS
Certa in Not sure
attend a college
306 Unit 28 Will, May, and Might for Future Possibility: Will ior Offers and Promises
english.us.org
Will, May, and Might for Future Possibility; Will for Offers and Promises
t Exarcise 2.2 More Will, May, aad Might
A Complete the sentences witl, will (notr/won't, may (not\, or might (not). Give your own
opinion. Sometimes there is more than one correct answer. r7a
classrooms of the Future
What do you think classrooms of the future will look like?
1
2
Many
They _
students may not go to traditional universities.
not meet in classrooms.
f
Wı ı] T
3 Students have classmates at different ages.

4 Classrooms _ have equipment for experiments 1
5 Some classrooms _ be virtual.

6 Students _ use classrooms to make things.
7 students collaborate with classmates.
8 Classes be more interesting.
B Paİr WOrk Dir.rr. your sentences about classrooms of the future with a partner.
Do you agree?
A lwrote, "Students may go to c/ass one or two days a week."
B ldon't agree. l think we won't go to c/ass at a//.
C Over tO YOu Complete the sentences with will (not\ / won't, may (notl, or might (not).
Give your own opinion. Then discuss with a partner.
schoolwork and Exams
What do you think schoolwork and exams will be like in the future? t. ı
.,.İ 2r-
1 students w// not need to take handwritten notes 'b=k j, Q, a
in lectures. ,F
r2 ?"+,
ı
2 Students _ do more activities online. f
3 They _ write in books. ğ
They _
4 go to libraries.
, rı
5 Exams be different. İ
l
6 students need to memorize facts for exams
7 People need a keyboard because they will be able to talk to
their computers
8 Computers __ teach and grade students' work.
9 Teachers be in the same classroom as the students.
1O Students have paper books.
1'1 Computers _ be very small and light.
12 Students only speak with other students online.
Will We Need Teachers? 307

english.us.org
A Writ" sentences about your opinion with the words below. Use will or will not/wont and an
adverb of certainty from the box.
certainly
certainly not
definiteiy
definitely not
like ly
likely not
]u
surely .!]
possibly probably
possibly not probably not surely not
1 Teachers/give all their classes from home
t
't all rc es
2 Teachers / be bots.
3 Teachers/ need to prepare for their classes.
4 They / check exercises.
5 Computer software / check students'work.
6 Teachers/spend more time with each student,
7 They/need to speak Eng ish
8 Computer software/translate from any language
B Paİr WOrk Co-p"re your sentences with a partner. Do you have the same ideas?
What other ideas do you have about teachers in the future? Think of three more ideas.
A /think teachers probably won't teach all their classes {rom home.
B Well, l think some teachers will. Some teachers will probably giye c/asses ,n c/assrooms, too
308 Unit 28 WilI, May, and Might for Future Possibility; Wili for offers and Promises
english.us.org
Will, May, and Mlght ior Future Possibility; Will f or Offers and Promises
C Cve r tO YO u Write sentences about your future. Use may, will, or might with an adverb
(certainly, definitely, surely, likely, probably, possibly\. Use the topics below.
ffi
o g
rl
l
1 school plans l'll probabbı cnroll in an online degree program.
2 place to live
3 subject of study _
4 learn another language
5 start a business or {ind a.iob _
6 your own idea
D Pa İr WOrk arl. and answer questions with a partner about your plans.
A Are you going to go to a four-year college next year?
B l might. l'Il definitely study somewhere.
E OtF"rs and Promises

This is an offer: This is a promise:
l'll help you with your homework tonight l'll call you. l won't forget
3.1 Makinq Offers
E Yo, ."n use /'//to make an offer "Where is the cafeteria?"

"l'll show you. l'll take you there,"
B You can also offer other people's "My computer's not working."
help using wili. "My sister will help you. She knows all about computers."
WillWe Need Teachers? 3O9

english.us.org
3.2 Makin Promises
You can use l'll, l will, or l won'tto l'll send my comments on your assignment İoday
make promises. l won't forget.
"Will you marry me?" "Yes, l will!"
.fıI Grammar Application

Exercise 3.1 Offers and Promises
A Complete the conversation. Use Pat's offers of help and Chris's promises. Add l1'.
PAT,S OFFERS cHRls,s PRoM!sEs
@ help you with your math homework

look at the homework with you pay you back
drive you home make you dinner
show you
EE l don't have any money for lunch
E l'Il lend vou $1O.

(1)
Eıltı Thanks ! tomorrow
EE
i2\
Where's the computer room? l'm lost.
E i]l
EE l can't carry all my books home. They're so heavy
E
EE
(4)
Great! Are you hungry? ltt already 6:00 p.m.
l]
f-\
EE
(5)
|'m having trouble with my English homework.
E i6)
Eİffi How can lthankyou? l know.
l1)
B Paİr WOrk Practice the conversation in Awith a partner. Add more details.
A l don't have any money for lunch. l left my wallet at home, I was in a hurry
this morning.
B l'll lend you $10 for lunch. Would you /ıke to have lunch together?
A Sure, thanks. l'll pay you back tomorrow.
31O Unit 28 Will, May, and Might for Future Possibility:, Willior Offers and Promises
english.us.org
Will, May, and Mi ht for Future possibilit ; Will f or Offers and Promises
1 Maybe and may be have different meanings.

May be is the verb may + base form of the verb be. Maybe is an adverb. Use it before
the subject.
mav be Mavbe
Books a$be rare ]n the luture. Ma,j-be people wi]l Stop Usüng boaks.
2 Use might or rnay to talk about possibility in the future. Avoid using can for
predictions about the future.
may / mıaht
Some students eaa ğrefer lo go to a regular class-
t Use wİll to talk about certain§ in the future. Avoid using can.
will
Everyone ean study in a virtual classroom in the future.
Editing Task
Find and correct 10 more mistakes in this education artlcle.
The Future of Education

wİll
The Internet iiıı change education completely in the future. May be colleges will not
be buildings with people and 6.ırniture, bur complex websites. Teachers maybe characters in
vinual worlds like Second life. In the future, sudents can "cravel" to different couotries using
their computers. They can walk around the world's famous museums without leaving home.
May be srudents will go back in time. They can possibly "ıalk to" famous people from ıhe past,
like George Washington. History students can watch or be part ofhistoric events. Ve can buy
artificial brains so ıpe won't have to go to school at all! There maybe many changes to education,
but learning can definitely never stop.
Will We Need Teachers? 31 1

english.us.org
Suggestions and Advice

ı
Study Habits

A Whut are two ways that you study? Read the web article about study tips.
How many different suggestions does the writer give?

1 What should you do if you live in a noisy place and need to study?
2 Why might you want to eat a snack before you study?
3 How do you set a study goal?
4 ShouId you check your e-mail while you study? Why or why not?
5 How could you ask a friend to study with you?
C NE|frl5 Answer the questions. Use the article to help you.

1 write the tvvo verbs that come after the bold words in the third
paragraph.
ab
2 what verb form are the words in item 1 ?
3 Which is used most in the text: should, might, or ought to?
4 Findtheform "whydon'tyou... " in the last paragraph. lsitaskingfor

a reason or making a suggestion?
312
english.us.org
İ EEestion'iI Advice
ı
ı
I |t İ
By Amy ı
ı
I
u
ı
(
Y]
)
ı{ \
_
I d§w
E
ı
ı
By the time we get to college, we think we know how to study. Then

the first time we get a test back with a low grade, we wonder what
happened. Research shows that many students study ineffectively.r Here
are a few suggestions about how to study more effectively.
5 First, it's important to find the right place to study. you ought to
study in a quiet place. lf you live with other people, you should probably
try to study when no one else is at home. lf your roommates are noisy,
you might want to go to the library to study. lf you have to study in a
noisy place, try listening to soft music with earphones.
10 once you find a quiet place, you should make sure you're not
hungry You might want to eat a small snack before you study so you
can concentrate better.
Next, set a study goal. Look at your task and decide how much you
want to accomplish' during this study session. For example, should you
'inefredivelyi in a way that doesn't get 15 read all four chaPters now? Maybe you ought to read two now and
the results you want; not effectively
the other two lateı You should set a realistic aoal and work to reach it.
'accomplish: do or finish something
successfııly Setting a study goal will help you focus on the task you need to do, but
]distracted: when someone's attention it's easy to get distracted.3 You should not check e-mail, text, or surf the
is taken away from what they are doing Web while you study.
or should be doing
20 you have to learn a lot of facts or study for a math test, you might
lf
want to study with a friend. Just say, "Let's meet after class and review
our notes."
Why don't you try these suggestions for a month? You will definitely
see results!
Study Habits 313

english.us.org
D Srggestions and Advice

You can make suggestions or You should probably write new words in a vocabulary
give advice with should, ought to, journal,
might want to, why don't, and let's YoU ought to listen to these suggestions!
You might want to wnte sentences with each new word.
"Why don't we study together?"
"Yes! Let's study math first."
2.'l Statements with Shou'4 Ou ht To, Mi ht Want To, and Let!
AFFlRMATlVE
Subject Modal / Mıght want To Base Form of Verb
I
You inside in this weather

should
They ought to stay
lt might want to
He late.
She
NEGAT|VE
Subject Modal / Might Want To Base Form of Verb
I
You outside in this weather

should not
They ought not stay
lt might not want to
He late
She
LET,s
Let's (Let + us) (Not) Base Form of Verb
read the chapter together
Let's not
study alone tonight.
314 Unit 29 Suggestions and Advice

english.us.org
2.2 Ouestions with Wh Don't You / We
Why Don't sub'ect Base Form of Verb Answers
you study in your room? OK. That's a good idea

Why don't
9o to the library now? lcan't,
3 Usin Should, Ou ht To, Mi, ht WantTo, Wh Don't You / We, and Let's
d Might *unt to is softer and more You might want to take Ms. Novak's writing class
polite than should or ought to.
E Use maybe, probably, or l think Maybe we should not /isten to loud music while we study
with shou/d and ought to to soften
the suggestion or advice.
ln affirmative state meats, probably We should probably study together

can come before or after shou/d. We probably should study together
ln negative statements, probably We probably should not study together.

comes before shou/d not
Maybe and probably always come We probably ought to 90 to the movies later
before ought to. Maybe we ought to go to the movies later.
E Use the expression Why don't (sucoesrıoıı) Why don't we study together on Tuesday
you/we ... to make suggestıons or night?
give advice in a soft, polite way. (aovıcı) Why don't you keep a vocabulary journal?
E Use the expression Let's ... to Let's study at the library.

make suggestions that include you Let's not stay up late the night before our test
and the listener,
Let! = Let us
» ModalVerbs and Modal like Expressionsj see page A25
Data from the Rea| World

We and you are the most common We should keep a vocabulary journal
subjects for suggestions and advice You ought to study for the test.
shou/d is the most common form used You should learn a new word every day.
for suggestions and advice. Ought to is
very rare. Ought not to is also very rare.
Might is usually followed by want to when You might want to review for the vocabulary test.
making suggestions or giving advice.
Study Habits 315

english.us.org
A The students in an English class are having some vocabulary problems. Give advice for
each student. Use the words in parentheses and should (not) , might want to, or ought to
sometimes there is more than one correct answer.
problem Advice
1 Marissa doesn't read well because she doesn't know

(she,lread more)
a lot of words,
2 Veronica wants to learn a lot of new words quickly.

(she/practJce new words every day)
3 petra wants to remember how to use new words.

(she/wr]te sentences With the neW words)
4 Ricardo is afraid to try new words.

(he/pract ce Using the words with a friend)
5 Eniko and lrina want a fun way to practice vocabulary

(they/do crossword p!rzz|es)
6 The whole class wants a good way to learn

(they/create a picture in the]r İİinds that
new words. shows the meaning of each word)
B Pa İ r WO rk Witl, a partner, write three suggestions for learning new words. Use your own
experience or ideas from the unit. Then share your ideas with the class.
A Let's write new words on cards and practice them.
B We might want to tape the cards on a wall to practice.
A Lirt.n. Complete the class discussion with the missing words.

EEEllE Taking good notes is an important part of being a successfu| student. Lett hear
some advice from students about how they take notes.
Teresa Some teachers speak very quickly. You shoud _ ask these teachers if you
can record the class. Then you can listen to the notes again in your home. You
record the class without the teacher's permission
12)
Amadou You attend a workshop on note taking. That can be very

helpfu1. l know it helped me

english.us.org
EE Find a student with good notes, and ask him or her if you can copy the
notes. You I
offer to buy that student coffee or a snack.
vou suoqest a time to meet once a

iı) l,]
week to trade notes. lf you aren't sure how to suggest this, here are some ways
" we oet toqether on Thursdavs to trade notes?" or "
meet in the student union. "
llEffi Thank you for your suggestions- l add here that you
just copy the notes. You comoare
their notes with yours, Try to figure out whatl different
B Pa İr WOrk Use the information in A to give your partner suggestions or advice about
taking notes. Take turns.
A Why don't you ask the teacher! A You shou/d attend a workshop
permission to record the class? on note taking.
B That's a good idea. B l'll look for one.
C Over tO You Many people give us advice and suggestions. What is some advice that
you received recently? Was it helpful?
§l nsking for an d Responding to

use yeslNo and information "Shovld l register for a writing class?"
questions to ask for suggestions "That's a good idea."
and advice- "When should l register for class?"
"Why don't you register next week?"
3.1 Yesl No Ouestions to Ask for S estions and Advice

Should Subject Base Form of Verb Answers
take a math class? That's a good idea

Should I
We meet you in the student union? l think it's closed.
Study Habits 317

english.us.org
3.2 lnformation Ouestions to Ask for Su estions and Advice
Base Form
Wh-Word Should Subject of Verb Answers
What bring to class? l don't know.
Where meet you? Let's meet at the library.

I
you ask for help? Ask Professor Li.
When should they tell the boss? As soon as possible.

he
she She ought to study one
How study for the test?
it
chapter at a time.
Because the teacher gives

be d ifficu lt?
hard tests.
3.3 Resoondinq to Ouestions for Suqqestions and Advice
tr For a strong, oslt]Ve response to "should we eat lunch before our class?"
a Yesl No question for suggestions "Yes. That sounds great!"
or advice, use:
Yes. /That sounds great. /
"Defrnitely!"
D ef n ite ly. / Ab sol ut e l y.
i "Oh, absolutely!"
E lf yo, are uncertain about the "5hould we eat lunch before our class?"
answer to a Yes/ No question, use "Maybe."
Maybe./ Probably. / l'm not sure.
"Probably. Let's check my schedule."
"Oh- l'm nol sure."
c For a strong, neqatıVe response to "Should we eat lunch before our class?"
a Yes,/No question for suggestions "That's not a good idea. We don't have enough time."
or advice, use:
That's not a good idea. "Why don't we eat after class?"
"l'd like to, but l have to study."
Why don't we + different idea
l'd like to, but + reason
E Re.pond to information questions "what class should l take next semester?"

with: probably / maybe/ "You should probably take a writing class."
why don't you
"Maybe you should take a writing class."
Using should alone is stronger.
"Why don't you take a writing class?"
318 Unit 29 suggestions and Advice

english.us.org
ElDda from the Rea] World

What should l /we. . . ? and Where
should we. - . ? are the most common what§houldl/we...?
information questions used to ask for
wheİe should l/ we. .. ?
suggestions/ advice-
\ Grammar AppIication
Exercise 3.1 ondin9 to Ouestions for Advice
A Complete the conversation. Use the cues to help you.

lE! Hi, Sandra! l'm so glad to see you! Could you help me with something? l need
to {ind an apartment. l know you know a lot about the area, Sho uld
(1)
(YeslNo question) I rent a place near school?
@ Yes. Absolutelv! (a Strong poSitiVe
response) ltt so much easier to live near school. -ı

l!ı (j)
(Wh- questions) l look to find an
apartment for rent? Can l look in the local paper?
Sandra Yes. You (u ncerta in answer) look I

{4)
in the paper or online. Thatt a good place to start /\
lE[ Great! Do you have any other advice?
§!@ Yes, you

!1
(strong response) ask about utilities. Sometimes
things like electricity, heat, and air-conditioning are included in the rent
Jill Oh, right (YeslNo question) l also ask about deposits?

(6]
(stron g positive response) !
Thanks, Sandra. You're a great friend !
B Pa İr WOrk W.lt.
a conversation with suggestions/advice for of the situations below. gp
Use the conversation in A to help you. Then share with another pair.
'l Two Classmates: One 2 Graduating Student and 3 College Freshman
classmate just started Job Coach: A student is and College Senior:
college in the United States looking for advice on how A freshman wants advace
and needs advice on study to begin a.job search/get on courses, restaurants,
habits. a.job. bookstores, etc.
Situation 1
A My English is not very strong. What should l do to improve my vocabulary?
B Well, first you should definitely keep a vocabulary journal, ...
Study Habits 319

english.us.org
Exercise 3.2 Asking for and Giving Advice
A Respond to the situations below. Ask for advice or give advice.
I
1 You want to ask your friend for advice about how to fix your computer.
What shpua_J_do fr_rst?

2 You are not sure which movie to go to. Ask a friend for advice.
3 A friend asks for advice on how to take notes. What do you say?
4 You are not sure where to buy school supplies. Ask a friend for advice.
5 Your teacher asks for advice on what cell phone to buy. What do you say?
6 A classmate is about to do something that is not a good idea. What advice do you give?
7 A classmate needs help with his math homework. What advice do you give?
8 You want to learn more English vocabulary. Ask your teacher for advice
B Pa İ r WO rk Co.p"re your answers with a partner. Did you use any of the same expressions
to ask for or give advice?
C Over tO YOu Think of two problems or situations this week that you will need advice on.
Write your questions here, asking for advice.
1

english.us.org
EI Avoid Common MistakesA

1 use the base form of the main verb after should.
eat
He shouid eats l,-ınch be{ore class
We should ie study after c/ass-
/ Alter ought, use to + the base {orm of the main verb.

to
He ought,eat lunch.
3 The subject comes after should and might in information questİons.

l
Where 1 should.meet you?
4 Put probably and maybe before ought to.

probably
We,qi7ht to probably go to the library.
5 |n negative statements, probably comes before should not.

probablv
'Tim
should not probab9 call tonight.
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes in this conversation between two classmates.
l
lEE Monica, l need help studying! How l should^tell the professor?
ElE Don't worry l can help. First, we should shares class notes.
lEE When we should meet at the library? After class today?
E@ Sure, but we ought to probably meet in the cafeteria. l'll want to eat something
5 lEE OK. We should eats dinner while we study. What l should bring?
ıVffi Just your notebook. You should not probably bring the big textbook - l don't
think we'll need it.
lEE You should to be ready for a lot of questions from me! l have so many!
E@ As long as you are ready to learn, l'm happy to help! When we're done, we
10 ought see a movie!
lEE That sounds great! See you later!
E@ See you then, Julie. We should to study together more often!
Study Habits 321

english.us.org
Necessity and Conc uSıonS
Getting What You Want

A How much does your school cost each year? How do you pay for it?
Read the article about scholarships.

help you.
1 ls college expensive in the United States?
2 Are there many scholarships avai|able for students?

3 How early should you start your applications?
4 Who can help you with your application?
5 What do you need to give your teachers for their recommendations?
C NlErtr*' Read the sentences. Decide if the actions are necessary oı not
necessary. Circle necessary or not necessary.
1 Many students need to apply for scholarships necessary not necessary
to lower their educataon costs.
2 You don't have to feel stressed about being necessary not necessary
able to complete a good application.
3 Eligible students must search for scholarships necessary not necessary
that are appropriate for them.
4 You need to ask your adviser for help. necessary not necessary
322
english.us.org
Necessity and Conclusions
} }
.r;
Hn l
l \
E r
\
\ SCHOLARSHİP,
As a student, you must agree that college is expensive in the
United States. Many students need to apply for scholarships to lower
their education costs. Here are a few tips on how to complete a good
scholarship application.
There are many scholarships avaiIable every year, but students

K
,a b have to search for them. Search online with keywords like schoiarship
or grant 2 There are also scholarships for people with specific skills,
l,
backgrounds, and ethnicities.3 Eligiblea students must search for
ı: scholarships that are appropriate for them.
You need to ask your adviser for help. He or she knows a lot about
scholarships and can help you complete your application. Ask your
i",- adviser to help you create a schedule for each step in the application.
Think of a time line for when you must finish each step. Try to have
l
l§cholalshipi money given to a person

everything ready one week before you send your application.
to help pay for his or her education
'gİant: a sum of money that a You should start your scholarship applications early, about six months
university, government, or an
before they are due. Your application will take time to complete because
organization 9ives to someone for
a purpose, such as to do research you will need to request letters of recommendation5 from teachers
or study and a transcript' from your school. Your school will need time to send
]othnicityi shared national, racia], or
the transcriPt to the scholarship organization, and your teachers will
cultural origins of a grouP, often with
the same language
need time to Write the recommendations. When you ask a teacher for
havang the necessary qualities a recommendation, give him or her a deadline. All students must send
'.ligible:
5aecommendationi a letter ol their applications out on time, so be Persistent and remind your teachers
statement saying someone is good of the due dates.
or suitable for something, like a job,
school, or scholarshiP You don't have to feel stressed about being able to complete a
transcriPt an official, written copy of good application. With a little hard work and care, you can send out a
someone! grades at an institution good scholarship application and lower your school costs.
/,
Getting What You Want 323
english.us.org
a Have
Necessit y and conclusions with
To Nee d To, Must
Have to, need to, and must Students need to apply for scho/arsh4ıs. (= lt is
express an obligation or necessity necessary.)
Must also expresses a conclusion students do not have to feej stressed about completing
we can make about something. their aPplication. (= lt is not necessary.)
As a student, you must know that college is expensive
in the United states. (coııcLusıoıı students know that
college is expensive in the United States.)
2.'l Statements with Have To and Need To
AFFlRMAT|VE NEGATIVE
Base Base
Form Form
Subject of Verb Su bject of Verb
I l
You have to You do not
need to
write an essay.
don't
write an essay.
They They have to
need to
He He
has to does not
She
needs to
search online She
doesn't
search online
lt lt
2.2 Statements with Must

Base Form Base Form
Subject of Verb Subject of Verb
I l
You You
He / She / lt must know He / She / lt must not know
They They
2.3 Usin Have To, Need To, and Must
E H"r. to, need to, and must talk Students need to send an application
about things that are important or
necessary to do.
324 Unit 30 Necessity and Conclusions

english.us.org
Necessity and Conclusion s
2.3 Usin Have To, Need To, and Must (continued)
El U.lng must in conversation can she needs to make a schedule.

seem rude She must make a schedule. (Sounds rude.)
E ln conversation, must usually Today is Monday, so tomorrow must be Tuesday

expresses conclusions.
E Hur" to can also express Today is Monday, so tomorrow has to be Tuesday.

conclusions. Need to never ııoı@
expresses conclusions. te$eTuesd€y.
lB Do not have to or do not need to Tom doesn't have to pay for school.
means it is not necessary. There is He does not need to pay for school
no obligation.
Must not means it is forbidden students must not forget to send in their application
Mustn't is ygry rare. on time.
» Modal Verbs and Modal like Expressions: See page A25.
2,4 Yes/ No Ouestions with Have To and Need To and Short Answers
Have to / Base Form

Do / Does Subje ct Need to of verb Yes / No Subject
Yes, l do
yoU you
Do do not /
we No, We
th ey have to they don't.
wrüte an essa y ?
need to
he Yes, he does.
Does she she does not /
it No, it doesn't.
2.5 lnformation Questions with Have To and Need To and Responses
Wh- Word Do ,/ Does Subject Base Form of Verb

I
you
do
they have to
When send the application?
need to
he
does she
it
Getting What You Want 325

english.us.org
2.5 lnformation Ouestions with Have To and Need To and Res nses (continued)
Subject Do / Does (Not) Base Form of Verb

I
You
do not / don't
They have to
send the application next month
need to
S?İ do., not / do..n't

lt
Note: Usin9 must in questions is very rare-
.lTI 6ç3p6ar Application

These are some of the most frequent verbs used with have to, need to, and must in speaking
and writing:
be go 9et take know talk 9lVe

do have make look say come work
A Complete the sentences with the correct {orm of have to, need to, or must.
o
Driver's Lieenses in Ganada
and the united states
In the U.S. and Caıada, states and provinces have öfferent rules for
getting a driver's license.
1 Drivers have to (have to) get a license in their state

of residence. They caı go to üeir local DMV (Depaıtment of "-:===--
Motor Vehides).
2 Generally, a person _ (have to) be 16 to
18 years old to have a license. This depends on the state
or provrnce.
3 A driver (need to) show documents to

prove his or her identity.

english.us.org
ö
4 An acceptable document (need to) have your name and address.
5 Foreigners can drive in the U.S. and Canada. Drivers (not,4-rave to)
be U.S. or Carıadian citizens.
6 Foreign drivers (have to) have an international driver's license.
7 some states require new drivers to take a driving class. ln most states in the U.S., new
dıivers (have to) pass an exam in older to get a license.
8 In some states, people who a,lready drive (not/need to) take any
exams to get a new license.
9 HoweveI, in other states, people who already drive (have to) take
an exam to get a new license.
10 You (not/must) folget to bring the right documents to the DMV.

This can save you a lot of time and frustration
'Note] Not all states and provin.e§.a! thi§ the D€partment of Motor Vehicles. However, .V.ryone in the United states and
canada understands the teım DMv
B Unscramble the words to make questions with have to and need to

1 have to have/drivers/a driver! license?
Do diverc have to hqvea di:

2 a driver/how old/have to be?
3 have to/what/bring/drivers/to the DMV?
4 need to say?/what/an acceptable document
5 have to/be citizens? / drivers
6 need to take/new drivers/a class?
7 pass an exam?/have tolnew drivers
8 need to go/drivers/to get their Iicense?/where
C Pa İr WOrk 1.1. and answer the questions in B with a partner. Use the information
in A to find the answers
Getting what You Want 327
english.us.org
Exerciıe 2.2 Pronunciation Focus: Have To and Ha
Have to is usually pronounced "hafta." l "hafta" win the game.

You " hafta" see my new game!
Has to is usually pronounced "hasta." She "hasta" try harder to win.
trh+HfrE
He "hasta" think quickly when he plays this game!
fttrffiE
5s,ffi A Lirt.n and repeat the sentences in the chart above
EB Listen. Co mplete the sentences with have to or has to
6 Eoi=ts
Welcome to the STACK'EM gome website!
Here are some tiPs on how to win the game!
ı
1 Youdon't. have to know many rules
ı
to win the game.
/1
2 A player move around

different shapes to make lines
3 Players turn the pieces to

make them fit
4 The pieces fit together with no spaces to make the line disappear.
5 As players get better, the pieces come more quickly. The player __
think very quickly.
6 You don't play against someone. You can play by yourself
7 Players have one of the top five scores for their name to be added
to the "champion" list.
8 Stack'em is fantastic! You play a lot to become good, but it's fun l
C Paİr WOrk Write three sentences aboutthe rules of a game you know how to play
Then share them with a partner.
ln "Go Fish," players have to ask each other for cards.
1

english.us.org
N ecessity and Conclusions
A Complete the sentences with the correct verb combination. Use a verb of necessity
or conclusion with the words in parentheses. Then label N for necessity and C
for conclusion. Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1 Sarah has a lot of work to do in the office, then she goes to school at night. She
must wzrk_(work) hard. N
2 She always has a lot of homework. She (be) exhausted after a long
week of work and school.
3 He says that when Sarah (take) a quick break, she can.
4 Sarah wants to have a week off.'She (talk) to her boss to schedule her
time off.
5 Her boss (look) at the schedule.
6 Her boss _ (make) sure he has enough workers during the time when
sarah is off
7 She (not/do) any work when she is away on vacation. Her boss will not
let her.
8 Sarah says her office is a great place to work. She (like) her boss and
the people she works with.
]a week off: a week without work
Getting what You Want 329

english.us.org
B Pa İr WO rk Write four sentences about some of the things you have to do to get
ahead in your life. Share your sentences with a partner. Make conclusions about what
they do with must.
A / have to work all day and go to school at night.
B You must be exhausted!
B Avoid Common MistakesA \
'| Make sure have to and need to agree with the gubject.
2 Use the base form ofthe verb after haye to, need to, or must,
have
He needs to has his passport.
3 Do not use to after murt

l mustio follow the rules.
4 Use the base form of haye to and need to in negative statements and in questions.
need
He doesn't şeeds to register.
ha,,e
Does she ha*to write an essay?
Use have to or ınust to express conclusions. Do not use need to for conclusions.
has to / must
Today is Tuesday. Tomorrow ııeeds*e be Wednesday.

english.us.org
Editing Task
Find and correct 10 more mistakes in this conversation about someone trying
to break a record.
il /
tI
l( y
q,2
l
I
U
I \
ı
@ necd
Does Jack needs to have a lot of skill to play the game?
lE No, he has to has a lot of luck.
@ How many times does he has to win to break the record?
lE He have to win three more times.
5 @ He won eight times, so the record must to be 10.
lE Yes, the world record needs to be 10.
@ Does he need to has a certain time to win?
lE No, he must to have a certain number of points.
ııiıı3 Jack also has to wins five games in a row.1 He must to really like this
10 computer game!
lE Yeah, he loves it. He doesn't needs to play it every day, but he enjoys it
'in a row: without interruption
Getting What You Want 33'l

english.us.org
Adjectives and Adverbs
1 1Making a Good lmpression
fl Grammar
A
in the Rea World
Do yo, know how to give a presentation? What do you do to prepare?
Read the article. How many of your ideas are in the web article?
B COmprehensİon CheCk Does the artic|e answer these questions?

Write Yes or No. Then answer the questions.
1 What can give you confidence as a presenter?
2 What are some ways that can help you organize your ideas?
3 What should you do when you practice?
4 What should you do after your presentation? Why?
C tNEİfrlll Look at the word in bold in each sentence. Circle the word that
it describes. How are the words you circled in item 1 different from the
words you circled in item 2?
1 a A confident presenter always makes a good impression.
b Th ink positive thoughts,
2 a Smile confidently.
b Before you start, breathe deeply.
Next, complete the sentence below. How do you know which word
to use?
3 He walks
a confident
b confidently
332
english.us.org
Adjectiveq and Adverbs
ı
ı ı ı
,l
I
a- \ \
ı
v
ı
._JL
For many people, giving a presentation can be a scary experience.
lf you feel nervous about giving presentations, here are some helpful
,D 7 1
.
tips that you can follow.
Prepare your presentation carefully. Careful preparation will give

5 you confidence, and this wlll impress] your audience. A confident2
presenter always makes a good impression.3
-\ ı . Organize your ideas. Think about what you want to say. Then list
your three or four main points on note cards.
/
îl[.*
\ .
1o
Practice giving your presentation alouda by yourself and with friends,
too. Tell your friends to give you honest feedback,s but make sure
they tell you first what you did well.
'impress: cause people to admare and ı on the day ofthe presentation. arrive at the room earıy.
resPect yoıJ
Think positive thoughts and remember that you can do this.
'confident not having a doubt about
yourself or your abilities . Before you start, breathe deeply and smile confidently at your
3imPre3sion: an idea or oPinion of what ']5 audience. Speak slowly and clearly. Make eye contact with people
someone is like
in different parts of the room. Look at your notes quickly when you
'aloud: in a voice loud enough that need to. Your audience wants you to do well, Then relax and do
People can hear it
your best.
'feedlıack: response after seeing an
activity or performance
After your presentation, ask people for feedback and advice. Use the
20 ideas in your next Presentation.With practice, you will learn to give good
Presentations, and you may even enjoy giving them.
Making a Good lmpression 333

english.us.org
2 Adjectives and Adverbs of Manner

2.1 Adiectives and Adverbs of Manner
E Ad;ectires give information about

l want your honest feedback
nouns. They often come before a
noun or after be. BE AoJ.
The slides were clear
E Adr"rbs give information about VERB
The presenter spoke clearly,

verbs
She prepared her presentation carefully.
E Adverbs of manner usually come

Dress nicely
after a verb or a verb + object.
oBJ,
She iooked at the audience quickly
E Don't put an adverb between a

Prepare your presentation carefully.
verb and an object- Place it after
the object. ıor@
2.2 Basic Forms of Adverbs
ADJEcTlVE ADVERB
I For most adverbs of manne r, add -ly bad badly

to the adjective form. careful carefully
clear clearly
fluent fluently
loud loudly
nervous nervously
quick quickly
El With adjectives ending in -y, change y easy easily

to i and add -r. huppy happily
ğ With adjectires ending in -ic, automatic automatically

add -ally. academic academically
E Wltl, adjectives ending in a gentle gently

consonant + -/e, drop e and add -y terrible terribly
334 Unit 3'l Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Adject ives and Adverbs
2.2 Basic Forms of Adve rbs kontinued)

ADJEcTlVE ADVERB
E The adverb and adjective form of He is early. He went home early

the following words are the same: /t sounds fast. He talks fast.
early, fast, hard, late. /t's a hard test. He studied hard.
They're late. They arrived late.
E W.i/ is the adverb form of the He's good at English He speaks English well
adjective good.
Wei/ can also be an adjective He isn't well

lt means " healthy. "
@ So.. adjectives that end in -/y do elderly, friendly, lively,

not have an adverb form. Do not lonely, lovely, ugly
use them as adverbs.
»Adverbs with -ly: See page A24

These are the most common adverbs of manner:
well late easily carefully seriously automatically

hard fast clearly strongly differently properly
early quickly slowly closeIy badly
I ı
Grammar Application ı
.!
Exer<ise 2.1 Adjectives and Adverbs
_^.
A Circle the ad.jectives and draw an arrow to the nouns

they describe. Underline the adverbs and draw a line to ,i1
the verbs they describe
|'m a rofessiona hairstylist, and l'm very good at
my job. l'm frien y and polite to my clients, so l make a good impression. But l don't schedule
clients early in the day because l'm not in a good mood untiI noon.
Of course, l don't get an early start to my day. l wake up late and start my day slowly. l can't
think clearly without three cups of strong coffee. After breakfast, l take a shower, get dressed,
and check my e-mail. l don't talk to anyone in the morning, except for my elderly neighbor when
l leave home. He likes to sit on the front porch. l think he's lonely.
commute isn't bad. When l get to work, l check my schedule closely
l drive to work, but my
and make a few quick phone calls. At 1 1:55 a.m., l finish my last cup of coffee and smile warmly
at my first cIient at ']2:00 noon.

english.us.org
B OVer tO YOU What is your morning routine? Write four sentences using adjectives and
adverbs. Then tell a partner.
A l get up early. l'm awake by 6:00 a,m.
B l s/eep late. On the weekends, l sleep until 11:00 a.m.
l Exerclge 2.2 More Adiectives and Adverbs
A Complete each sentence pair with the adverb or adjective form of the underlined word in the
first sentence. The sentences will have a similar meaning. (Remember: Some adjectives do not
change form when they are adverbs.)
1 Cindy makes a good impression when she presents
in front of a group.
a She is careful when she researches her topic.

She researches her topic cariulbr .
T
b Her voice is clear and easy to understand. She
[ı
speaks _
c When she starts to speak, her smile is
automatic. when she starts to s peak, she
_ smiles.
d She strongly argues her points. She makes
arguments for her points.
2 Robert made a good impression at the job interview

a He was polite. He talked politeb/ b lhe
lntervıewer.
b He was early. He arrived at the company

\
c He thought about the questions, and he

answered the questions carefully. He was
--1
in his answers.
d He was good at answering the questions, He answered the questions
e He didn't speak badly about his former employer. He didn't say

things about his former employeı
B Pa İr WOrk Trk" trrns reading the sentences. ldentify the adjective and adverb form
of the words.
336 Unit 31 Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Exercise 2.3 Adverbs of Manner
A Complete the questions about making a good impression at school and at work. Use the
adverb forms of the words in parentheses.
QUEST]ONNAIRE
t Do ]rou get to work or school edrly (eaıly), or do you arrive k]!a (ıate)t
Do you take your job oI your studies (seıious)?
.3 Do you work (haıd), or are you lazy?
Do you check your assignments (careful)?
Do you tİy to do every job (proper), or do you do everything

(quick)?
i] Do you always d-ress (appropıiate) for work or school?

i Do },ou a]ways spea]< G)olite) to youI boss or teacher?
a] Do you Plan your time (good) and complete your work on time?
Do you oıganize your desk (neat)?
. can you give instructions (clear)?
ii Do you like to woık (close) with co-workers or classmates?
B Pa İr WOrk lrl. and answer the questions in A. Give more information in your answers.
A Do you get to work early?
B No, l don't. l usually arrive just in time_
C Wn"t do you think are the six most important qualities of a good employee? What about
a good student? Complete the sentences using ideas from A and your own ideas.
A good employee ,,. A good student . ..
l works hard 1 studies hard

2 2__
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6

english.us.org
E Ad ectives with Linkin g Verbs;

A J ectives and Adver b s with
Very an d Too
3.1 Ad ectives with Linkin Verbs
E Ur" un adjective, not an adverb,

after these linking verbs: be, get, l get confused when someone asks di{ficult questions
seem, look, feel, sound, smell,
taste The presentation looked interesting
You may feel nervous, but try to sound confident
That cof{ee smells good
El Wh"n feel means "have an FEE! + ADV. (oPlNloN)
opinion, " use the adverb strong/y l feel strongly that people should speak clearly.
avı l felt weak when l had the flu, but l feel strong now
3.2 Verv and Too + Adiective or Adverb
El Yo, ."n use very and too before VERY + ADJ, VERy + AoV.
adjectives or adverbs to make their She is very serious. She wo*s very hard.
meaning stronger. Very and too do loo + ADJ. ,oo + ADV.
not have the same meaning. The talk was too long. He spoke too fast.
ft Very makes an adjective or an Her ideas were very helpful.

adverb stronger. He spoke very fast, l understood him, but it was dif{icult.
E Too.""n. "more than necessary." He spoke too fast. l couldn't understand anything that
lt usually has a negative meaning he said.
and means there's a problem, Ihe school is too expensive. l can't afford it.
E Yo, ."n also use very (but not too)

before an ad.iective + a noun. lt's a very expensive Program.
NoT ltt a too expensive program
338 Unit 31 Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
3.2 Ve and Too + Ad ective or Adverb kontinued)

she's too tired İo study.
ğ Yor."n use an infinitive after
(: She can't study because she's too tired.)
too + an adjective or adverb,
She spoke too fast to understand.
did not understand her because she spoke too fast.)
(= l
The words on the s/ides were too small to read.

(=No one could read the words because they were too
small.)
.[Şl Grammar Application

Exercise 3.1 Adjectives with Linking Verbs .
A Complete the sentences about how people react in new social situations. Choose the correct
adjective or adverb in parentheses. When you finish, check (/) the statements that are true
for you.
1 l often get ervou

L
sh in new social situatjons
l
2 l am confident/easily around new peo ple
3 l often feeI excited/nervously before a pa rty.
4 l feel uncomfortable/fast when l'm nervous
5 l hope other people think l look attractive/confidently.
6 l try to be a nicely/friendly person
7 l like to telljokes and make people laugh. l telljokes bad/well.

8 l get excited/well when l listen to music and sing along to the songs.
9 It's never a problem for me to remember people's names. l do that easily/automatic
'10 l give my opinion when l feel strong/strongly about something

english.us.org
B Pa İr WOrk Co.p"re sentences from A. Do you act the same way in new situations?
A l often get nervous in new socia/ sıtu ations. How about you?
B l don't get nervous. l'm always excited about meeting new people.
Exercise 3.2 Adjectives with Veı y and Too
A Complete the sentences about a party. Use yery or too.
.3 A
Y
e
\ t
l
a {,
1 The pağ lasted for six hours. The party was very long, so we went
home early.
2 The party lasted for an hour. Everyone wanted to stay longer. The party was
_ short.
3 There were 75 people at the party. The living room holds 50. The room was
_ small.
4 There were five people at the table. The table seats 12. The table was
big.
5 The party was noisy, and l couldn't hear conversations. The party was
_ noisy.
6 The party was noisy, but l had a great time. The party was _ noisy.
7 Some people spoke quickly, but l understood most of it. Some people spoke
__ quickly.
8 One man spoke quickiy, and l didn't understand a word of it. He spoke
qu ickly.
9 lt was 25'F (-4'C) outside on the porch. We had to leave. lt was _ cold
10 lt was 43'F (6'C) outside on the porch. l wore my coat. lt was cold.
B Now listen and check your answers.
34O Unit 31 Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Eıerciıe 3.3 Adjectives with Too + ective + lnfinitive
A Pa İr WOrk Complete the conversations. Use the word given with too + adjective +
infinitive (to + verb). Then practice with a partner.
Z,L,
},.
'-Z-;
l
1A You passed your exams with straight As 2A Do you like your new job?
B That can't be true. B l can't say. l only started today
(good) lt's too good to be true _ (early) lt's
(]
E]
3A Mom I Dad I We want to qet married 4A lwant to chanqe proqrams in school
t
B You're only 16! B well, theret still time
(young) You're (not late) lt's
ll \-
l\.
5 A Let's qo campinq this weekend 6A ls your brother qoinq to work today?

B Camping? lt's 10 below outside! B Well, l think he has the flu.
(cold) lt's (sick) He's
| --,=-
o
oo
oo
oo
7A Why don't you gg! your boss for help? 8A You look really stressed today.
B l can't, l'm afraid of him. B Do l? You know, l can't $!1!.
(scared) l'm (busy) l'm
english.us.org
B GrOUP WOrk Di..rs these questions in a group. Which ideas do you share?
1 Do you ever get too tired to think?
2 Are you ever too scared to ask questions?
3 Do you ever feel too embarrassed to apologize for something?
4 Were you ever too sick to go to work or school this year?
5 What is something you feel is too difficult to do?
6 Are 17-year-olds too young to get married?
People often use not very + adjective The speaker wasn't very good. He didn't speak
or adverb to make negative statements very well.
"softer," less critical, or less direct. Noı The speaker was bad. He spoke badly,
Exercise 3,4 Not very .. .
Read the notes that an interviewer wrote about ajob candidate. Make them less critical, or
less direct, and write statements using not very and the words in parentheses.
1 unfriendly He wasn't very frİendbı. (friendly)
2 spoke nervous|y He didn't speak uely. confidentbı. (confidently)
3 wore a dirty shirt (clean)
4 bad at oroblem solvino (good at)
5 answered questions badly _ (well)
6 looked dishonest (honest)
7 seemed inexperienced (experienced)
8 acted bored interested)
342 Unit 31 Adjeaives and Adverbs

english.us.org
E| Avoid Common Mistakes A §
'l Use an adverb when you give information about most verbs. Some adverbs are irregular
and do not end in -ly.
effciently hard
l work <#ieieal. l work very hard}y.
l Use an adjective after the linking verbs be. feel, get, look, seem, smell, sounğ and taste.
strange
He seemed strangğ.
t Be especially careful with good and well. People often use good instead of well, especially
when they speak, but do not write this.
well
I try to do things good.
4 Do not use an adverb between a verb and its object.
l always prepare eatefu}ly

^, "r:İ:!:."'
5 Do not use too when you mean very.
vely
My teacher is t6e good. l'm learning a lot.
Editing Task
Find and correct the mistakes in this article about job interviews
6 9oi=a
PREPARING for an INTERVIEW
An interview caı be a dif6cult experience. Prepare eıı.efiSy yoı.,, ."rpTd.dJ{/".,d you will make
a good impression.
üe interview, research thoroughly the company. Find out about its products and
Before
serüces. You should always be truüfrılly about üe üings you do good. When you talk about
5 someüing you do bad, choose a weakness that is not serious. say that you are too aware of the
wealness and üat you are working hardly to improve yourseli Say you want a new cha.llenge and
that you want to progıess in your careeı A]ways sound positively and don't complain about youı
currentiob.
On the day ofthe interview, dress nice. Shake fiımly hands when you meet the interviewel.
] 0 Try to sound sincerely and look too confident. Follow these steps and you'll do good.

english.us.org
Com pa rative Adjectives

and Adverbs
Progress
O Crammar in the
Real World
A How has modern life changed in the last 15 years?
Read the question forum from a website. What changes
does the forum discuss?
B Comprehension Check Complete the sentences

Use the text in the forum answer to help you.
1 Highways became and
2 Computers became and

but to use.
3 The lnternet gave us communication
and a world
c lNEıft-l complete each word or phrase. use the text to

help you.
1 small 4 efficient
2 big 5 powerful
3 large 6 congested
What are the two different ways to change the adjectives?
. tr
't,r
l.i]
§.,z
İ
ı |,
344
english.us.org
Com aratiVe Ad ectiVe s and Adverbs
0uestion
! a,ia
eq d
Dear Question Forum
Ask your
question Lorraine
My grandmother says that everything got bigger, faster, and
here j
better in the twentieth century ls that true? Did some things
get smaller, slower, or worse than in the years before?
n Rosa Saı D.(1o Li

lt's a matter of opinion, but what your grandmother says
is generally lrue. ln the tvventieth century buildings
became lallor, Bridges became longer than they were in
]0 the nineleenth century, and highways became wider and
faster than the old roads. cities became larger and more
crowded than they had been before- New aarplanes
were suddenly larger and heavier than old airplanes.
\ Large companies joined together to make even bigger
15 global corporations.'Technology in the home got better.
Home electrjcal appliances like refrigerators and waShing
ı
r H H machines became better, cheaper, and more efficient.
computers became more powerful and more
.a complicated but easier to use. The lnternet gave us
20 fasteı communication and a smaller world - what we
rAi now call the global vi|lage,
; Did eveMhing get Iarger and better? Noi everything,
A lot of things did not get bigger, and some things got
worse, like some enVironmental problems. some thangs
25 became smaller but better. For example, phones
became thinner, cameras got lighter, and modern
. 'fo.uİn: a place to talk about video cameras became much smaller than older video
something of public interest
cameras. Unfortunalely, the ice sheets3 ın the Arctic and
2corporation:
a large company
Antarctic became smaller, too, as the world became
3ice sh€et:
layer of ice 30 hotter. Generally, things did not become slower -
acongestodi
too blocked or crowded L_. except perhaps trafflc in cities, which became more
congested.o The big question is:Are people
happier now?
Progress 345
english.us.org
Zl Co^pa rative Adj ectives

You can use comparative adjectives to New airplanes were larger and heavier than
describe how two people or things are old airplanes.
different from one another.
2.1 Com arisons with 8e + Ad iective
Be Comparative Adjective Than
older my brother.
am
more serious my parents.
You happier Elisa.

are tha n
They more successful our co-workers
He taller me
She is
lt more excited the teachers
2.2 Comparative Adiective + Noun
comparative Adjective Noun
The lnternet gave us faster communication.
Large companies joined together to make bigger corPorations.
we now have more powerful comPuters.
2.3 Com arative of short Ad ectives (one S llable)
Adjective comParatiVe
I For one-syllable adjectives, low lower

add -er
faster
ğ For one-syllable adjectives ending safe safer

in -e, add -r
large larger
346 Unit 32 Comparative Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Comparative Adjectives and Adverbs
2.3 Com rative of short Ad ectives (One S llable) (conthued)
AdjectiVe comparatiVe
E lf the adlectlve ends with one hot hotter

vowel + one consonant, double
the last letter and add -er. bis bigger
ğ lf the adlective has two syllables heavy heavier

and ends in -y, change the y to ı
and add -er. easy easier
2.4 Com arative of Lon Ad ectives (Two or More S llables)
AdjectiVe comParatiVe
crowded more crowded
powerful more powerful
economical more economical
efficient more efficient
2.5 Two-Svllable Adiectives That Take -er
Adjective Comparative
narroW narrower
qulet quieter
simple simpler
2.6 lr ular Ad ectives
Adjective Comparative
good better
bad worse
far further (farther}
_: Further is over 1O times more frequent tha n f anher.
» Adjectives and Adverbs: Comparative and Superlative Forms: See page A22
Progress 347
english.us.org
2.7 Usin Com arative Ad ectives
E Use comparative adjectives to The Burj Khalifa in Dubai is taller than the Sears Tower
show a difference between two in Chicago.
people, places, things, or ideas
E Use than after a comparative and Jessıca is oider than Denise.

before the second person or thing ııor o/der that Den jse / olderthen Denise
that you are comparing. Don't use
that or then.
GI Yor.un use a comparative l need a bıgger apartment.

adjective without than when the (= a bigger apartment than the apartment l have now)
second part of the comparison
is obvious.
El Less is the opposite o{ more. Do The traffic here ıs less congested than in the city.
not use iess with one-syllable Pennsylvania is smaller than California.
adjectiVes. ruor {esıbğ
El Yo, .un use a pronoun after than Mike's sister is tal/er than he is. (: than Mike is)
instead o{ a noun Sue sings better than l do.
ln speaking, you can use an object My brother is older than me.

pronoun, My brother is older than l am.
ln academic writing, always use a
subject pronoun.
E oata from dıe Real world

The 15 most common comparative adjectives ending in -er in
writing and speaking are:
better easier higher lower stronger

bigger further larger older worse
earlier greater later smaller younger
The 'l0 most common comparative adjectives with more are
comfortable efficient important powerful serlous

difficult expensive interesting recent successful

english.us.org
Exercise 2.1 Comparisons with Be
A How do things today compare with 20 years ago? Write the correct forms of the comparative
adjectives in parentheses.
"t Home appliances are c,fieaPer (cheap\.

2 Laptop computers are (ligh0.
3 Deskop computers are (quiet)
4 Music is (easy) to share.
5 Bicycles are (fast)
6 Cars are (energy efficient)
/ Lell phones are (small)
8 Homes are (big)
B Co.p"r" cell phones from many years ago and now Use comparative forms of the
adjectives in the box.
Eariy cellu ar phone Smartphone
power{ul smart
§
1 Old cell phones were heavier.
2
4
5
6
7
Progress 349
english.us.org
Exercise 2.2 C arative Adjectives and Nouns
A Read about a city's problems. How can it become a

better place to live? Complete the sentences and make
solutions. Use comparative forms of the adjectives in
the box and nouns. Use each adjective once.
attractive clean energy-efficient new sride

cheap clear frequent safe
Problem Solution
1 The main highway through the city is narrow we shou ld build a widet,hjghway
2 The bridge over the river is old and dangerous, we shou ld build a
3 The downtown parking is very expensive. we shou ld have
4 The city parks are not clean. we shou ld have
5 The city's buses are not energy-efficient- We should buy

6 The street signs are confusing. we shou ld insta lI
7 The bus service is infrequent. we should have

8 The city's webs]te is unattractive. The city should create a
B Paİr WOrk What changes should happen to improve your town or city? Discuss with
a Partner.
A Our city needs a more frequent subway service.

B We need nicer department stores downtown. We should have .. .
C G rOuP WOrk Co.p"re cities and towns that you know. Work in groups. Then tell the
class about them. Use the adjectives in parentheses.
1 (modern) Houston is more modern than San Antâi'.

z bist Neyftrk hqs bigügicr pqIklhanMaal
3 (traditional)
4 (cheap) _
5 (good/job market)
6 (clean)
7 (historic)
8 (fancy/storös)
9 (crowded)
350 Unit 32 Comparative Adjeaives and Adverbs

english.us.org
EI Comparatlve Adverbs
You can use comParative adverbs to Ashley drives more slowly than her brother
describe how two actions or events
are different from each other.
3.1 Com arisons with Adverbs
Verb Comparative Adjective Than
Joanna runs faster her brother.
The new printer works better the old printer.

tha n
The popu lation oi ltaly is growing more slowly the population of Canada
A d]esel car run5 more efficiently a gasoline car.
3.2 Com arative of Short Adverbs (One S llable)
Adverb comParative
fast fasteİ
high higher
For one syllable adverbs, add -er or -r, late later
long longer
hard h a rder
3.3 Com arative of Lon r Adverbs (Two or More S llables)
Adverb comparatiVe
E For adverbs of two or more o{ten more / less often

syllables, use more (or /ess)
carefully more / less carefully
quickly more / less quickly
easily more / less easily
E W" suy earlier, noi more early. This {light arrives earlier ihan the other {light.
Progress 351
english.us.org
3.4 lrre ular Adverbs
lrregular Adverb comParative

well better
bad y
T.,*
far further or farther
» Adjectives and Adverbs: comparatiVe and SuperlatiVe Forms: see page A22,
3.5 Usin Com arative Adverbs
E Yo, .un use comparative adverbs Hilda studies harder than the other students.
to compare the way two people do My brother drives more carefully than my sister.
the same action.
E Yo, .un use comparative adverbs Cairo is growing more rapidly than London
to compare the Way two actions or
events happen.
E You .un use comparative adverbs Larissa works harder now than she did last year
to compare the way an action
happened in two different time
periods.
E Use than after a comparative He drives iaster than his brother.

adverb and before the second ııor faster +hat his brother/faster then his brother
action or event that you are
comparing. Don't use that or then
E Yo, aun use a comparative adverb l can run fast, but Lorna can run faster
without than
B Less is the opposite of more The old car runs less eiiiciently than the new car
Do not use /ess with one-syllabIe Meryl arrived earlier than Patrick
adverbs. NoT +ess-+ate

english.us.org
Comparative Adject ives and Adverbs

Exercise 3.1 Makin< comparisons wiü Adverlıs
Listen to the conversation. Complete the chart with comparative adverbs.
New York, New York Grant, Florida

1 People walk 4 You drive
more duicklv .
ı",
[ş'
]
t. g"t t. ."|İ
2 People work "
5 Joe and Bill go out
\ l
3 RestaUrants stay open
6 You spend money
Exeıcise 3.2 More Makinc1 Comparisons with Ad
A Write the comparative form of the adverb. Then write verbs that go with it from the list.
Some verbs can go with more than one adverb.
drive go to bed play football sleep study

get up go to the gym play the guitar speak English walk
go out go to the movies sing spend money work
Adverb, Comparative Adverb Verb(s)
1 fası faster run, drive

2 well
3 carefu lly
4 hard
5 slowly
6 early
7 Iar
8 frequently
9 badly
10 late
Progress 353
english.us.org
B OVer tO YOu How is your lifestyle different from five years ago? ln what ways do you do
things differently? Use ideas from A.
l speak English better now than l did five years ago
1-
2-
3-
4-
5
6-
7
Eıercise 3.3 Adverbs and Personal Pronouns
E Daş from the Rea| World

Research shows that when people use a personal pronoun after than, they use the object forms
me, him, her, us, them. They do not normally use the subject forms /, he, she, we, they.
you drive better than me / him

tto, + obje<t plonoun
ı.ıor better than }/he
t ro, + subjeat pronoun
People use the subjea form of the pronoun with an auxiliary v erl> (be, do, or have) or a modal verb
(will, can, etc.), especially in writing.
He drives faster than l do. (: faster than l drive)

She can speak English bener than he can. (= better than he can speak English)
A Over to YOu Complete the sentences with the names of people you know. Use a subject
pronoun and an auxiliary or modal verb after than.
1 _ gets up earlier th an l do
2 _ _ _ can run faster than l can
3 eats more slowly than l
4 _ exercises more often than ü _

5 _ _ commutes further than l _ .
6 _ studied harder for yesterday's test than

7 __ _ can speak more fluently than _ l
8 _ did better on the quiz than l ._

B Paİr WOrk r"ll a partner about each person in A. Use object pronouns (me, him,
them, etc.),
My friend Charlie gets up earlier than rne. He starts work at7:00 a.m. l get up later than him

english.us.org
Com arative Adjectives and Adverb5

1 Do not use more with the -er comparative forms of adjectives and adverbs.
she drives neore faster than her brother.
than the other one.
2 Do not use more with one-syllable adjectives and adverbs.

taller faster
My brother ismoreiallthan l am. She speaks moı.e-{ast than l do.
3 Do not use the -erending with most adjectives of two or more syllables.
more exciting
Hıs second movie Was exeitiftg,ef tha n his first movie.
§ Use than after a comParative, not that or then.

than
she works harderlhea l do.
Editing Task
Progress is change that results in a general improvement in life. Read the ideas about
progress. Find and correct eight more mistakes in this blog.
What Is Progress ?
It is not easy to answer this question, Here is a list of ideas.
t@ Medicines are now more effective ,r,,a *ei*€ğfu, so people's health is

more better. People expect to live longer then they did 1OO years ago.
5 !ffi There is a more shorter work week for everyone. There are poweri'uler
machines and computers, so people can be free from manual work.
§ffi' Chi]dren reach a more higher level of education.
@ People have more big houses and a comfortabler life that their parents,
Progress 355
english.us.org
Su perl ative Adjectives

and Adverbs
Facts and Opinions
II Crammar in the Real World

A Wh"t do you know about Vietnam? Read the travel website article. What
is the most interesting fact?

1 where is vietnam located?
2 what is the climate like?
3 Why is Hue famous?
4 What is Vietnamt most important export?
c Ntal[El Find the forms of these common adjectives in the text. write
them in the spaces below.
1 big 5 popular _
2 hot 6 historic
3 wet 7 important
4 narrow 8 beautiful
356
english.us.org
Su perlat ive Ad jectives and Adverbs
ffiF
_,4
l
ro
ü+}
I
/
Vietnam, in Southeast Asia, shares borders with China, Laos. and

Cambodia. lt is a long country and at its narrowest Point it is only about
50 km (31 miles) wide.
Vietnam's population is about 90 million. The capital is Hanoi. The

5 bigge§t city is Ho Chi Minh Ci§, formerly called Saigon.
Vietnam's most historıc city is Hue. lt was the home of the Nguyen
kings, and it has many palaces and monuments.
The most poPular beach is located near the city Nha Trang in the
'rock formation: a large area of rock
that has characteristics different from central coast area.
the land around it
2oxPoat: an item someone sends to
10 The most beautiful area is Ha Long Bay. There are hundreds of small
another country {oa sale or use islands and unusual rock formations.1
]crude oil: oilfrom undergroı.ınd
Vietnam has a hot and humid climate, with the hottest temperatures
that nobody ha5 made into different
prodı.ıcts yet wettest month is September.
in April. The
acrop: a plant like a grain, vegetable, or
The most İmportant exPort2 is crude oi1,3 and the most imPortant
fruit that people grow in large amounts
ıs cropa is rice. The industry that is growing the most rapidly is tourism.
Facts and Opinions 357

english.us.org
El Su perlative Adjectives
You can use superlative adjectives The most historic city in vietnam
to describe how a person or thing is is Hue.
dif{erent from all others.
2.1 statements
Noun Be The SuperlativeAdjective Noun
Ha Long Bay is most beautiful area Vietnam.
November isn't the wettest month ln the country
Ho Chi Minh City ls biggest city the area.
Noun 8e The Superlative Adjective Noun
Which city Is most beautiful city Vietnam?

the n
What ls most imPortant eXport the country?
2.3 Su erlative of short Ad ectives (One S llable)

Adjective Superlative
I For one-syllable adjectives, add -est. long longest
s/ow s/owe5t
ğ For one-syllable adjectives ending in -e, add -st large largest

wıde widest
ğ For adjectives that end in one vowel + one consonant, double the bjg biggest
final consonant and add -est.
hot hottest
@ For two-syllable adjectives ending in -y, change y to i and heaıy heaViest

add est
tiny tiniest
358 Unit 33 Superlative Adjeaives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Su perlative Adjectives and Adverbs
2.4 Su erlative of Lon er Ad ectives (Two or More S llables)
beautiful most beautiful
historic most historic
important most important
popular most popular
2.5 Two-syllable Adiectives That Take -est
narrow narrowest
qu iet quietest
simple simp lest
2.6 lrr, ular Ad ectiVes
good best
bad worst
far farthest or furthest (farthest is more common)
» Adjectives and AdVerbs: Comparative and supellative For.ns: see page A22
2.7 Usin Su erlative Ad ectiVe5
E Use the before a superlative Ha Long Bay is the most beautiful area in Vietnam
adjective followed by a noun NoT is-nıostfujİrlarea
E Use superlative adjectives to Orla is the most intelrigent student in the c/ass.
show how one person or thing in The Ni/e is the longest river in Africa.
a group is different in some way
from all the others.
E Yo, .un use a superlative adjective They have three daughters- Tran is the youngest
without a noun
ğ You .un use a possessive item (my, That book is my most helpful guide book-
your, Patrick's, the world's, etc.) cheetahs are the world's fastest animals,
instead of the before a superlative
a djective.

english.us.org
2.7 Usin Su rlatiVe ectİves (contınueo)
E Use in + noun after superlative The Ni/e is the longest river in the world.
adjectives when you want to NoT the /ongest river of the world
talk about a specific group, for
example, in the world, in the c/ass,
etc. Do not use ol
E Least is the opposite of most. Do The Roya/ ıs the least axpensive hotel in town
not use /east with one-syllable Rhode lsland is the smallest U.S. state.
adjectives. NoT the /east big
ffi Oata from the Real World

The most common superlative adjectives ending in -est in writing
and speaking are:
biggest fastest largest lowest stron9est

closest greatest latest oldest youngest
earliest highest longest smallest
The most common superlative adjectives with most in writing and

speaking are:
beautiful difficult famous popular serlous

common effective important powerful significant1
dangerous expensive interesting recent successful
'3ignificant a more formal word for important
.[-. l Grammar Application

Exercise 2.1 Superlative Adjectives
A Pa ir WOrk rio* good is your

geography? Complete the sentences
with a partner. Use superlative
adjectives. Then check the answers at
the bottom of the exercise.
,
J
,I
{\. rt
.arL-.ğ 1ş
360 Unit 33 Superlative Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
Su erlative Adjectives and Adverbs
World Geography Ouiz

1 The world's smallest (small) continent is Australİa
2 The world's (large) continent is
3 The continent with the __ (more) countries is __

4 The _ (deep) ocean is the _
5 The (big) country is
6 The (cold) place in the world is
7 rhe (high) mountain is
8 The (dry) place on Earth is the
9 The _ (large) ci§ in the United States is
10 The _ 1long) river in the world is _

11 The (populated) country in the world is
B Complete the questions with the and superlative adjectives. Note that 1shows an affirmative
two-syllable superlative (with most), and J shows a negative two-syllable superlative (with
/east). Then compare your answers with your classmates. You can find the answers at the
bottom of the page.
FACTS ABOUT THE UNITED STATES

what Do you know About the united states? Answers
1, What is _ thc biggqst (big) wateriall? Nia ara lls

2. What is (long) river?
3. what is (dry) state?
4, What iS (wet) state?
5. What is (popuIa0 national park? t

6, What is (big) city?
7, What is _ (wasteful) city?J

8, What is (expensive) city lo live in? t
9 What large city has (bad) air pollUtion?
,10
What is (famous) brjdge?f
]1 What is (bUsy) airport?
12 What is (popUlated) state? t

13 What is (populated) State? J
2. MississiPPa 3. Nevada 4. Hawaii 5, Great smoky Mountains National Park in Tennessee and Nonh carolina 6. New Yorı
7. San Francisco 8. New York 9. Los Angeles 10. The Golden Gate Bridge, California 11. Atlanta's Hartsfield-Jackson
12. Califomia 13. wyoming

english.us.org
C OVer tO YOu Think about your city or town. Complete the sentences. Then compare your
answers with your classmates. Take a survey. What are the results?
Best (and Worct) of the Town

1 Tê nİcest (nice) neighborhood is
2 The (delicious) pizza is _
3 The (crowded) area is
4 The area with the _ (bad) traffic is _
5 The (dangerous) intersection is
6 The (unusual) restaurant is
Exercise 2.2 Superlative Adjectives to Describe People
A Complete the superlative constructions in this ı

-§,
ş
conversation. Use the when necessary. ıİ;.
A
ğ@ So, who are the mo*impofunL
İi
(important) people in your life?
E!fiE Well, l guess my family and my

(good) friends.
\
SE [,
,
OK. Tell me about your family.
t?l*E v'veıı, ıers see. My ,j

(close) family members atI live near
me, so l see them often. l have three

brothers: Tim, Liam, and Anthony. Anthony js __ _ ı (young1.
He! just 13. My grandmother is 75. She's ., (old) relative.

,,,
My friends are mostly from my college days. One really special person is Tina.
Cffi your
ı..ı _
Tina? ls she (good) friend?
llrffi Yeah. She's (unusual) person lknow, and

(interesting). She has a pilott license and a degree in biology! Of all my friends, she
definitely has (exciting) job. She works for a tour company that
,
takes people to so." of (exotic]) places in the world. When we
,ia,
were in college, she always got j. _ _ (high) grades. She's probably
_. _2) (intelligent) person l know, and _ (successful)
(] l] 3)
E!@ Amazing!
'exotic: unusual or anteresting because o{ bejng from a different cu|ture or country
362 Unit 33 Superlative Adjectives and Adverbs

english.us.org
B Li.t"n to the conversation and check your answers.

C Over tO You Answer the questions, and describe your friends or people in your
family. Use superlative adjectives. Then share your answers with a partner.
1 Who are the most important people in your life?
2 Who is your best friend?

3 Who is the most successful person you know?
4 Who is the most inteIIigent? The funniest?
E Srperlative Adverbs
You can use superlative adverbs to describe how a A/i the students work hard,
person's actions or the way something happens is but Rosa works hardest.
different from all others.
( 1 statements
Verb (The) Superlative Adjective
Daniel ran (the) fastest in the men's 100 meters.
This printer works (the) best of all the printers in the office
Nina drives (the) most carefully of the three women-
3.2 Ouestions
Verb (The) Superlative Adjective
Who arrives (the) earliest at school every day?
Which industry is growing (the) most rapidly in Vietnam?
what method works (the) most effectively to learn vocabulary?

english.us.org
3.3 Su erlative of Short Adverbs (One S llable)
Adjective suPerlative
I For adverbs with one syllable, add -est fast fastest
high highest
long /ongest
hard hardest
ğ For adverbs with one syllable ending in -e, add st /ate /atest
3.4 Su erlative of Lon er Adverbs (Two or More S llables)
often most often
recently most recently
quickly most quickly
slowly most slowly

We say earliest, not most eariy.
Which flight arrives the earllest?
3.5 lrre ular Adverbs
lrregular Adverb Superlative

well best
bad ly worst
far farthest or furthest (farthest is more common)
Adjectives and Adverbsi comparative and supedative Forms: see page A22
3.6 Usinq Superlative Adverbs
§ Yo, .un use superlative adverbs to describe Hilda studıes the hardest o{ all the
how one action or event is different from students in her c/ass,
all others. l drive most carefully in bad weather
or when it's dark-
P Yor.un use a phrase with ofafter a The cheetah runs the fastest of all
superlative adverb. the animals.
E Least is the opposite of most, Of the three cars, the gasoline car
operates the least efİiciently.

english.us.org

People often use superlative adverbs without You should wear the co/ors that suit you best.
the, especially in spoken language. Who do you text most often, your family, your
c/assmates, or your friends?
which of the three moyies came out most
recently?
ln academic wrjting, use the. This method works the most effectively.

Superlative adverbs are much less common than superlative adjeaives.
The most common superlative adverbs ending fastest hardest latest

in -est in writing and speaking are: closest nearest earliest
on gest lowest highest
The six most common superlative adverbs used easily economically recentIy
with most in writing and speaking are: effectively often frequently
A Complete the sentences from a student essay. Use the superlative form of the adverbs in
parentheses with the.
l live in an apartment with three other students: Shinya, Tomas, and Alex. l arrived
the m (recently) - in September this year. Shinya has lived here
(1)
(long). He moved into the apartment two years ago. Because we
are students, we try to spend as little money as possible. Right now, l think that l live
(economical) because l almost never go out to eat. Tomas eats
(])
out (frequent). Alex probably studies (hard)
(5)
He always goe, to ,leep (late)_ l oet uo
(1l
(early) because l travel (far) to school
(B)

english.us.org
B Paİr WOrk Complete the sentences with your own ideas. You can use the verbs and
adverbs in the boxes to help you. Then share your sentences with a partner.
call reply study work

dfive speak teXt write
clearly fast frequently hard

early flue ntiy good often
1 of all my friends, Haıpah jrİvcş ihcfişteşt

2 Of all my classmates,
3 Of all the people l know,
4 ln this class,
5 Of all my family members,
ö Of all my co-workers (or friends),
7 Of all the people l text,
8 Of all the people l send e-mails to,
[I Avoid Common Mistakes A \
1 Do not use a comparative form instead of a superlative when comparing more than
two things.
Of all the places we visited, Vietnam in April wY"##'

2 Do not use most and -est together.
My rn€3i smallest pet was a gold{ish,
3 Do not use most with adjectives and adverbs that take -est.
The Hollywood Plaza is ıhe mo*İheap hotel in town.
4 Do not use ofinstead of in.

in
lt's the tallest building a{ the world,
§ Learn the spelling rules for comparative and superlative adjectives and adverbs.
earliest
Who arrives at schoolearğst every day, Joanna or Peter?
hotiest
June 20 was the hotest day of the year.

english.us.org
Superlative Adjectives and Adverbs
Editing Task
Find and correct ]0 more mistakes in the magazine article.
@o
Fascinating Facts
About Animals
most
One of the mote amazing things of üe natural world is the great variety of
animal sizes and behaviors. At 200 tons (180 metric tons) and 108 feet (33
meters), üe blue whale is the world's heavyest and bigest animal. However,
fr
the world's smaller bird weighs less than one ounce (1.8 grans). Giraffes
\.l
s can be 17 feet (5.2 meters) ta]], and üey are üe tallest anima.ls of the
world. The cheetü runs the faster of all anima.Is. It can run up to 75 miles
per hour (12O kilometers per hour).
On the other hand, a sloü is perhaps üe world's most slowest anima].

lt often does not move for hours. The loudest land anima] is üe how]er
10 monkey. You can hear its cry about 10 miles (16 kilometers) away. What is
the louder marine anima]? The blue whale. Blue whales can hear each other
up to 1,000 miles (1,600 kilometers) away. What is the anima] üat lived the
most long? lt is a clam from üe coast of lceland. Scienüsts estimate t}ıat it is
405 years old. The gastrotrich, a tiny water animal, has üe most short life - İ
ls three days.
.ı
-,$q
-,,$. ıj
_J 7,,
ffi -J,
l
\.
\

english.us.org
Appendices
D Cupitalization and Punctuation Ru eS

Capitalize Examples
1 The first letter ofthe first word of a sentence Today is a great day.
2 The pronoun l Yesterday l went to hear a new rock band.
3 Names of people Sim6n Bolivar, Joseph Chung
4 Names of buildings, streets, geographic Taj Majal, Broadway, Mt. Everest,
locations, and organizations united Nations
5 Titles of people Dr., Mr., Mrs., Ms
6 Days, months, and holidays Tuesday, April, Valentine's Day
7 Names of courses or classes Biology 101 , English Composition ll
8 Titles of books, movies, and plays Crime and Punishment, Avatar, Hamlet
9 States, countries, languages, and nationalities California, Mexico, Spanish, South Korean,
Canadian
10 Names of religions Hinduism, Catholicism, lslam, Judaism
punctuation Examples
1 Use a period (.) at the end of a sentence. He is Korean.
2 Use a question mark (?) at the end of a question Do you wantto buy a car?
3 Use an exclamation point (|) to show strong Wait! l'm not ready yet. l can't believe it!
emotion (e.9., surprise, anger, shock).
4 Use an apostrophe (') {or possessive nouns.
Add 's for singular nouns. That's Sue's umbrella.
Add s' for plural nouns. Those are the students' books. aur
Add t for irregular plural nouns. Bring me the children's shoes.
Use an apostrophe (') for contractions. l'll be back next week. He can't drive a car.
5 Use a comma (,):
. between words in a series of three or more l like fish, chicken, turkey, and mashed
items, (Place and before the last item.) potatoes.
. before and, or, but, and so to connect two You can watch TV, but l have to study for
complete sentences. a test.
A1 Appendices
english.us.org
El Sp"lling Rules for Noun Plurals

'l Add -s to most singular nouns to form a camera - two cameras a model - two models
plural nouns. a key - keys a student - students
2 Add -es to nouns that end in -ch, -sh, -ss, watch - watches dish - dishes
and -x. c/ass c/asses tax - taxes
3 With nouns that end in a consonant + -, accessory - accessories ballery * batİeries

change the y to i and add -es.
4 With nouns that end in -ife, change the knife - knives life - lives
ending to -ıves. wife - wives
5 Add -es to nouns that end in -o after potato - potatoes tornato - tomatoes
a consonant.
Exception: Add -s only to nouns that end plano - planos soprano - sopranos
in -o and refer to music.
6 Add -s to nouns that end in -o after radio - radios shampoo - shampoos

a vowel.
7 Some plural nouns have irregular forms man - men woman - women
These are the most common irregular child - children person people
plural nouns in academic writing.
foot - feet tooth - teeth
8 some nouns have the same form for one deer two deer one sheep - two sheep
singular and plural, one fısh - two fish
9 Some nouns are only plural. They do not c/othes pant5
have a singular form. g/asses sc]5sors
headphones sung/asses
jeans
Appendices A2
english.us.org
EI Verb Forms
Present: Be
Affirmative statements
slNGULAR PLURAL
Subject 8e Subject Be
am
You are from seoul
You are late They
He
She ls
lt difficu lt.
Ne ative statements
slNGU LAR PLuRAL

S u bject Be + Not subject Be + Not
am not
you are not StudentS
You are not They
in class
She i5 n61
lt
Aff irmative contractions
slNGULAR PLURAL
lam -, |'m We are "+
You are + You're You are "+ You're
He is r He's They are - They're
Jun-Ho is _ Jun-Ho's
She is + She's
His mother is + His mother's
It is r lt's
My name is a My name's
A3 Appendices
english.us.org
Ne ative contractions
slNGULAR PLURAL
l am not ". |'m not we are not "+ We're not / We aren't
You are not -) You're not / You aren't You are not + You're not / You aren't
He is not -ü He's not / He isn't They are not ,.+ They're not / They aren't
She is not "+ She's not / She isn't
lt is not "+ lt's not / lt isn't
Sinqular Yes/No Ouestions Sinqular Short Answers
Be Subject S u bject Be Su bject Be + Not
Am am l am not,
Are you you are yOU are not

in class? Yes, No,
Is he he he
she she ls, she is not.
it it it
Plural YeslNo Questions Plural Short Answers
8e Subject Subject Be Sub.lect 8e + Not
Are you late? Yes, you a re. No, you are not
th ey they they
Appendices A4
english.us.org
Neqative Short Answer Contractions
slNGuLAR PLuRAL
No, l am not. No, l'm not No, We are not, No, we're not,
No, we aren't,
No, you are not. i No, you're not No, you are not- No, you're not.
No, you aren't. No, you aren't.
No, he is not. "+ No, he's not. No, they are not, -r No, they're not.
No, he isn't. No, they aren't.
No, she is not. ". No, she's not.
No, she isn't.
No, it is not. No, it's not.
No, it isn't.
lnformation ouestions
SlNGULAR SUBJECTS PLURAL SUBJECTS
Wh- Word Be Subject Wh_ Word Be Subject
Who your teacher? Who your teachers?
What your major? What your p ans?
When 15 our exam? When 619 your exams?
Where the buiding? Where your books?
How your class? How your classes?
contractions with sinqular subiects
slNGULAR
Who is -. Who's
What is ",|What's
When is ; When's
Where is ı Where's
How is ". How's
A5 Appendices
english.us.org
There ls / There Are

There Be Subject Place / Time contraction

a parking lot a on Alameda street There is + There's
ls
free tour at 10:0O.
There
a lot of little in the area,
are
shops free tours on most days
Neqative statements
There Be + Not ./ No Subject Place / Time
isn't a bank
in union station.
is no ban k
There
isn't a show
at 8:00.
is no show
bank in u nion station,

There 's no
show at 8:00.
aren't any cars

on olvera street
are no cars
There
aren't any tour5
in the evening.
are no tours
Yes/No Ouestions and Short Answers
Be There Subject Place / Time short Answers

a V]sitor's center on olvera street? Yes. there is.
ls
a performance at 6:00? No, there isn't.
there
any parking lots in the area? YeS, there are.
Are
any tourS in the even ing? No, there aren't
Appendices A6
english.us.org
SimpIe Present
slNGULAR PLuRAL
Subject Verb Subject Verb
eat
I
You
vegetables
He every day.
You have many friends
She eat5 They
lt
Ne ative statements
slNGULAR PLURAL
Do / Does Base Form Base Form
Subject
+ Not of Verb
subject Do + Not
of Verb
l do not
You don't
a lot of do not in the
He eat You exercıse
does not meat. don't morning
She They
doesn't
lt
Yesl No Ouestions
DolDoes Subject Base Form of Verb
yo u
Do
we
they faIl asleep in 30 minutes?
he
Does she
it
A7 Appendices
english.us.org
Short Answers
AFFlRMAT|VE NEGAT|VE
Yes Subject Do / Does No Subject Do / Does + Not
I I
you you do not

do,
we don't,
y"., th.Y şo, they
he he
does not
she does she
doesn't.
it it
Wh- word Do / Does Subject Base Form of Verb

Who I se e at school?
What you
do eat at parties?
When they celebrate that holiday?
Where study for school?
he
why d oes she live at home?
it
How meet new people?
Present Progressive
Subject 8e Verb + -ing contractions

lam lam ". |'m
You
You are "+ You're
are We are "+ We'ıe
They talking. They are -+ They'ıe
He is ". He's
He She is t She's
She
lt
ls
lt is --+ l/s
Appendices A8
english.us.org
Neqative statements
Subject 8e + Not Verb + -ing contractions

l am not lam not -l |'m not
You
r
you are not You're not You aren't
We are not We are not -| we'İe not we aren't
They ta lking. They are not ",+ They're not They aİen't
He is not ",. He's not He isn't
she is not
He -,+ she's not She isn't
She is not
lt is not --. lt's not lt isn't
lt
Yes/ No Questions short Answers

8e Subject Verb + -ing AFFlRMATlVE NEGAT|VE
Am Yes, l am. No, l'm not.
Yes, you are. No, you're not, No, you aren't.
you
Are we Yes, we are. No, We're not. No, we aren't.
working? Yes, they are. No, they're not No, they aren't
!h "y Yes, he is. No, he's not. No, he isn't.
he Yes, she is. No, she's not. No, she !sn't.
ls she Yes, it is. No, it's not. No, it İsn't.
it
lnformation Questions
Wh- Word Be Subject Verb + -ing tVh-Word

as Subject 8e Verb + -ing
Who am hearing?
talking?
What studying? ls
you What happening?
When are leaving?
they
Where going?
Why he laughing?
ls she
How it fee ling?
A9 Appendices
english.us.org
Simple Past: Be
statements
AFFlRMATlVE NEGATIVE
Subject Was / Were Subject Was / Were + Not

I I
He He was not
was
She She wasn't
lt in the computer lab lt in class
were
were not
You You
weren't
They They
Lesl |y'o Ouestions short Answers
Was/ Was / Was / Were
Were Subject Yes Sub.iect Were No Subject + Not
I l
he
I
he he was not.
Was
she
Very smart?
sh_o
, was
she wasn't.
it yes, it No, it
we
were not
Were you in college? you were yoU
weren't.
they they they
Wh- Word Was / Were Subject

Who your best friend as a child?
What your favorite class last semester?

was
When her birthday party?
what time the meeting on Monday?
Where his partners?
why they successful?

were
How the concerts the other night?
How old their cars in 2011?
Appendices A10
english.us.org
Simple Past
statements
Simple Past Base Form
Subject Verb sub'ect Did + Not of Verb
I I
You You
did not
They started in 1962 They sig n a contract
did n't
He He
She She
lt lt
Yes/ No Ouestions short Answers
Base Form
Did Subject of Verb Yes Subject Did No Subject Did + Not
I l I
you you you

we we
the did not
Did they finish
repo rt?
Yes, they did, No, they
didn't,
he he he
she she she
it it it
Wh- Word Did Subject Base Form of Verb

Who write about?
What yoU do yesterday?
When finish our report?

did they
Where he visit on vacatjon?
Why she start a company?
it
How 5aVe enough money?
A'I1 Appendices
english.us.org
Past Progresslve
statements
Subject Past of 8e Verb + -ing Subject Past of Be + Not Verb + -ing
I I
He He was not /
was
She She wasn't
lt working lt working
You You
were not /
weren't
They They
Xesl |y'o Questions short Answers
Past Verb Past Past of
of Be Subject + -ing Subject of 8e Subject 8e + Not
I ! I
he were not
Was
he
she
working?
he
she
. was.
she weren't.
it Yes, it No, it
you you you

were not.
Were we working? were
weren't.
they they they
Past Wh-Word Past

Wh_ Word of Be S u b.|ect Verb + -ing as Sub.ject of Be Verb + -ing
Who I
studying? was talking?
What he doing? was happening?
was
she
When it researching?
Where working?
yoU
why were we eXPerimenting?
they
How feeling?
Appendices A12
english.us.org
Future: Be Going To
statements
Base Base
Form 8e+ Form
Subject Be Going To of Verb Subject Not Going To of Verb
Lam I am not
You You
We are are not
They going to get a 1ob They going to get a 1ob
He is He
She She is not
lt lt
Yesl |y'o Questions short Answers
Base
Form Be+
8e Subject Going To of Verb Sub.lect 8e subject Not
Aml lam | 'm not.
you you yoU
Are We are we aren't
going to get job?
they a Yes, they No,
:trr
he he he
ls she she ls she isn't
it jt it
Wh-Word Be Subject Going To Base Form of Verb
Who Am interview tomorrow?
What do after graduation?
you
When Are we leave for New York?
they goin9 to
Where work after college?
Why he move to Canada?

ls she
How it pay his loans?
A13 Appendices
english.us.org
Wh- Word
as Sub.ject Be Going To Base Form of Verb
9et a job after college?

is going to
What ha pp en after school?
Future: Will
statements
Base Form Wll + Base Form
Sub.iect Will of Verb Su bject Not of Verb
I I
You You
They ,ll
will
have
a healthy _P"
ni' *ill no*
have
a healthy
life. *on,, life.
He '
She She
lt lt
Iesl No Ouestions short Answers

Base Form
Subject of Verb
I Yes, l No, l
you Yes, you No, you
We Yes, we No, we
a healthy
Will they have
life?
Yes, they will No, they won't
he Yes, he No, he
she Yes, she No, she
it Yes, it No, it
Wh- Word Will Subject Base Form of Verb
Who meet at the interview tornorrow?
what
I
you do in your training program?
When retUrn your documents?

will they
Where he find information about careers?
Why she travel to south America?
it
How build new apartments?
Appendices A14
english.us.org
lmperatives
statements
AFFlRMAT|VE NEGATlVE
Base Form Base Form
of Verb Do + Not of Verb
Smile and be helpful. interruPt people who are very busy
Don't/
at people when you Do not this in the beginning.
Look do
talk to them.
El Common Regular and lrregular Verbs

Reqular lrreqular
Base Form Past Form Base Form Past Form

call called come came
decide decided do did
happen happened 9et 9ot
like liked 9o went
live lived have had
look looked make made
move moved put put
start started read read
talk talked say said
try tried see saw
work worked
A15 Appendices
english.us.org
lrregular Verbs
Base Form Simple Past Base Form Simple Past
be was / were keep kept

become became know knew
begin began Ieave left
bite bit lose lost
blow blew make made
break broke meet met
bring brought pay paid
build built put put
buy bought read read
catch caught ride rode
choose chose run ran
come came say said
cost cost see saw
cut cut sell sold
do did send sent
draw drew set set
drink drank sha ke shook
drive drove show showed
eat ate shut shut
fa ll fell sing sang
feed fed sit sat
feel feh sleep slept
fight fought speak spoke
fin d fou nd spend sPent
fly flew stand stood
forget {orgot stea l stole
forgive forgave swim swam
9et 9ot take took
giVe gaVe teach taught
9o went tell told
9roW grew think thought
have had throw threw
hea r heard understand understood
hide hid wake woke
hit hit wear wore
hold held
hurt hu rt write wrote
Appendices A16
english.us.org
a Sp"lling Rules for Possessive Nouns

'l Add 's to singular nouns to show The manager's name is Mr. Patei. (one manager)
possession. The boss's ideas a re helpful. (one boss)
2 Add an apostrophe (') to plurai nouns The managers' names are hard to remember.
ending in -s to show possession. (more than one manager)
The bosses'ideas are very good. (more than one boss)
3 For irregular plural nouns, add 's to The men's uniforms are heavy, (more than one man)
show possession. The children's room is messy. (more than one child)
4 My, your, his. her, our, and ıheir can My friend's sister is in Peru.
come before a possessive noun. Our parents' names are short.
İa Noncount Nouns and containers

Common Noncount Nouns
Food and Liquids Materia ls School Subjects Weather Other

beef rlce leather algebra fog advice
bread salt metal art lce furniture
butter seafood oil biolo9y rain garbage
cheese shrimp plastic economics snow help
coffee soup silk En9lish Weather homework
fish spinach wood geography information
ice cream su9ar history .jewelry
meat tea music mail
milk water physics money
olive oil psychology noise
science traffic
vocabulary
work
Mea5urement words and containers

a bag of potatoes a bowl of soup a glass of water a piece of cake
rice pasta soda meat
a bar of chocolate a bunch of grapes a head of lettuce a plate of eggs
soap bananas cabbage ch icken
a bott|e of oil a can of beans a jar of mustard a pound of butter

ketchu p tu na pickles cheese
a box of cereal a carton of milk a loaf of bread a slice of pie
ca ndy juice pizza
A17 Appendices
english.us.org
El Metric Conversion
'] ounce = 28 grams 1 mile = 1 .6 kilometers
1 gram = ,04 ounce 1 kilometer : .62 mile
1 pound = ,45 kilogram 1 foot : .30 meter
1 kilogram : 2.2 pounds 1 meter = 3.3 feet
1 liter : ,26 gallon 1 inch = 2.54 centimeters
1 gallon : 3,8 liters 1 centimeter = .39 inch
a
Subject and Object Pronouns
5 u bject possessive Object
Pronoun Adjective Pronoun
I my me l can't find the calculator. My desk i5 50 messy.
My boss is unhappy with me.
you your you You are very organized. Your desk is so neat. l want
to be like you.
he his him He is a new employee. His old job was in Hong
Kong. This is very exciting to him.
she her her She went home. Her compuler i5 off. l'll call her.
t itS it lt's a new company. lts president is Mr. Janesh. He

wants it to be successfu/.
We our us We are looking for the reports. Our boss wants to
read them. The reports are important to us,
they their th em They are writing a report. Their team members will
help them,
Appendices A18
english.us.org
re ]ndefinite and Definite Articles

lndefinite Article
1 use a,/an with singular count nouns She made a decision about her job.
An analyst examines something in detail
2 Use a when the noun begins with a She made a decision about her job.
consonant sound.
3 Use an when the noun begins with a vowel An analyst examines somethinq in detail
sound.
4 Use a be{ore adjectives or adverbs that begin Tony found a great apaftment in Chicago.
5 Use a before words that begin with u when James went to a university in Boston.
the u makes a "you" sound. The economy is a universal concern.
6 use a,/an to introduce a person or thing for Tom bought a car.

the first time to a listener. When you mention ffhe listener does not know about this car.)
the person or thing again, use the. The car was not very expensive.
(Now the listener knows about this car.)
Definite Article
1 You can use the before singular or plural The job is a good one.
count nouns, and before noncount nouns The choices were interesting.
The information is very useful.
2 Use the to talk about people or things that The president discussed the plan. (Everyone
both the listener and speaker know about. knows the president and the plan.)
The moon and the stars were beautiful last night.
(Everyone knows the moon and the stars.)
3 Use the to talk about a specific noun "The teacher gave us difficult homework tonight."
[he speaker and listener know this teacher.)
"The game was interesting." "l agree."
flhe speaker and listener are thinking of the
same game.)
A19 Appendices
english.us.org
fl Sp" ing Rules for Verbs Ending in -l ng

'l For most verbs, add -ing*.
go + going say + saying talk + talking
2 lf the vertı ends in a silent -e, delete e and add -ıng,
live + living make + making write ı writing
3 For be and see, don't drop the e because it is not silent,

be ---ı being see + seeing
4 lf the verb ends in -le, change the ie to y and add -ing.
die + dying lie + lying
5 lf the verb has one syllable and follows the pattern consonant, vowel, consonant (CVC),
double the last letter and add -ing,
get) getling putl pulİing sitJ sitting
6 Do not double the consonant if the verb ends in -w, -x, or -y.
grow) growing fix+ fixing say+ saying
7 lf the verb has two syllables, ends in the pattern CVC, and is stressed on the last syllable,
double the last letter and add -ing.
beG/N -ı beginning
8lftheverbhastwosyllablesandisstressedonthefirstsyllable,donotdoublethelastletter.
L/Sten -ı /istening TRAVel+ traveling Vlsit ) visiting
*
Verbs that end in -ing are also calIed gerunds when they are used as a noun. The same spelling
rules above apply to gerunds as well.
M Spe n9 and Pronunciation Rules for

I
Simp e Present I
Spellin9 of Third-Person Singular Verbs

1 Add -s to most verbs.
Add -s to verbs ending in a vowel* + -y.
drinks, rides, runs, sees, s/eeps buys, pays, says
2 Add -es to verbs ending in -ch, -sh, -ss, -x,
Add -es to verbs ending in a consonant** + -o.
teaches, pushes, misses, fixes does, goes
3 For verbs that end in a consonant + -y, change the y to i and add -es.
cry + cries study + studies
4 Some verbs are irregular.
be + am / are / is have + has
*
Vowels: the letters a, e, i, o, u
**
Consonants: the letters b. c, d, {, 9, h, j, k, l, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z
Appendices A20
english.us.org
Pronunciation of Third_Person Singular Verbs
1 Say /s/ after /f/, /k/, /p/, and /t/ sounds.

laughs, drinks, walks, sleeps, writes, gets
2 Say /z/ after /6/, /dl , /gl , /vl , /m/, /nl, /l/, and /r/ sounds and all vowel sounds.
grabs, rides, hugs, lives, comes, runs, smiles, hears, sees, plays, buys, goes, studies
3 Say /az/ aIıer /tI l , lt l , lsl , /ksl , /z/ , and /d3l sounds.
teaches, pushes, kisses, fixes, uses, changes
4 Pronounce the vowe sound in does and says differently from do and say.
do /du:/ + does /dnz/ say lseı/ .,+ says lsez/
IE Spellin 9 and pronunciation Rules for

Regu ar Verbs in Simp|e Past
Spelling of Regular Verbs
1 For most verbs, add ed. work+ worked
2 For verbs ending in -e, add -d, live + lived
3 For verbs ending in consonant + -y, change the y to ı and add -ed study ı ,1u6i"6
4 For verbs ending in vowe + -y, add -ed. play + played
5 For one-syIlable verbs ending in consonant,vowel-consonant plan + planned
(CVC), double the consonant,
6 Do not double the consonant if the verb ends in -x or -w. show + showed
7 For two-syllable verbs ending in CVC and stressed on the first rRAve/ ",+ TRAveled
syllable, do not double the consonant.
8 For two-syllable verbs ending in CVC and stressed on the second conTROL "+ conTROLLED
syllable, double the consonant.
Pronunciation of Regular Verbs

'1 When the verb ends in /t/ or /d/, say -ed as wait --+ waited decide + decided
/ıd/ or /ad/.
2 When the verb endsin/i/,lk/,la/, /sl, /.f /, laugh + laughed miss ,+ missed
and/tJ/,say,edas/t/- look l looked {ioish ) finished
stop ",' stopped watch ş watched
3 For verbs that end in other consonant and agree a agreed /isten r /istened
vowel sounds, say -ed as /d/. borrow - borrowed live+ lived
change + changed play + played
A21 Appendices
english.us.org
1 Adjectives and Adverbs:

Comparative and Superlative Forms
Adjective comParative Superlative
1 One-SyllableAdjectives
a Add -er and -est to cheap cheaper the cheapest
one-syllable adjectives neW newer the newest
old older the oIdest
small smaller the smallest
stron9 stron9er the strongest
tall taller the tallest
yoUn9 younger the youngest
b lf the adjective ends big bigger the biggest
with one vowe| + one hot hotter the hotte5t
consonant, double the last sad sa dde r the saddest
letter and add -er or -est. thin thinner the thinnest
Do not double the
consonant w.
2 Two-Syllable Adjectives
a Add more or the most boring more boring the most boring
to most two-syllable famous more famous the most famous
adjectives. handsome more handsome the most handsome
patient more patient the most patient
b Some two-syllable na rrow narrower / the narrowest /
adjectives have two forms more narrow the most narrow
simple simpler / the simplest /
more simple the most simple
c lf the ad.jective has two an9ry an9rler the angriest
syllables and ends in -y, easy easier the easiest
change the y to i and add frie n d ly friendIier the friendliest
-er or -est. happy happier the happiest
lucky luckier the luckiest
pretty Prettier the prettiest
silly sillier the silliest
Appendices A22
english.us.org
Adjective Comparative Superlative
3 Three-or-More-Syllable
Adjectives
Add more or the most to bea utifu l more beautifu l the most beautiful
adjectives with three or more difficult more di{ficu lt the most difficuit
syllables, enjoyable more enjoyable the most enjoyable
expensive more expensive the most expensive
im po rta nt more important the most important
serious more serious the most serious
4 lrregular Adjectives
Some adjectives have bad Worse the worst
irregu lar forms, far farther/further the farthest/the
good better fuıthest
the best
Adjective Comparative Superlative
1 _ly Adverbs
Most adverbs end in -/y patiently more patiently (the) most patiently
qu ickly more quickly (the) moSt qu ickly
quietly more quietly (the) most quietly
slowly more slowly (the) most slowly
2 One-Syllable Adverbs
A few adverbs do not end in fast faster (the) fastest
-iy. Add -er and -est to these ha rd ha rder (the) hardest
adverbs,
3 lrregular Adverbs
Some adverbs have irregu lar bad y worSe (the) worst
forms. iar fanher / further (the) farthest /
wel better furthest
(the) best
People usually only use the with superlative adverbs in formal writing and speaking
A23 Appendices
english.us.org
E Adverbs with -/y

Ad.iective Adverb Adjective Adverb
bad badly loud loudly

beautjful beautifully neryous nervously
careful carefu lly nice n ice ly
clear clea rly patient patiently
close closely polite politely
confident confidently proper properly
deep deeply quick quickIy
f|uent fluently qu iet quietly
honest honestly slow slowIy
interesting interestingly stron9 strongly
late lately
spellinq Rules for Adverbs
Adjectives Adverbs
'1 After most adjectives, add accidental accidentally
Jy interesting interestingly
nice nicely
peaceful peacefu lly
2 Alter -y, delete y and add easy easily

-ily. huppy h a ppily
3 After -ic. add -ally automatic automatically
tenific terrifically
4 After a consonant + -/e, drop gentle ge ntly

the e and add y- terrible terribly
Appendices A24
english.us.org
Modal Verbs and Moda1-1ike

Expressions
Modals are helper verbs, Most modals have multipLe meanings.
Function Modal Verb Time Example
Ability can prese nt l can speak three languages.
could past She couldn't attend class yesterday.
b"
"bl.
a present, past l'm not able to help you tomorrow-
know how to present, past l know how to speak two languages.
Possibility can present l can meet you at 3:00 for cof{ee.
could past People could read the newspaper online many

years ago.
Requests
ess forma can Present, future Can you stop thal noise now?
more formal could present, future Could you turn off your cell phone, please?
would Would you please come to my party?
permission can present, future You can give me your answer next week.
less formal could Yes, you could watch TV now.
more forma l may present, future You may leave now.
Advice shou/d present, future What should you do if you live in a noisy place?
ought to You really ought to save your money.
might want to
You might want to wait until next month.
Suggestions Why don't present, future Why don't we study together?

Let's Let's read the chapter together.
Necessity have to past, Present, we had to cancel our date at the last minute.
need to future she needs to make a schedu/e.
must
A//students must send their applications out
on time.
conclusion must present, future Today is Monday, so tomorrow muıt be

Tuesday.
A25 Appendices
english.us.org
1 Stative (N on-Action) Verbs

1 stative verbs describe states, not l don't like rude people. Nor #m-*o+J*tag rude people.
actions.These are stative verbs; What do you know about this ? NoT Wh at areloa*aovıiag?
love, know, want, need, seem,
mean, and agree. They seem upset. NoT They areseeadng upset.
Use the simple present with stative Experts don't agree on the meaning ofsome gestures.
Verbs, not the present pro9ressiVe, NoT Experts afe-fi€+agf€eifig on the meaning of some
gestures.
2 Some verbs have a stative meaning srnrıve l think grammar is fun. (: an opinion)
and an action meaning. nc-noıı /'m thinking about my homework.
(= using my mind)
snrvı The book looks interesting. (: appears)
ıc-rıoı We're looking at the book right now.
(= using our eyes)
s-rı-rıv: Do you have a dog? (= own)
AcııoN Are you having a good time? (: experiencing)
3 you can use feelwith the same today.
l feel tired oa l'm feeling tired today.
meaning in the simple present and Howdoyoufeel? oa How are you feeling?
the present progressive.
EIVerbs + Gerunds and Infinitives

Verbs Followed by a Gerund Only Verbs Followed by an lnfinitive Only
admit keep (= continue) afford help pretend
avoid mind (: object to) agree hope promise
consider miss arrange ıntend refuse
delay postpone attempt İearn seem
deny practice decide manage tend (= be likely)
discuss quit deserve need threaten
enjoy recall (= remgr5.,1 expect offer volunteer
finish risk fail plan want
imagine suggest forget prepare
involve understand
Verbs Followed by a Gerund or an lnfinitive

begin like start
continue love
hate prefer
Appendices A26
english.us.org
Index
a,22,24, 27 , 31 , 46 comparative, 344, 351-352, 355, any, 170, 172, 173, 182
before adjectives, 52 356, M4 any + -one / -body / -thing,203,
as an indefinite article, ']84, irregular,352 2o4,2o7
186-87 , 195, A19 with than, 352, 355 are there any,75, 173
pronunciation of, '188 forms of, 334, A24 there aren't any,71,75
with singular count nouns, 158, of frequency, 88-a9, 252 are, 31
186 of manner, 334-35 aren't,248
ability, 218, 22o,221 ,225, 226, 229, maybe, 3O5, 31 1
around, 64
M5 not very +, 342
superlative, 363-65, 366 A24 articles, 191
about, 64 definite, 186, 187, A'l9
irregular,364
above, 56 phrases with of ailer,364 indefinite, 186-87, 419
absolutely,318 no article, 191
with the, 365
adjectives, 44, 46, 332, 334, 335, with too and infinitive, 339 at,57
+ address, 66
a/ anbefore, M,52 very and too +, 338
answers with, 50 with will, 304-305 at night, 83
aiter be, 52 M5 with locations,60
advice, 314, 315,317-18,321,
+ specific time, 63, 66, 83
comparatjve. 344, 34b-347 ,355, a few, 177 , 178
A22-A23 '148, 15O, 151
at the moment,245,247 , 25O,252
afteı
irregular,347 ']5'] be,4,14-15,18,19,27
to introduce an event,
with than, 34t}, 355 with a/ an + noun,27
as a Preposition, 151
how +, 49-50 + adjective, 5, 52
spelling of, 154
after linking verbs, 338, 343 comparisons with, 346
not very +, M2 ago,124
adjectives after, 334
before nouns, z16, 52 a little, 17O, 177 , 178 be able to,225-?6, A25
possessive, A18 a lot of, 170, 177 ,178, 181, 182 contractions of, 4-5, 15, ]8,
superlative, 358, 359-60, 21,
always, 88,89,216
A22_A23 ^3
with demonstratiVes, 35
an, 22,24, 27 , 31 , 46
in + noun after, 360 full forms ol 4, 5, 8
irregular, 359 before adjectives, 52 '12,
information questions with,
as an indefinite article, 184,
possessive items before, ,l8H7, 195, A19 18_,19.21. 45
359 to link ideas,4, 5, ']1
pronunciation o| 188
the before, 359 negative contractions of, 8, 15,
with singular count nouns, ] 58,
with too and infinitive, 339 A5
186
very and too +, 338 + not, 8, 1 1, 14, 15, lN
and, 31, 108, 1 10-11, 1 16 + noun, 5
adverbs, 332, 334, 335, 343
l1 lndex

Grammar and Beyond Essentials 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grammar and Beyond Essentials 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

statements with

O Crammar in the Rea World

B Comprehension Check Circle the correct words.

1 l Tomasz. Sorry l late.

2 My ma.jor computer science.

3 My brother and l salesclerks. we really

Tell Me Abo* Yourself 3

zl present of Be: Affirmative statements

8e links ideas m Effiı

2.1 Full Forms (with Sub ect Pronouns)

» capitalization and Punctuat on RUles: see pa9e A1

2.2 Contractions (with Nouns and Sub ect Pronouns)

2.3 Usin present of Be

E The rerb be "links" ideas, You can use be TOm6sz-i5-alİğdent-

Writing. l am in your grammar class.

4 unit 1 statements with present of 8e

2.3 Usin Present oİ Be kontinued)

E use contractions of be in conversation l'mMgKim.

E Yo, .un use be + noun He's a teacher.

. to identify things lt's an English class

E Yo, .rn use be + number to talk My sister is 18.

E Yo, .un use be + adjective l'm Canadian.

o to describe people and things Jun-Ho is tall.

@ You .un use be + preposition My parents are from Seoul

. to talk about where people and she is at home.

3 Mr. Johnson a good instructor

4 The class interesting.

Tell Me About Yourself 5

1 My college is in Detroit, Michigan. lt / She is a good school

My name a Cindy wang. l fiom

6 unit 1 statements with present of 8e

A Complete the sentences with 'm, 's, or 're.

1EE Hi, l_ ,I1 Ana

ı6 Hi, Ana, My name Ron, Nice to meet you

r lt nice to meet you, too

E She _ _ my teacher, too

Ron Great. l think we in Room 9

2@ Excuse me. l'm lost. My teach",

@ Mr. Martinez? He _ ]9]

3 EE Ron, this is my friend Cathy. We _ iriends

@!!! Hi, nonı

f,fi Really?l _ 1]5]

!ğ Well, come to our next game. lt _. on Friday

Tell Me About Yourself 7

§l Present of Be: Negative Statements

subject Be + Not Subject 8e + Not

lam not ,) ]'m not )

ffi Data from the Real World

They usually use isn't and aren't Carlos isn't 21 .

after names and nouns. Louise isn't in c/ass.

A Complete the sentences. Use am not, is not, or are not.

8 unit 1 statements with present of Be

8 The students interested in history

1 Yoko İs 21. She 's not _ _ 35 5 Luiz from New York. He

3 Luiz an instructor 6 They interested in music

4 Yoko from New York. She

from Los Angeles

Tell Me About Yourself 9

at home at Work in class

at the movies at the doctor's office at the stadium

1 Carlos is sick. He's at the doctor! office. He's not at work.

Complete the conversat;ons. Use 's not and

EE llo, it! Sara. Louise isn't here.